WO2022270357A1 - Photosensitive colored resin composition, cured product, color filter and display device - Google Patents

Photosensitive colored resin composition, cured product, color filter and display device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022270357A1
WO2022270357A1 PCT/JP2022/023796 JP2022023796W WO2022270357A1 WO 2022270357 A1 WO2022270357 A1 WO 2022270357A1 JP 2022023796 W JP2022023796 W JP 2022023796W WO 2022270357 A1 WO2022270357 A1 WO 2022270357A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
resin composition
mass
colored resin
photosensitive colored
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2022/023796
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
裕史 大島
Original Assignee
株式会社Dnpファインケミカル
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル filed Critical 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル
Priority to CN202280040328.9A priority Critical patent/CN117425856A/en
Priority to JP2023530345A priority patent/JPWO2022270357A1/ja
Publication of WO2022270357A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022270357A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a photosensitive colored resin composition, a cured product, a color filter, and a display device.
  • an organic light emitting element emitting white light or an inorganic light emitting element emitting white light may be used.
  • An organic light-emitting display device uses a color filter for color adjustment.
  • the color filter is generally formed on a substrate, a colored layer formed on the substrate and composed of colored patterns of the three primary colors of red, green, and blue, and formed on the substrate so as to partition each colored pattern. and a light shielding part.
  • a method for forming a colored layer in a color filter for example, a colored resin composition obtained by adding a binder resin, a photopolymerizable compound, and a photoinitiator to a coloring material dispersion liquid in which a coloring material is dispersed using a dispersant or the like is prepared. After being coated on a glass substrate and dried, it is exposed using a photomask and developed to form a colored pattern, which is fixed by heating to form a colored layer. These steps are repeated for each color to form a color filter.
  • Patent Document 1 while using a lake pigment, as a colored resin composition for a color filter that can suppress the fading of the colored layer due to high temperature heating in the color filter manufacturing process and can form a high-luminance colored layer, It contains a lake pigment, a dispersant, a hindered phenolic antioxidant, a binder component, and a solvent, and the dispersant forms a salt of at least part of the nitrogen moiety and an acidic organophosphorus compound.
  • a colored resin composition for color filters which is a specific polymer, is disclosed.
  • Patent Document 2 describes a colored resin composition containing (A) a dye, (B) a solvent, and (C) a binder resin, ) an antioxidant and (E) an ultraviolet absorber are disclosed.
  • Patent Document 2 aims to provide a colored resin composition capable of forming a contact hole having a desired diameter while maintaining and improving the brightness and heat resistance of the resulting pixel.
  • Patent Document 3 discloses a photopolymerization initiator containing a coloring agent (A), a resin (B), a photopolymerizable monomer (C), and an acylphosphine oxide-based organic compound or an oxime ester-based organic compound.
  • the resin (B) contains: (b1), (b2) and (b3): (b1); a compound having an alicyclic skeleton and an ethylenically unsaturated bond in one molecule (b2); a compound having an epoxy group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond in one molecule (b3); A compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond other than (a2) is copolymerized to obtain a copolymer (b6), and the obtained copolymer (b6) and the unsaturated monobasic acid (b4) are combined.
  • a photosensitive coloring composition which is characterized by In Patent Document 3, a photosensitive coloring composition having high resolution that can correspond to high image quality and low power consumption, in particular, high resolution even in a thick film such as the COA method, and adhesion that does not cause pattern peeling It is an object to obtain an excellent photosensitive coloring composition.
  • Pixel sizes are becoming smaller as the resolution of displays increases to 4K/8K, and in response to the decrease in pixel aperture ratio (aperture ratio), there is a demand for resists with higher brightness and finer line widths.
  • pixel aperture ratio aperture ratio
  • a dye is dissolved and used as in Patent Document 2, the heat resistance is particularly poor and it is insufficient to improve the luminance of pixels. Not enough for improvement.
  • As a coloring material effective for increasing the brightness of pixels there is a lake coloring material of triarylmethane-based dyes.
  • the lake colorant of the triarylmethane dye has a transmittance in the UV wavelength region that is lower than that of conventionally used pigments (for example, CI Pigment Blue 15:6, CI Pigment Violet 23). Therefore, if a photoinitiator is added as in the conventional method, the pattern line width tends to become thicker. In order to adjust the pattern line width to a predetermined value, if the amount of photoinitiator is reduced, an antioxidant is added as in Patent Document 1, or the amount of antioxidant added is increased, the photocurability of the pattern portion is improved. Insufficient, the change in film thickness after development becomes large and the development residual film ratio decreases, making it difficult to achieve both a fine line width design and a high development residual film ratio.
  • conventionally used pigments for example, CI Pigment Blue 15:6, CI Pigment Violet 23.
  • Patent Document 1 describes a lake colorant of triarylmethane-based dyes, it does not suggest the problem of achieving both a fine line width design and a high development residual film rate.
  • Patent Document 2 describes a photosensitive colored resin composition containing a triarylmethane dye.
  • the dye since the dye is dispersed at the molecular level in the photosensitive colored resin composition, it tends to inhibit the curability of the photocurable component. tend to be thinner than designed, and the development residual film rate tends to decrease. Therefore, in a photosensitive colored resin composition containing a dye, it is necessary to increase the amount of photoinitiator or use a photoinitiator with higher sensitivity in order to obtain the desired fine line width, so the development residual film rate naturally improves. do.
  • the present invention has been made in view of the above circumstances, and contains a triarylmethane-based dye lake colorant to improve brightness, have a narrow line width, and suppress changes in film thickness before and after development.
  • An object of the present invention is to provide a photosensitive colored resin composition capable of forming a layer.
  • an object of this invention is to provide the color filter and display apparatus which were formed using the said photosensitive colored resin composition.
  • the photosensitive colored resin composition according to the present invention contains a coloring material, an alkali-soluble resin, a photopolymerizable compound, a photoinitiator, an ultraviolet absorber, and a solvent,
  • the colorant contains a lake colorant of a triarylmethane-based dye.
  • the color filter according to the present invention is a color filter comprising at least a substrate and a colored layer provided on the substrate, wherein at least one of the colored layers is a cured photosensitive colored resin composition according to the present invention. It is a thing.
  • a display device has the color filter according to the present invention.
  • a photosensitive colored resin that contains a triarylmethane-based dye lake colorant and can form a colored layer with a thin line width and suppressed film thickness change before and after development while improving brightness.
  • a composition can be provided.
  • the color filter and display apparatus which were formed using the said photosensitive colored resin composition can be provided.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the color filter of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the organic light-emitting display device of the present invention.
  • light includes electromagnetic waves having wavelengths in the visible and non-visible regions, and radiation
  • radiation includes, for example, microwaves and electron beams. Specifically, it refers to electromagnetic waves with a wavelength of 5 ⁇ m or less and electron beams.
  • (meth)acryloyl represents acryloyl and methacryloyl
  • (meth)acryl represents acrylic and methacrylic
  • (meth)acrylate represents acrylate and methacrylate.
  • the term "to" indicating a numerical range is used to include the numerical values before and after it as lower and upper limits.
  • the photosensitive colored resin composition according to the present invention contains a coloring material, an alkali-soluble resin, a photopolymerizable compound, a photoinitiator, an ultraviolet absorber, and a solvent,
  • the colorant contains a lake colorant of a triarylmethane-based dye.
  • the photosensitive colored resin composition according to the present invention contains a colorant, an alkali-soluble resin, a photopolymerizable compound, a photoinitiator, an ultraviolet absorber, and a solvent, and the colorant is a triaryl Since it is a lake colorant of a methane-based dye, it is possible to form a colored layer with a narrow line width and suppressed change in film thickness before and after development while improving brightness. Although the action that exhibits such an effect is not yet clarified, it is presumed as follows.
  • the photocurable component since pigments have a low transmittance to ultraviolet rays, it is relatively difficult to cure the photocurable component in a pigment-containing photosensitive colored resin composition.
  • the dye tends to inhibit the curability of the photocurable component, the photocurable component is relatively difficult to cure even in a photosensitive colored resin composition containing a dye.
  • the triarylmethane-based dye lake colorant has a high transmittance of ultraviolet rays and does not inhibit the curability of the photocurable component, so the effect of insolubilizing it in the developer after photocuring is the pigment Since it is more expensive than dyes and dyes, the pattern line width tends to be thicker.
  • a photosensitive colored resin composition containing a triarylmethane-based dye lake colorant it is necessary to effectively suppress the photo-curing reaction in order to make the pattern line width a predetermined fine line width.
  • a coloring material a triarylmethane dye lake coloring material with high transmittance is used, and if the amount of photoinitiator is reduced in order to match the pattern line width to a predetermined value, radicals are generated by photoreaction regardless of the film thickness direction. As a result, it is considered that the photocurability of the pattern portion is insufficient, and the change in film thickness from before development to after development becomes large, resulting in a decrease in the residual film ratio after development.
  • the radicals generated by the photoreaction of the photoinitiator can be removed from the film. Since the deactivation occurs regardless of the thickness direction, the photo-curing property of the pattern portion is insufficient, and the change in film thickness from before to after development is large, which is thought to reduce the residual film ratio after development.
  • an ultraviolet absorber is combined with a triarylmethane-based dye lake colorant. The UV absorber does not attenuate the UV rays on the surface of the film, so it does not reduce the residual film after development.
  • the line width can be reduced while suppressing the decrease in the film thickness of the residual film after development.
  • the colorant contains a triarylmethane-based dye lake colorant
  • the colored layer which is a cured product of the photosensitive colored resin composition according to the present invention, has a high transmittance and is subjected to ultraviolet irradiation and post-baking. chromaticity change due to the manufacturing process is suppressed. Therefore, the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention can improve the luminance of the finally obtained colored layer.
  • the photosensitive colored resin composition according to the present invention contains at least a coloring material, an alkali-soluble resin, a photopolymerizable compound, a photoinitiator, an ultraviolet absorber, and a solvent, and the present invention. Other ingredients may be added as long as the effect is not impaired.
  • the photosensitive colored resin composition according to the present invention may further contain a dispersant in order to improve colorant dispersibility.
  • a dispersant in order to improve colorant dispersibility.
  • the ultraviolet absorber in the present invention refers to a compound that has a maximum absorption wavelength of 400 nm or less and does not absorb visible light with a wavelength exceeding 420 nm.
  • the ultraviolet absorber used in the present invention may be a compound that does not absorb visible light with a wavelength exceeding 400 nm.
  • the structure of the ultraviolet absorber used in the present invention is not particularly limited.
  • ultraviolet absorbers include benzotriazole-based ultraviolet absorbers, triazine-based ultraviolet absorbers, benzophenone-based ultraviolet absorbers, benzoate-based ultraviolet absorbers, benzoic acid-based ultraviolet absorbers, anthranilic acid-based ultraviolet absorbers, and salicylic acid-based ultraviolet absorbers.
  • Absorbents, cinnamic acid-based UV absorbers, and the like can be mentioned.
  • the benzotriazole-based UV absorber includes at least one UV absorber selected from the group consisting of benzotriazole-based UV absorbers represented by the following general formula (A).
  • X 1 , X 2 and X 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, —OR a , or an optionally substituted hydrocarbon having 1 to 15 carbon atoms
  • R a represents an optionally substituted hydrocarbon group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms
  • at least one of X 1 , X 2 and X 3 is a hydroxyl group, —OR a , or an optionally substituted hydrocarbon group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms
  • X 4 represents a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom.
  • the hydrocarbon group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms in X 1 , X 2 and X 3 and R a is a linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group groups such as methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group, hexyl group, heptyl group, octyl group, dodecyl group, phenyl group, naphthyl group and biphenyl group.
  • the hydrocarbon group may have 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • the hydrocarbon group may be an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, may be a linear or branched alkyl group, a methyl group, a t-butyl group, a t-pentyl group, an n-octyl group, a t-octyl group. (1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl group), 2-ethylhexyl group.
  • substituents include halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, cyano groups, or groups containing carbonyl groups, ester groups, ether groups, amide groups, imide groups, etc., and acyl groups, acyloxy groups, alkoxy groups, aryloxy groups, glycidyl groups, and the like.
  • the substituent of the aromatic hydrocarbon group may be an alkyl group.
  • hydrocarbon groups having substituents include -C 2 H 3 (OH)-CH 2 -O-C 8 H 17 , -C 2 H 3 (OH)-CH 2 -O-C 12 H 25 , —CH(CH 3 )—CO 2 —C 8 H 17 , methacryloyloxyethyl, etc., and also 4-methylphenyl, 3-chlorophenyl, 4-benzyloxyphenyl, 4-cyanophenyl, 4-phenoxyphenyl , 4-glycidyloxyphenyl, 4-isocyanuratephenyl, and the like.
  • the —C 8 H 17 , —C 12 H 25 , etc. may each be linear or branched.
  • the halogen atom includes a chlorine atom, a fluorine atom, a bromine atom, and the like.
  • Benzotriazole-based UV absorbers include, for example, 2-(5-methyl-2-hydroxyphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-(2-hydroxy-5-t-butylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole, octyl-3[ 3-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-5-(5-chloro-2H-benzotriazol-2-yl)phenyl]propionate and 2-ethylhexyl-3-[3-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-5-( 5-chloro-2H-benzotriazol-2-yl)phenyl]propionate mixture, 2-[2-hydroxy-3,5-bis( ⁇ , ⁇ -dimethylbenzyl)phenyl]-2H-benzotriazole, 2-( 3-tbutyl-5-methyl-2-hydroxyphenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2-(3,5-di-t-amyl-2-hydroxyphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-(2'-hydroxy- 5′
  • triazine-based UV absorbers include at least one UV absorber selected from the group consisting of triazine-based UV absorbers represented by the following general formula (B).
  • Y 1 , Y 2 , Y 3 , Y 4 , Y 5 and Y 6 each independently may have a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, —OR b , or a substituent represents a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms
  • R b represents a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms which may have a substituent
  • Y 1 , Y 2 , Y 3 , Y 4 At least one of Y 5 and Y 6 represents a hydroxyl group, —OR b , or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
  • the optionally substituted hydrocarbon group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms in Y 1 , Y 2 , Y 3 , Y 4 , Y 5 and Y 6 and R b is the above X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , and R a may be the same as the hydrocarbon group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
  • At least one of Y 2 , Y 4 and Y 6 may be a hydroxyl group and may be a hydroxyphenyltriazine-based UV absorber.
  • triazine-based UV absorbers examples include 2-[4,6-di(2,4-xylyl)-1,3,5-triazin-2-yl]-5-octyloxyphenol, 2-[4, 6-bis(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-1,3,5-triazin-2-yl]-5-[3-(dodecyloxy)-2-hydroxypropoxy]phenol, 2,4-bis'2- hydroxy-4-butoxyphenyl"-6-(2,4-dibutoxyphenyl)-1,3,5-triazine and the like.
  • benzophenone-based ultraviolet absorbers include hydroxybenzophenone-based ultraviolet absorbers, and at least one ultraviolet absorber selected from the group consisting of hydroxybenzophenone-based ultraviolet absorbers represented by the following general formula (C): is mentioned.
  • Z 1 represents a hydroxyl group, —OR c , or an optionally substituted hydrocarbon group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms
  • Z 2 represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, —OR c or an optionally substituted hydrocarbon group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms
  • Z 3 represents a hydrogen atom or a hydroxyl group
  • R c optionally has a substituent represents a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • the optionally substituted hydrocarbon group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms in Z 1 and Z 2 and R c is the above X 1 , X 2 and X 3 , and the hydrocarbon group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms which may have a substituent for R a .
  • Benzophenone-based UV absorbers include, for example, 2,4-di-hydroxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-n-octoxybenzophenone, 2,2-di -hydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone and the like.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the ultraviolet absorber used in the present invention is usually 80 or more, preferably 150 or more, more preferably 300 or more, and usually 2000 or less, preferably 1500 or less, and more preferably 1500 or less, from the viewpoint of efficiently absorbing ultraviolet rays. is 900 or less.
  • the polymer of the ultraviolet absorber has a low ultraviolet absorbing ability, a non-polymeric compound having no repeating unit is preferable.
  • the UV absorber used in the present invention preferably has a transmittance of 45% or less at a wavelength of 365 nm in a 0.002% by mass propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate solution.
  • a transmittance of 45% or less at a wavelength of 365 nm in combination with a triarylmethane dye lake colorant, the absorption by the triarylmethane lake colorant is weak and the irradiation intensity is the highest with an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp. It is possible to effectively weaken the intensity of high UV rays, and as a result, add a sufficient amount of initiator to ensure the curability of the coating film surface, suppressing changes in film thickness after development, and coating. This is preferable because it can effectively weaken the photocurability inside the film and facilitates adjustment so that the line width shift amount does not become too large.
  • the transmittance of the UV absorber at a wavelength of 365 nm was measured by preparing a 0.002% by mass propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate solution of the UV absorber, and measuring the 0.002% by mass propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate solution with UV-visible near-infrared spectrophotometry. It can be measured using a meter (for example, JASCO Corporation V-7100).
  • the UV absorber used in the present invention has a transmittance of 0.002 mass% propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate solution at a wavelength of 365 nm of preferably 42% or less, and even more preferably 40% or less.
  • the ultraviolet absorbent used in the present invention preferably has a solubility of 1% by mass or more in the solvent used in the photosensitive colored resin composition at 25° C. from the viewpoint of obtaining the effects of the present invention.
  • the ultraviolet absorber used in the present invention may have a solubility of 1% by mass or more in propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate at 25°C.
  • UV absorbers used in the present invention include 2-(2-hydroxy-5-tert-butylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole, 2-(2-hydroxy-5-tert-octylphenyl)-2H- Benzotriazole, 2-[4-[(2-hydroxy-3-(2′-ethyl)hexyl)oxy]-2-hydroxyphenyl]-4,6-bis(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-1,3 ,5-triazine, 2-(2-hydroxy-4-[1-octyloxycarbonylethoxy]phenyl)-4,6-bis(4-phenylphenyl)-1,3,5-triazine, 2-(2H- benzotriazol-2-yl)-6-(1-methyl-1-phenylethyl)-4-(1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl)phenol, 2-hydroxy-4-octyloxybenzophenone, 2-(2-hydroxy-5-methylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazo
  • TinuvinPS Tinuvin329, Tinuvin405, Tinuvin477, Tinuvin479, Tinuvin571, Tinuvin928 (manufactured by BASF), Kemisorb12, Kemisorb71, Kemisorb71D, Kemisorb73, Kemisorb111 (manufactured by Pro-Kasei, Kemisorb-9, UVA-9). Otsuka Chemical Co., Ltd.) and the like.
  • the ultraviolet absorbers can be used singly or in combination of two or more. Even when a UV absorber having a transmittance at a wavelength of 365 nm of 45% or less in a 0.002% by mass propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate solution is selected and used, two or more of them may be mixed and used. That is, the ultraviolet absorber used in the present invention alone has a transmittance of 0.002% by mass at a wavelength of 365 nm exceeding 45% in a propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate solution. If the transmittance at a wavelength of 365 nm is 45% or less in a 0.002% by mass propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate solution, a UV absorber of a mixture thereof can be used.
  • the content of the ultraviolet absorber is usually 0.00% with respect to the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition for the purpose of obtaining an effect of suppressing the line width and adjusting the photocurability so that the composition can be cured satisfactorily. It may be in the range of 2% by mass to 4.0% by mass, preferably in the range of 0.3% by mass to 3.0% by mass, more preferably 0.5% by mass to 2.0% by mass. is within the range of In addition, the solid content is everything other than the solvent, and liquid photopolymerizable compounds and the like are also included.
  • the ratio of the total mass of the ultraviolet absorber to the total mass of the photoinitiator and the ultraviolet absorber is preferably 2. .0 mass % to 20.0 mass %, more preferably 4.0 mass % to 18.0 mass %.
  • the coloring material in the present invention suppresses changes in chromaticity and brightness reduction before and after the high-temperature heating process, and while improving the brightness of the finally obtained colored layer, has a fine line width and suppresses film thickness changes before and after development.
  • a photosensitive colored resin composition capable of forming a colored layer it contains a triarylmethane-based dye lake colorant.
  • the lake colorant of triarylmethane-based dyes is preferably a lake colorant of triarylmethane-based dyes and polyacid from the viewpoint of excellent heat resistance and light resistance and achieving high brightness of the color filter.
  • the lake colorant of the triarylmethane dye among others, one or more selected from the colorant represented by the following general formula (1) and the colorant represented by the following general formula (2) is preferable, and a coloring material represented by the following general formula (1) is preferable because it forms a molecular association state, exhibits more excellent heat resistance, and can achieve high brightness.
  • A is an a-valent organic group in which the carbon atom directly bonded to N does not have a ⁇ bond, and the organic group has at least a saturated aliphatic carbonized
  • B c- represents a c-valent polyacid anion.
  • R i to R v each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group or an optionally substituted aryl group, R ii and R iii , R iv and R v may combine to form a ring structure, and each of R vi and R vii is independently an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, a halogen atom or a cyano Ar 1 represents an optionally substituted divalent aromatic group, and a plurality of R i to R vii and Ar 1 may be the same or different.
  • a and c represent integers of 2 or more
  • b and d represent integers of 1 or more.
  • f and g represent an integer of 0 or more and 4 or less. A plurality of f and g may be the same or different. )
  • R I to R VI each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group or an optionally substituted aryl group, and R I and R II , R III and R IV , and R V and R VI may combine to form a ring structure
  • R VII and R VIII each independently having an alkyl group optionally having a substituent or a substituent; represents an optionally substituted alkoxy group, a halogen atom or a cyano group
  • Ar 2 represents a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent
  • a plurality of R I to R VIII and Ar 2 are Each may be the same or different
  • E m- represents an m-valent polyoxoate anion.
  • m represents an integer of 2 or more.
  • k and l each represents an integer of 0 or more and 4 or less.
  • a plurality of k and l may be the same or different.
  • the coloring material represented by the general formula (1) contains a divalent or higher valent anion and a divalent or higher cation
  • the aggregate of the coloring material has an anion and cation ratio of 1 molecule to 1 molecule. Because it is possible to form a molecular association in which multiple molecules associate through ionic bonds instead of ionic bonding, the apparent molecular weight is remarkably increased compared to the molecular weight of conventional lake pigments. It is presumed that the formation of such molecular associations increases the cohesive force in the solid state, reduces thermal motion, suppresses the dissociation of ion pairs and the decomposition of the cation part, and is less likely to fade than conventional lake pigments. be done.
  • a in the general formula (1) is an a-valent organic group in which the carbon atom directly bonded to N (nitrogen atom) does not have a ⁇ bond, and the organic group is saturated at least at the terminal directly bonded to N
  • the organic group has at least a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group at the terminal directly bonded to N, and an aliphatic hydrocarbon group that may contain a heteroatom such as O, S, N in the carbon chain, Alternatively, it represents an aromatic group which has an aliphatic hydrocarbon group at the terminal directly bonded to N and may contain a heteroatom such as O, S, or N in the carbon chain. Since the carbon atom directly bonded to N does not have a ⁇ bond, the color characteristics such as color tone and transmittance of the cationic coloring site are not affected by the linking group A or other coloring sites, and the monomer and Similar colors can be retained.
  • At least an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group at the terminal directly bonded to N is linear, branched or cyclic, provided that the terminal carbon atom directly bonded to N does not have a ⁇ bond.
  • it may contain a carbonyl group, a carboxy group, an oxycarbonyl group, an amide group, etc., and a hydrogen atom may be further substituted with a halogen atom or the like.
  • the aromatic group having an aliphatic hydrocarbon group in A is a monocyclic or polycyclic aromatic group having an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group at the end directly bonded to at least N , may have a substituent, and may be a heterocyclic ring containing O, S, and N.
  • A preferably contains a cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic group from the viewpoint of the robustness of the skeleton.
  • Cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon groups include groups containing cyclohexane, cyclopentane, norbornane, bicyclo[2.2.2]octane, tricyclo[5.2.1.0 2,6 ]decane, and adamantane. .
  • an aromatic group the group containing a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, etc. are mentioned, for example.
  • A is a divalent organic group, a linear, branched or cyclic alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or an aromatic group substituted with two alkylene groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms such as xylylene group etc.
  • A has two or more cycloaliphatic hydrocarbon groups and a terminal directly bonded to N is preferably an aliphatic hydrocarbon group that has a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group in the carbon chain and may contain O, S, and N in the carbon chain.
  • A has two or more cycloalkylene groups, has a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group at the end directly bonded to N, O, S, aliphatic hydrocarbon may contain N in the carbon chain Group is more preferable, and among them, it is more preferable to have a structure in which two or more cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon groups are linked by a linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group.
  • Two or more cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon groups may be the same or different, and examples thereof include the same as the cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon groups described above, with cyclohexane and cyclopentane being preferred.
  • A is a substituent represented by the following general formula (1a).
  • R xi is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms as a substituent, or an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms and optionally having an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • R xii and R xiii each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms
  • p is an integer of 1 to 3
  • q and r are each independently represents an integer of 0 to 4.
  • the plurality of R xi , R xii , R xiii and r may be the same or different. .
  • An alkylene group having 1 or more and 3 or less carbon atoms in R xi is preferable from the viewpoint of excellent compatibility between fastness and thermal motion of the coloring site and improvement of heat resistance.
  • Examples of such an alkylene group include a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, etc. Among them, a methylene group or an ethylene group is preferable, and a methylene group is more preferable.
  • the alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group and butyl group, and may be linear or branched.
  • the alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms includes methoxy group, ethoxy group, propoxy group and butoxy group, and may be linear or branched.
  • alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and the alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms in R xii and R xiii are the same as the substituents that R xi may have.
  • the number of cyclohexane (cyclohexylene groups) is 2 or more and 4 or less, that is, p is preferably 1 or more and 3 or less from the viewpoint of heat resistance, and p is preferably 1 or more and 2 or less. is more preferable.
  • the number of substituents R xii and R xiii in the cyclohexylene group is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of heat resistance, it is preferably 1 or more and 3 or less, and 1 or more and 2 or less. is more preferred. That is, q and r are preferably integers of 1 or more and 3 or less, and q and r are preferably integers of 1 or more and 2 or less.
  • linking group A examples include, but are not limited to, the following.
  • the alkyl groups in R i to R v are not particularly limited. Examples thereof include linear, branched or cyclic alkyl groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and among them, linear or branched alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms and 1 carbon atom. A linear or branched alkyl group of 1 to 5 is mentioned from the viewpoint of brightness and heat resistance, and an alkyl group in R i to R v is an ethyl group or a methyl group.
  • the substituent that the alkyl group may have is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an aryl group, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group and the like.
  • R i to R v are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, or R ii and R iii or R iv and R v are bonded. preferably form a pyrrolidine ring, a piperidine ring, or a morpholine ring.
  • At least one of R ii to R v is preferably an optionally substituted cycloalkyl group or an optionally substituted aryl group.
  • at least one of R ii to R v has a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group, intermolecular interaction due to steric hindrance is reduced, so that the effect of heat on the coloring site can be suppressed, and heat resistance is improved. Considered to be excellent.
  • At least one of R ii to R v is preferably a substituent represented by general formula (1b) or general formula (1c) below.
  • R xiv , R xv , and R xvi are each independently a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or an optionally substituted It represents an alkoxy group having 1 or more and 4 or less carbon atoms.
  • R xvii , R xviii , and R xix are each independently a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or an optionally substituted represents a good alkoxy group having 1 or more and 4 or less carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms in R xiv , R xv , R xvi , R xvii , R xviii , and R xix include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, and a butyl group. There may be one or more branches.
  • the alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms includes methoxy group, ethoxy group, propoxy group and butoxy group, and may be linear or branched.
  • a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, etc. are mentioned as a substituent which the said alkyl group and an alkoxy group may have.
  • R xiv , R xv , and R xvi may have a substituent and has 1 to 4 carbon atoms. or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and at least one of R xiv and R xv has 1 or more carbon atoms which may have a substituent It is more preferably an alkyl group of 4 or less, or an optionally substituted alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • R xvii , R xviii and R xix may have 1 or more 4 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. It is preferably the following alkyl group or an optionally substituted alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and at least one of R xvii and R xviii has 1 optionally substituted carbon atoms More preferably, it is an alkyl group of 4 or less, or an alkoxy group of 1 or more and 4 or less carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
  • R vi and R vii each independently represent an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, a halogen atom or a cyano group.
  • the alkyl group for R vi and R vii is not particularly limited, but is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. It is more preferable to have Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group and butyl group, and may be linear or branched.
  • the substituent that the alkyl group may have is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an aryl group, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, and the like.
  • the alkoxy group for R vi and R vii is not particularly limited, but is preferably a linear or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. more preferably a group.
  • the alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms includes methoxy group, ethoxy group, propoxy group and butoxy group, and may be linear or branched.
  • the substituent that the alkoxy group may have is not particularly limited, but examples thereof include an aryl group, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group and the like.
  • Halogen atoms in R vi and R vii include, for example, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine atoms.
  • the substitution numbers of R vi and R vii that is, f and g, each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4, preferably 0 to 2, more preferably 0 to 1.
  • a plurality of f and g may be the same or different.
  • R vi and R vii may be substituted at any site of a triarylmethane skeleton or an aromatic ring having a resonance structure within the xanthene skeleton, and among these, -NR ii R iii or -NR iv It is preferably substituted at the meta position based on the substitution position of the amino group represented by Rv .
  • the divalent aromatic group in Ar 1 is not particularly limited.
  • the aromatic group for Ar 1 may be a heterocyclic group in addition to a carbocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon in the aromatic hydrocarbon group includes condensed polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons such as a benzene ring, naphthalene ring, tetralin ring, indene ring, fluorene ring, anthracene ring, and phenanthrene ring; biphenyl, terphenyl, Chain polycyclic hydrocarbons such as diphenylmethane, triphenylmethane, and stilbene are included.
  • the chain polycyclic hydrocarbon may have O, S and N in the chain skeleton such as diphenyl ether.
  • the heterocycle in the heterocyclic group includes 5-membered heterocycles such as furan, thiophene, pyrrole, oxazole, thiazole, imidazole, and pyrazole; 6-membered heterocycles such as pyran, pyrone, pyridine, pyrone, pyridazine, pyrimidine, and pyrazine; fused polycyclic heterocycles such as benzofuran, thionaphthene, indole, carbazole, coumarin, benzo-pyrone, quinoline, isoquinoline, acridine, phthalazine, quinazoline, quinoxaline; These aromatic groups may further have, as substituents, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom, a phenyl group optionally substituted with these, or the like.
  • R i to R vii and Ar 1 in one molecule may be the same or different.
  • a desired color can be adjusted by a combination of R i to R vii and Ar 1 .
  • the valence a in A is the number of color-forming cation sites that constitute the cation, and a is an integer of 2 or more.
  • the valence a of the cation since the valence a of the cation is 2 or more, the heat resistance is excellent.
  • the valence a of the cation may be 3 or more.
  • the upper limit of a is not particularly limited, a is preferably 4 or less, more preferably 3 or less, from the viewpoint of ease of production.
  • the cation in the coloring material represented by the general formula (1) preferably has a molecular weight of 1200 or more, more preferably 1300 or more, in terms of excellent heat resistance and easy suppression of color change during heating.
  • the anion portion (B c ⁇ ) is a c-valent polyacid anion having a valence of 2 or more, from the viewpoint of high brightness and excellent heat resistance.
  • the polyacid anion in which a plurality of oxoacids are condensed may be an isopolyacid anion (M m O n ) c- or a heteropolyacid anion (X 1 M m O n ) c- .
  • M is a poly atom
  • X is a hetero atom
  • m is a composition ratio of poly atoms
  • n is a composition ratio of oxygen atoms.
  • polyatoms M include Mo, W, V, Ti, and Nb.
  • the heteroatom X include Si, P, As, S, Fe, Co, and the like.
  • a counter cation such as Na + or H + may be partially contained.
  • a polyacid containing one or more elements selected from tungsten (W) and molybdenum (Mo) is preferable because of its excellent heat resistance.
  • Such polyacids include, for example, isopolyacids such as tungstate ion [W 10 O 32 ] 4 ⁇ , molybdate ion [Mo 6 O 19 ] 2 ⁇ , and heteropolyacids such as phosphotungstate ion [ PW 12 O 40 ] 3 ⁇ , [P 2 W 18 O 62 ] 6 ⁇ , silicotungstate ion [SiW 12 O 40 ] 4 ⁇ , phosphomolybdate ion [PMo 12 O 40 ] 3 ⁇ , silicomolybdate ion [ SiMo 12 O 40 ] 4- , phosphorus tungstomolybdate ion [PW 12-s Mo s O 40 ] 3- (s is an integer of 1 or more and 11 or less), [P 2 W 18-t Mo t O
  • heteropolyacids are preferred among the above from the viewpoints of heat resistance and ease of raw material availability, and phosphorus (P ) is more preferred.
  • the heat-resistant tungstomolybdate ion [PW 10 Mo 2 O 40 ] 3 ⁇ , [PW 11 Mo 1 O 40 ] 3 ⁇ , or phosphotungstic acid ion [PW 12 O 40 ] 3 ⁇ It is more preferable from the point of view of sex.
  • B in the general formula (1) indicates the number of cations
  • d indicates the number of anions in the molecular association
  • b and d are integers of 1 or more.
  • a plurality of cations present in the molecular association may be of one type alone or in combination of two or more types.
  • d indicates the plural anions present in the molecular association may be of one type alone or in combination of two or more types.
  • the lake colorant represented by general formula (1) can be prepared, for example, with reference to International Publication No. 2012/144520 and International Publication No. 2018/003706.
  • R I to R VI each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group or an optionally substituted aryl group; R II , R III and R IV , and R V and R VI may combine to form a ring structure.
  • R I to R VI may be the same as R i to R v in general formula (1) above.
  • R VII and R VIII each independently represent an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, a halogen atom or a cyano group. It may be the same as R vi and R vii in general formula (1) above.
  • Ar 2 represents a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, and the Ar 2 is an aromatic group heterocyclic group.
  • E m- represents an m-valent polyanion, and the m-valent polyanion is the same as the c-valent polyanion in general formula (1) above.
  • m represents the number of cations and the number of anions, and represents an integer of 2 or more.
  • a plurality of cations in the general formula (2) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the anions may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • k and l in general formula (2) may be the same as f and g in general formula (1) described above.
  • the lake colorant represented by the general formula (2) for example, can be prepared with reference to JP-A-2017-16099.
  • the colorant represented by the general formula (1) and the color represented by the general formula (2) The material is not limited to one or more selected from the materials, and can be appropriately selected and used.
  • the cations of triarylmethane dyes described in JP-A-2015-96947, JP-A-2016-27149, and JP-A-2017-16099 and various polyacid anions such as those described above
  • lake colorant, JP 2015-96947, JP 2016-27149, and using a lake colorant of triarylmethane-based dye and polyacid described in JP-A-2017-16099 good too.
  • the triarylmethane-based dye lake colorant may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • the coloring material used in the present invention contains a triarylmethane-based dye lake coloring material as an essential component, but in a range that does not impair the effects of the present invention, in order to adjust the color tone, it is further combined with other coloring materials. may be used.
  • known pigments, dyes, lake coloring materials and the like can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • blue colorants other blue colorants, purple colorants, and red colorants are preferably used, but are not limited to these.
  • C.I. I. known organic blue pigments such as Pigment Blue 15, 15:1, 15:2, 15:3, 15:4, 15:6;
  • a purple colorant C.I. I. known organic violet pigments such as Pigment Violet 1, 14, 15, 19, 23, 29, 32, 33, 36, 37, 38;
  • red to reddish purple colorants for example, WO 2020/071041, JP 2018-100323, WO 2014/123125, etc.
  • the colorant may further contain other colorants other than the lake colorant of the triarylmethane dye.
  • the content of the lake colorant of the triarylmethane dye is preferably 70% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, relative to the total amount of the colorant, and is 80% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less. It is preferably 90% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, and even more preferably 95% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less.
  • the average primary particle diameter of the coloring material used in the present invention is not particularly limited as long as the coloring layer of the color filter can develop a desired color, and varies depending on the type of coloring material used. is preferably in the range of 10 to 100 nm, more preferably 15 to 60 nm.
  • the display device equipped with the color filter produced using the photosensitive colored resin composition according to the present invention has high contrast and high quality. be able to.
  • the average dispersed particle size of the coloring material in the photosensitive colored resin composition varies depending on the type of coloring material used, but is preferably in the range of 10 to 100 nm, and preferably in the range of 15 to 60 nm. is more preferred.
  • the average dispersed particle size of the colorant in the photosensitive colored resin composition is the dispersed particle size of the colorant particles dispersed in the dispersion medium containing at least a solvent, and is measured by a laser light scattering particle size distribution meter. It is a thing.
  • the solvent used in the photosensitive colored resin composition is diluted appropriately to a concentration that can be measured by a laser light scattering particle size distribution meter (for example, 1000 times), and measured at 23° C. by a dynamic light scattering method using a laser light scattering particle size distribution analyzer (eg, Nanotrack particle size distribution analyzer UPA-EX150 manufactured by Nikkiso Co., Ltd.).
  • the average distribution particle size here is the volume average particle size.
  • the coloring material used in the present invention can be produced by known methods such as recrystallization and solvent salt milling. Alternatively, a commercially available coloring material may be used after undergoing fine processing.
  • the content of the coloring material in the photosensitive colored resin composition according to the present invention is not particularly limited.
  • the content of the coloring material from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability, relative to the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition, usually in the range of 3% to 65% by weight, preferably 4% to 60% by weight % by mass, more preferably 15% to 60% by mass. If it is at least the above lower limit, the colored layer will have a sufficient color density when the photosensitive colored resin composition is applied to a predetermined film thickness (usually 1.0 ⁇ m to 5.0 ⁇ m). Moreover, if it is below the said upper limit, while being excellent in storage stability, the coloring layer which has sufficient hardness and adhesiveness with a board
  • the total content of the colorant is preferably 20% to 65% by mass, more preferably 20% by mass to 65% by mass, based on the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition. It is in the range of 30% by mass to 60% by mass.
  • the alkali-soluble resin in the present invention has an acidic group, and can be appropriately selected and used from those that act as a binder resin and are soluble in an alkali developer used for pattern formation.
  • the alkali-soluble resin can be defined as having an acid value of 40 mgKOH/g or more.
  • a preferable alkali-soluble resin in the present invention is a resin having an acidic group, usually a carboxy group. Specifically, for example, an acrylic copolymer having a carboxy group, a styrene-acrylic copolymer having a carboxy group, and the like. acrylic resins, epoxy (meth)acrylate resins having a carboxy group, and the like.
  • the alkali-soluble resins are cross-linked, or the alkali-soluble resin and the photopolymerizable compound such as a polyfunctional monomer are crosslinked.
  • the film strength of the cured film is further improved, the development resistance is improved, and the heat shrinkage of the cured film is suppressed, resulting in excellent adhesion to the substrate.
  • a method for introducing an ethylenically unsaturated bond into an alkali-soluble resin may be appropriately selected from conventionally known methods. For example, a method in which a compound having both an epoxy group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond in the molecule, such as glycidyl (meth)acrylate, is added to the carboxyl group of the alkali-soluble resin to introduce an ethylenically unsaturated bond into the side chain.
  • a compound having both an epoxy group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond in the molecule such as glycidyl (meth)acrylate
  • a structural unit having a hydroxyl group is introduced into a copolymer, a compound having an isocyanate group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond is added to the molecule, and an ethylenically unsaturated bond is introduced into the side chain.
  • a monomer containing a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer
  • an ethylenically unsaturated monomer may be simply referred to as an ethylenically unsaturated monomer.
  • the alkali-soluble resin preferably further has a hydrocarbon ring from the viewpoint of excellent adhesion of the colored layer.
  • a hydrocarbon ring which is a bulky group
  • examples of such hydrocarbon rings include aliphatic hydrocarbon rings which may have substituents, aromatic hydrocarbon rings which may have substituents, and combinations thereof. may have a substituent such as an alkyl group, a carbonyl group, a carboxy group, an oxycarbonyl group, an amide group, a hydroxyl group, a nitro group, an amino group, or a halogen atom.
  • the hydrocarbon ring may be contained as a monovalent group or may be contained as a divalent or higher group.
  • hydrocarbon rings include aliphatic rings such as cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, norbornane, isobornane, tricyclo[5.2.1.0(2,6)]decane (dicyclopentane), and adamantane.
  • Aromatic hydrocarbon rings such as benzene, naphthalene, anthracene, phenanthrene, and fluorene
  • Chain polycyclic rings such as biphenyl, terphenyl, diphenylmethane, triphenylmethane, and stilbene, and cardo structures (9,9-diarylfluorene ); a group in which a part of these groups is substituted with a substituent, and the like.
  • substituents include alkyl groups, cycloalkyl groups, alkylcycloalkyl groups, hydroxyl groups, carbonyl groups, nitro groups, amino groups, and halogen atoms.
  • the heat resistance and adhesion of the colored layer are improved, and the brightness of the obtained colored layer is also preferably improved.
  • the cardo structure it is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of improving the curability of the colored layer, suppressing the fading of the coloring material, and improving the solvent resistance (NMP swelling suppression).
  • Acrylic resins such as acrylic copolymers having a structural unit having a carboxy group and styrene-acrylic copolymers having a carboxy group are, for example, a carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer and, if necessary, a copolymer. It is a (co)polymer obtained by (co)polymerizing other polymerizable monomers by a known method.
  • Carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomers include, for example, (meth)acrylic acid, vinyl benzoic acid, maleic acid, maleic acid monoalkyl ester, fumaric acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, cinnamic acid, and acrylic acid dimer.
  • the alkali-soluble resin in the present invention is a carboxy group-containing copolymer such as an acrylic copolymer and a styrene-acrylic copolymer having a structural unit having a carboxy group and a structural unit having a hydrocarbon ring.
  • a copolymer is more preferred.
  • Ethylenically unsaturated monomers having a hydrocarbon ring include, for example, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, dicyclopentanyl (meth)acrylate, adamantyl (meth)acrylate, isobornyl (meth)acrylate, benzyl (meth)acrylate, phenoxyethyl (Meth)acrylates, styrene, etc., and from the point that the effect of maintaining the cross-sectional shape of the colored layer after development is large even in heat treatment, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, dicyclopentanyl (meth)acrylate, adamantyl ( At least one selected from meth)acrylate, benzyl (meth)acrylate, and styrene is preferably used.
  • the carboxy group-containing copolymer may further contain other structural units such as methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, and other structural units having an ester group.
  • the structural unit having an ester group functions not only as a component that suppresses alkali solubility of the colored resin composition, but also as a component that improves solvent solubility and solvent re-solubility.
  • the carboxy group-containing copolymer can be made into an alkali-soluble resin having desired performance by appropriately adjusting the amount of each structural unit charged.
  • the amount of the carboxyl group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer to be charged is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more, based on the total amount of the monomers in order to obtain a good pattern.
  • the amount of the carboxyl group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer charged is preferably 50% by mass or less, and 40% by mass or less with respect to the total amount of the monomer. It is more preferable to have
  • a carboxyl group-containing copolymer such as an acrylic copolymer and a styrene-acrylic copolymer having a structural unit having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, which is more preferably used as an alkali-soluble resin
  • the epoxy group and ethylene The compound having a polyunsaturated bond is preferably 10% by mass or more and 95% by mass or less, and preferably 15% by mass or more and 90% by mass or less, relative to the charged amount of the carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer. more preferred.
  • the preferred mass average molecular weight (Mw) of the carboxy group-containing copolymer is preferably in the range of 1,000 to 50,000, more preferably 3,000 to 20,000. When it is 1,000 or more, the binder function after curing is improved, and when it is 50,000 or less, pattern formation becomes good during development with an alkaline developer.
  • the epoxy (meth)acrylate resin having a carboxy group is not particularly limited, but an epoxy (meth)acrylate obtained by reacting a reaction product of an epoxy compound and an unsaturated group-containing monocarboxylic acid with an acid anhydride. Acrylate compounds are suitable. Epoxy compounds, unsaturated group-containing monocarboxylic acids, and acid anhydrides can be appropriately selected from known ones and used.
  • the epoxy (meth)acrylate resin having a carboxyl group it is preferable to have the above-mentioned hydrocarbon ring in the molecule. Among them, those containing a cardo structure improve the curability of the colored layer and prevent the colorant from fading. It is preferable from the viewpoint of suppressing it and increasing the residual film rate of the colored layer. Epoxy (meth)acrylate resins having a carboxy group may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • an alkali-soluble resin with an acid value of 30 mgKOH/g or more.
  • the alkali-soluble resin preferably has an acid value of 40 mgKOH/g or more and 300 mgKOH/g or less from the viewpoint of developability (solubility) in an alkaline aqueous solution used as a developer and adhesion to a substrate. It is preferably 50 mgKOH/g or more and 280 mgKOH/g or less.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated bond equivalent when the side chain of the alkali-soluble resin has an ethylenically unsaturated group improves the film strength of the cured film, improves the development resistance, and provides the effect of excellent adhesion to the substrate. From the point of view, it is preferably in the range of 100 to 2000, more preferably in the range of 140 to 1500. If the ethylenically unsaturated bond equivalent is 2000 or less, the development resistance and adhesion are excellent. Also, if it is 100 or more, the ratio of other structural units such as structural units having a carboxy group and structural units having a hydrocarbon ring can be relatively increased, so that excellent developability and heat resistance can be obtained.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated bond equivalent is the weight average molecular weight per mole of the ethylenically unsaturated bond in the alkali-soluble resin, and is represented by the following formula (1).
  • Ethylenically unsaturated bond equivalent (g / mol) W (g) / M (mol) (In formula (1), W represents the mass (g) of the alkali-soluble resin, and M represents the number of moles (mol) of ethylenically unsaturated bonds contained in the alkali-soluble resin W (g).)
  • the ethylenically unsaturated bond equivalent is obtained, for example, by measuring the number of ethylenically unsaturated bonds contained per 1 g of the alkali-soluble resin in accordance with the iodine value test method described in JIS K 0070: 1992. can be calculated.
  • Alkali-soluble resin used in the photosensitive colored resin composition may be used alone, may be used in combination of two or more, the content is not particularly limited, photosensitive colored resin
  • the content of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 5% by mass or more and 60% by mass or less, more preferably 8% by mass or more and 40% by mass or less, relative to the total solid content of the composition.
  • the content of the alkali-soluble resin is at least the above lower limit, sufficient alkali developability is obtained, and when the content of the alkali-soluble resin is at most the above upper limit, film roughness and pattern chipping during development are prevented. can be suppressed.
  • the photopolymerizable compound used in the photosensitive colored resin composition is not particularly limited as long as it can be polymerized by a photoinitiator, and usually a compound having two or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds is preferably used.
  • a compound having two or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds is preferably used.
  • polyfunctional (meth)acrylates having two or more acryloyl groups or methacryloyl groups.
  • Such a polyfunctional (meth)acrylate may be appropriately selected from among conventionally known ones and used. Specific examples include those described in JP-A-2013-029832.
  • polyfunctional (meth)acrylates may be used singly or in combination of two or more. Further, when excellent photocurability (high sensitivity) is required for the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention, the polyfunctional (meth)acrylate has three polymerizable ethylenically unsaturated bonds (three Functionality) or more is preferable, and poly(meth)acrylates of trihydric or higher polyhydric alcohols and their dicarboxylic acid-modified products are preferable.
  • trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate penta Erythritol tri(meth)acrylate, succinic acid-modified pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta (Meth)acrylate modified with succinic acid, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate and the like are preferred.
  • the photopolymerizable compound used in the present invention preferably contains a photopolymerizable compound containing alkylene oxide from the viewpoint of achieving both a high residual film rate and a fine line width.
  • Photopolymerizable compounds containing alkylene oxide preferably include photopolymerizable compounds containing ethylene oxide and/or propylene oxide.
  • Examples of the photopolymerizable compound containing an alkylene oxide include alkylene oxide-modified pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, alkylene oxide-modified pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, alkylene oxide-modified dipentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, alkylene oxide-modified di Examples include pentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate, alkylene oxide-modified dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, alkylene oxide-modified trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, and alkylene oxide-modified glycerol di(meth)acrylate, and more specific examples.
  • ethylene oxide-modified trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate ethylene oxide-modified pentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate, ethylene oxide-modified dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, propylene oxide-modified pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, propylene oxide-modified penta Erythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, propylene oxide-modified dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, ethylene oxide-modified glycerin tri(meth)acrylate, ethylene oxide-modified diglycerin tetra(meth)acrylate, and the like.
  • a photopolymerizable compound can be used individually by 1 type or in mixture of 2 or more types.
  • a photopolymerizable compound containing alkylene oxide and a photopolymerizable compound not containing alkylene oxide may be mixed and used.
  • the content when containing a photopolymerizable compound containing alkylene oxide is preferably in the range of 3% to 50% by mass, more preferably in the range of 5% to 30% by mass, based on the total amount of the photopolymerizable compound. is within.
  • the content of the photopolymerizable compound used in the photosensitive colored resin composition is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of 5% to 60% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition. , more preferably in the range of 10% by mass to 40% by mass.
  • the content of the photopolymerizable compound is at least the above lower limit, photocuring sufficiently proceeds, the exposed portion can be suppressed from elution during development, the line width shift is suppressed, the solvent resistance is improved, and
  • the content of the photopolymerizable compound is equal to or less than the above upper limit, the alkali developability is sufficient.
  • the photoinitiator used in the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, and can be used alone or in combination of two or more of conventionally known various initiators.
  • photoinitiators include benzophenone, N,N-dimethylaminobenzophenone, 4,4'-bisdiethylaminobenzophenone (e.g., Haicure ABP, manufactured by Kawaguchi Yakuhin), fragrances such as 4-methoxy-4'-dimethylaminobenzophenone.
  • ketones such as benzoin ethers such as benzoin methyl ether; benzoins such as ethylbenzoin; biimidazoles such as 2-(o-chlorophenyl)-4,5-phenylimidazole dimer; Halomethyloxadiazole compounds such as (p-methoxystyryl)-1,3,4-oxadiazole; 2-(4-butoxy-naphth-1-yl)-4,6-bis-trichloromethyl-S- Halomethyl-S-triazines such as triazine; 1,2-octadione-1-[4-(phenylthio)-,2-(o-benzoyloxime)], ethanone, 1-[9-ethyl-6-(2- methylbenzoyl)-9H-carbazol-3-yl]-,1-(o-acetyloxime), JP-A-2000-80068, JP-A-2001-233842, JP-A-
  • the photoinitiator used in the present invention preferably contains at least one selected from oxime esters and ⁇ -aminoketones from the viewpoint of excellent sensitivity.
  • ⁇ -aminoketones are preferred from the viewpoint of Since ⁇ -aminoketones having a tertiary amine structure have a tertiary amine structure that is an oxygen quencher in the molecule, radicals generated from the initiator are less likely to be deactivated by oxygen, and sensitivity can be improved. preferable. Further, it is preferable to use ⁇ -aminoketones in combination with oxime esters as photoinitiators from the viewpoint of suppressing water staining and improving sensitivity.
  • water stain means that when a component that enhances alkali developability is used, after alkali development and rinsing with pure water, water stain marks are produced. Such water stains disappear after post-baking, so there is no problem with the product. occur. Therefore, if the inspection sensitivity of the inspection apparatus is lowered in the visual inspection, the yield of the final color filter product will be lowered, which is a problem. Further, it is preferable to combine thioxanthones with at least one selected from oxime esters and ⁇ -aminoketones as a photoinitiator from the viewpoint of adjusting sensitivity, suppressing water staining, and improving development resistance. .
  • the total content of the photoinitiator used in the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as the effect of the present invention is not impaired, relative to the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition, It is preferably in the range of 0.1% by mass to 12.0% by mass, more preferably in the range of 1.0% by mass to 8.0% by mass.
  • photocuring proceeds sufficiently to suppress the elution of the exposed portion during development, resulting in good solvent resistance. A decrease in brightness due to yellowing of the layer can be suppressed.
  • the content ratio of the photopolymerizable compound and the photoinitiator used in the photosensitive colored resin composition is such that the line width shift is suppressed, the solvent resistance is improved, and the development residue is suppressed.
  • the total content of the photoinitiator is preferably 5 parts by mass or more, more preferably 10 parts by mass or more, preferably 40 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the photopolymerizable compound. It is not more than 30 parts by mass, and more preferably not more than 30 parts by mass.
  • the ratio of the total mass of the photoinitiator to the total mass of the photoinitiator and the ultraviolet absorber is preferably in the range of 80% by mass to 98% by mass, more preferably 82% by mass to 96% by mass. It is within the range of % by mass.
  • the content is at least the above lower limit, sufficient photocurability can be ensured even in the presence of the UV absorber, while when it is at most the above upper limit, the effect of line width adjustment by the UV absorber is likely to be obtained.
  • solvent used in the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it does not react with each component in the photosensitive colored resin composition and is capable of dissolving or dispersing them.
  • a solvent can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.
  • Specific examples of solvents include alcohol solvents such as methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, N-propyl alcohol, i-propyl alcohol, methoxy alcohol and ethoxy alcohol; carbitol solvents such as methoxyethoxyethanol and ethoxyethoxyethanol; ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, methyl methoxypropionate, ethyl methoxypropionate, ethyl ethoxypropionate, ethyl lactate, methyl hydroxypropionate, ethyl hydroxypropionate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, isobutyl butyrate, n-butyl butyrate, ester solvents such as
  • glycol ether acetate-based solvents examples include propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, butyl carbitol acetate (BCA), 3-methoxy-3-methyl-1-butyl acetate, ethyl ethoxypropionate, ethyl lactate, and one or more selected from the group consisting of 3-methoxybutyl acetate, from the viewpoint of solubility of other components and applicability.
  • BCA butyl carbitol acetate
  • 3-methoxy-3-methyl-1-butyl acetate ethyl ethoxypropionate
  • ethyl lactate examples include one or more selected from the group consisting of 3-methoxybutyl acetate, from the viewpoint of solubility of other components and applicability.
  • the content of the solvent may be appropriately set within a range in which the colored layer can be formed with high accuracy. It may generally be in the range of 55% by mass to 95% by mass, preferably in the range of 65% by mass to 88% by mass, based on the total amount of the photosensitive colored resin composition containing the solvent. When the content of the solvent is within the above range, excellent applicability can be obtained.
  • the coloring material may be dispersed in a solvent using a dispersant.
  • the dispersant can be appropriately selected and used from conventionally known dispersants.
  • the dispersant for example, cationic, anionic, nonionic, amphoteric, silicone, or fluorine surfactants can be used.
  • surfactants polymer dispersants are preferred because they can be uniformly and finely dispersed.
  • polymer dispersants include (co)polymers of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters such as polyacrylic acid esters; (partial) amine salts of (co)polymers of unsaturated carboxylic acids such as polyacrylic acid; (Partial) ammonium salts and (partial) alkylamine salts; (co)polymers of hydroxyl group-containing unsaturated carboxylic acid esters such as hydroxyl group-containing polyacrylic acid esters and modified products thereof; polyurethanes; unsaturated polyamides; polysiloxanes long-chain polyaminoamide phosphates; polyethyleneimine derivatives (amides obtained by reacting poly(lower alkyleneimine) with free carboxyl group-containing polyesters and their bases); polyallylamine derivatives (polyallylamine and free carboxyl (a reaction product obtained by reacting one or more compounds selected from three kinds of compounds: polyesters, polyamides, or cocondensates of esters and amides (polyesteramide
  • the dispersant can be appropriately selected and used according to the type of the coloring material, and is not particularly limited, but when dispersing the triarylmethane dye lake coloring material, dispersing As the agent, it is preferable to use an acidic dispersant which is an acidic polymeric dispersant.
  • an acidic dispersant used for dispersing the lake colorant for example, at least one selected from a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) described later and a carboxy group-containing block copolymer is preferably used. can be used.
  • a pigment When a pigment is further used as a coloring material and dispersed, at least one selected from the group consisting of acidic or basic polymer dispersants and urethane-based dispersants can be used depending on the type of pigment. Alternatively, a basic polymeric dispersant may be used.
  • an acidic dispersant which is an acidic polymer dispersant
  • a base which is a basic polymer dispersant It is preferred to use a polydispersant.
  • a polymer containing a repeating unit having a tertiary amine, and at least a portion of the amino groups in the polymer containing a repeating unit having a tertiary amine and an organic acid compound At least one polymer selected from the group consisting of salt-formed polymers can be preferably used.
  • a urethane-based dispersant is a compound having one or more urethane bonds (--NH--COO--) in one molecule.
  • the urethane-based dispersant for example, a reaction product of polyisocyanates having two or more isocyanate groups in one molecule and polyesters having hydroxyl groups at one end or both ends can be suitably used.
  • a polymer having a structural unit represented by the following general formula (I) can be preferably used as a dispersant for the triarylmethane-based dye lake colorant.
  • a polymer having a structural unit represented by the following general formula (I) improves the dispersibility and heat resistance of the triarylmethane-based dye lake colorant, and the lake color after heating It is possible to suppress the chromaticity change of the material.
  • a polymer having a structural unit represented by the following general formula (I) is used as a dispersant to improve the dispersibility and storage stability of the pigment. It is possible to form a colored layer with improved adhesion to the substrate and improved coating film uniformity.
  • the polymer having a structural unit represented by the following general formula (I) is a polymer of ethylenically unsaturated monomers
  • the heat resistance of the skeleton is higher than that of polyether-based or polyester-based polymers
  • L 11 is a direct bond or a divalent linking group
  • R 11 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • R 12 is a hydroxyl group, a hydrocarbon group, —[CH(R 13 )—CH (R 14 )—O] x1 —R 15 , —[(CH 2 ) y1 —O] z1 —R 15 , or a monovalent group represented by —OR 16, where R 16 is a hydrocarbon group , -[CH(R 13 )-CH(R 14 )-O] x1 -R 15 , -[(CH 2 ) y1 -O] z1 -R 15 , -C(R 17 )(R 18 )-C( R 19 )(R 20 )-OH or a monovalent group represented by -CH 2 -C(R 21 )(R 22 )-CH 2 -OH.
  • R 13 and R 14 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • R 17 , R 18 , R 19 , R 20 , R 21 and R 22 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group, or a hydrocarbon group having one or more selected from an ether bond and an ester bond; and R 17 and R 19 may combine with each other to form a ring structure.
  • the cyclic structure may further have a substituent R 24 , and R 24 is a hydrocarbon group or a hydrocarbon group having one or more selected from an ether bond and an ester bond. It is a hydrogen group.
  • the hydrocarbon group may have a substituent.
  • X represents a hydrogen atom or an organic cation. x1 is an integer of 1 or more and 18 or less, y1 is an integer of 1 or more and 5 or less, and z1 is an integer of 1 or more and 18 or less.
  • L 11 is a direct bond or a divalent linking group.
  • the fact that L 11 is directly bonded means that the phosphorus atom is directly bonded to the carbon atom of the main chain skeleton without a linking group interposed therebetween.
  • the divalent linking group for L 11 is not particularly limited as long as it can link the carbon atom of the main chain skeleton and the phosphorus atom.
  • the divalent linking group for L 11 includes, for example, a linear, branched or cyclic alkylene group, a linear, branched or cyclic alkylene group having a hydroxyl group, an arylene group, a -CONH- group, a -COO- group, -NHCOO- group, ether group (-O- group), thioether group (-S- group), combinations thereof, and the like.
  • the bonding direction of the divalent linking group is arbitrary.
  • -CO when -CONH- is included in the divalent linking group, -CO may be on the carbon atom side of the main chain and -NH may be on the phosphorus atom side of the side chain, on the contrary, -NH is the main chain --CO may be on the phosphorus atom side of the side chain.
  • L 11 in general formula (I) is preferably a -CONH- group or a divalent linking group containing a -COO- group.
  • L 11 is a divalent linking group containing a -COO- group
  • L 11 is a -COO-L 11 '- group
  • L 11 ' is a carbon atom optionally having a hydroxyl group an alkylene group whose number is 1 or more and 8 or less, -[CH(R L11 )-CH(R L12 )-O] x -, or -[(CH 2 ) y -O] z -(CH 2 ) y - O—, —[CH(R L13 )] w —O—
  • R L11 , R L12 and R L13 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a hydroxyl group, x is 1 or more and 18 or less; is an integer,
  • the alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in L 11 ′ may be linear, branched, or cyclic. Examples include a butylene group, various pentylene groups, various hexylene groups, various octylene groups, etc., and a portion of the hydrogen may be substituted with a hydroxyl group.
  • x is an integer of 1 or more and 18 or less, preferably an integer of 1 or more and 4 or less, more preferably an integer of 1 or more and 2 or less
  • y is an integer of 1 or more and 5 or less, preferably an integer of 1 or more and 4 or less, more preferably is 2 or 3.
  • z is an integer of 1 or more and 18 or less, preferably 1 or more and 4 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 2 or less.
  • w is an integer of 1 or more and 18 or less, preferably 1 or more and 4 or less.
  • L 11 in general formula (I) include -COO-CH 2 CH(OH)CH 2 -O-, -COO-CH 2 CH 2 -O-CH 2 CH(OH)CH 2 -O-, -COO-CH 2 C(CH 2 CH 3 )(CH 2 OH)CH 2 -O- and the like, but are not limited thereto.
  • Examples of the hydrocarbon group for R 12 include alkyl groups having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, alkenyl groups having 2 to 18 carbon atoms, aralkyl groups, and aryl groups.
  • the alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms may be linear, branched or cyclic, and examples thereof include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl and n-butyl. group, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, bornyl group, isobornyl group, dicyclopentanyl group, adamantyl group, and lower alkyl group-substituted adamantyl group.
  • the alkenyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms may be linear, branched or cyclic. Examples of such alkenyl groups include vinyl groups, allyl groups, and propenyl groups. Although the position of the double bond of the alkenyl group is not limited, it is preferable that the alkenyl group has a double bond at the terminal from the viewpoint of the reactivity of the resulting polymer.
  • the aryl group includes phenyl group, biphenyl group, naphthyl group, tolyl group, xylyl group and the like, and may further have a substituent.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aryl group is preferably 6 or more and 24 or less, more preferably 6 or more and 12 or less.
  • the aralkyl group includes a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, a naphthylmethyl group, a biphenylmethyl group, and the like, and may further have a substituent.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aralkyl group is preferably 7 or more and 20 or less, more preferably 7 or more and 14 or less.
  • the alkyl group or alkenyl group may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include halogen atoms such as F, Cl, and Br, and nitro groups.
  • the substituents of the aromatic ring such as the aryl group and the aralkyl group include linear and branched alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, alkenyl groups, nitro groups, halogen atoms, and the like. can be mentioned.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the substituent is not included in the preferable number of carbon atoms.
  • x1 is the same as x
  • y1 is the same as y
  • z1 is the same as z.
  • Examples of the hydrocarbon group for R 15 to R 22 include those similar to the hydrocarbon group for R 12 above.
  • One group may have two or more ether bonds and ester bonds.
  • Examples of monovalent hydrocarbon groups include alkyl groups, alkenyl groups, aralkyl groups, and aryl groups, and examples of divalent hydrocarbon groups include alkylene groups, alkenylene groups, arylene groups, and combinations thereof. group.
  • the number of carbon atoms forming the ring structure is preferably 5 or more and 8 or less, and is preferably 6, that is, a 6-membered ring. More preferably, it forms a cyclohexane ring.
  • a hydrocarbon group or a hydrocarbon group having one or more selected from an ether bond and an ester bond for the substituent R 24 is can be similar to
  • R 12 is a hydrocarbon group, -[CH(R 13 )-CH(R 14 )-O] x1 -R 15 or -[(CH 2 ) y1 -O ] It is preferably a monovalent group represented by z1 - R15 .
  • a resin layer having excellent alkali resistance can be formed because it is difficult to hydrolyze.
  • R 12 is more preferably an aryl group which may have a substituent from the viewpoint of dispersibility.
  • X represents a hydrogen atom or an organic cation.
  • An organic cation is one that contains a carbon atom in the cationic portion.
  • Examples of organic cations include imidazolium cations, pyridinium cations, aminidium cations, piperidinium cations, pyrrolidinium cations, ammonium cations such as tetraalkylammonium cations and trialkylammonium cations, and sulfonium cations such as trialkylsulfonium cations.
  • phosphonium cations such as tetraalkylphosphonium cations.
  • protonated nitrogen-containing organic cations are preferable from the viewpoint of dispersibility and alkali developability.
  • the organic cation has an ethylenically unsaturated bond, it is preferable from the point of being able to impart curability.
  • the structural unit represented by general formula (I) may be contained singly or in combination of two or more in the polymer.
  • X may contain both a structural unit in which X is a hydrogen atom and a structural unit in which X is an organic cation.
  • X is an organic cation. It is preferably 0 or more and 50 mol % or less with respect to the total number of structural units of the structural units represented by .
  • the method for synthesizing a polymer having a structural unit represented by general formula (I) is not particularly limited. can be synthesized.
  • a polymer having a structural unit represented by general formula (I) is a reaction product of a polymer having at least one of an epoxy group and a cyclic ether group in a side chain and an acidic phosphorus compound, At least part of the groups are preferably polymers that may form salts.
  • the polymer having the structural unit represented by general formula (I) preferably further has a solvent affinity site from the viewpoint of dispersibility.
  • a polymer is, among others, a graft copolymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and a structural unit represented by the following general formula (II), or A block copolymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and a structural unit represented by the following general formula (III) is excellent in dispersibility and storage stability, and after long-term storage Even if it is, it is preferable from the point of being able to form a high-contrast coating film.
  • L 21 is a direct bond or a divalent linking group
  • R 25 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • Polymer is a polymer chain having a structural unit represented by the following general formula (IV) represents
  • R 26 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • R 27 is a hydrocarbon group, -[CH(R 28 )-CH(R 29 )-O] x2 -R 30 , -[(CH 2 ) y2 -O] z2 -R 30 , —[CO-(CH 2 ) y2 -O] z2 -R 30 , —CO-OR 30′ or —O—CO-R 30′′ groups
  • R 28 and R 29 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • R 30 is a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group, —CHO, —CH 2 CHO or —CH 2 COOR a monovalent group represented by 31 and R 30′ is
  • x2 and x2' are integers of 1 to 18; y2 and y2' are integers of 1 to 5; z2 and z2' are integers of 1 to 18; )
  • R 32 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • R 33 is a hydrocarbon group, -[CH(R 34 )-CH(R 35 )-O] x3 -R 36 , -[( CH 2 ) y3 —O] z3 —R 36 , —[CO—(CH 2 ) y3 —O] z3 —R 36 , —CO—OR 37 or —O—CO—R 38 groups
  • R 34 and R 35 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • R 36 is a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group, a monovalent group represented by —CHO, —CH 2 CHO or —CH 2 COOR 39
  • R 37 is a hydrocarbon group, --[CH(R 34 )--CH(R 35 )--O] x4 --R 36 , --[(CH 2 ) y4 --O] z4 --R 36 , --[CO--(CH 2 )
  • graft copolymer examples include graft copolymers having a structural unit represented by general formula (I) and a structural unit represented by general formula (II). can be done.
  • L21 is a direct bond or a divalent linking group.
  • the divalent linking group for L 21 is not particularly limited as long as it can link the carbon atom derived from the ethylenically unsaturated bond and the polymer chain. Examples of the divalent linking group for L 21 include the same divalent linking groups for L 11 .
  • Polymer represents a polymer chain having a structural unit represented by the general formula (IV).
  • the hydrocarbon group for R 33 is an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms, an aralkyl group, or an aryl group. is preferred. These include, for example, those similar to R 12 described above.
  • R 36 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a monovalent group represented by an alkyl group, aralkyl group, aryl group, -CHO, -CH 2 CHO or -CH 2 COOR 39 having 1 to 18 carbon atoms
  • R 37 is an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an aralkyl group, an aryl group, --[CH(R 34 )--CH(R 35 )--O] x4 --R 36 , --[(CH 2 ) y4 -O] z4 -R 36 and --[CO--(CH 2 ) y4 -O] z4 -R 36 are preferred.
  • R 38 is an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms
  • R 39 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the alkyl group, aralkyl group, and aryl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms in R 36 and R 37 are the same as those for R 12 described above.
  • Examples of the alkyl group for R 38 and R 39 are the same as those for R 12 above.
  • R 36 , R 37 and R 39 are groups having an aromatic ring, the aromatic ring may further have a substituent.
  • substituents examples include linear, branched, and cyclic alkyl groups having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, alkenyl groups, nitro groups, and halogen atoms such as F, Cl, and Br. .
  • the number of carbon atoms of the substituent is not included in the preferable number of carbon atoms.
  • x3 and x4 are the same as x
  • y3 and y4 are the same as y
  • z3 and z4 are the same as z.
  • R 33 , R 36 , R 37 , R 38 and R 39 may be alkoxy groups, hydroxyl groups, carboxy groups, amino groups, epoxy groups, It may be substituted with a substituent such as an isocyanate group or a hydrogen bond forming group. Further, after synthesizing a graft copolymer having these substituents, a polymerizable group may be added by reacting a compound having a functional group that reacts with the substituent and a polymerizable group.
  • adding a polymerizable group by reacting a graft copolymer having a carboxyl group with glycidyl (meth)acrylate or reacting a graft copolymer having an isocyanate group with hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate. can be done.
  • a polymer chain having a structural unit represented by general formula (IV) includes methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, isopropyl (meth)acrylate, n-butyl (meth)acrylate, and isobutyl among the structural units described above.
  • the R 33 and R 37 it is preferable to use one having excellent solubility in the organic solvent described later, and it is appropriately selected according to the organic solvent used in the colorant dispersion.
  • the organic solvent is an ether-alcohol acetate-based, ether-based, or ester-based organic solvent generally used as an organic solvent for a colorant dispersion
  • a methyl group, an ethyl group, isobutyl group, n-butyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, 2-ethoxyethyl group, cyclohexyl group, benzyl group and the like are preferred.
  • the reason for setting R 33 and R 37 in this way is that the structural unit containing R 33 and R 37 has solubility in the organic solvent, and the acidic phosphorus compound group of the monomer and This is because the salt portion has a high adsorptivity to the particles such as the coloring material, so that the dispersibility and stability of the particles such as the coloring material can be made particularly excellent.
  • the weight-average molecular weight of the polymer chain in Polymer is preferably within the range of 500 or more and 15000 or less, more preferably within the range of 1000 or more and 8000 or less. Within the above range, a sufficient steric repulsion effect as a dispersing agent can be maintained, and an increase in the time required for dispersing particles such as a coloring material due to the steric effect can be suppressed.
  • the polymer chain in the polymer preferably has a solubility of 50 (g/100 g solvent) or more at 23°C in the organic solvent used in combination.
  • the polymer chain may be a homopolymer or a copolymer. Further, the polymer chains contained in the structural units represented by the general formula (II) may be used singly or in combination of two or more in the graft copolymer.
  • the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is preferably contained in a total ratio of 3% by mass or more and 80% by mass or less with respect to all the structural units of the graft copolymer. It is more preferably 70% by mass or less, and even more preferably 20% by mass or more and 60% by mass or less. If the total content of the structural units represented by the general formula (I) in the graft copolymer is within the above range, the ratio of the affinity sites for the particles in the graft copolymer will be appropriate, and the organic solvent will be Since it is possible to suppress the decrease in the solubility for the coloring material, the adsorption to particles such as coloring materials is improved, and excellent dispersibility and dispersion stability can be obtained.
  • the structural unit represented by the general formula (II) is preferably contained at a ratio of 20% by mass or more and 97% by mass or less with respect to all the structural units of the graft copolymer, and 25% by mass. % or more and 95 mass % or less is more preferable, and 40 mass % or more and 90 mass % or less is even more preferable.
  • the content ratio of each constitutional unit in the copolymer is calculated from the charged amount when synthesizing the copolymer.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the graft copolymer is preferably in the range of 1,000 to 500,000, more preferably in the range of 3,000 to 400,000, and in the range of 5,000 to 300,000. is more preferred. Within the above range, the particles such as the coloring material can be uniformly dispersed.
  • the graft copolymer used in the embodiment of the present invention further has other structural units in addition to the structural units represented by the general formula (I) and the structural units represented by the general formula (II). It's okay to be For example, an ethylenically unsaturated monomer that can be copolymerized with an ethylenically unsaturated monomer or the like that induces the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is appropriately selected and copolymerized to introduce another structural unit. be able to.
  • a block copolymer preferable as an acidic dispersant includes, for example, a block portion containing a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and a block portion containing a structural unit represented by the general formula (III).
  • a block copolymer having In the block copolymer the block portion containing the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) preferably contains a total of 3 or more structural units represented by the general formula (I). .
  • it preferably contains 3 to 200, more preferably 3 to 50, and further contains 3 to 30. is more preferred.
  • the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) may function as a coloring material affinity site, and may consist of one type or may contain two or more types of structural units. When two or more types of structural units are included, two or more types of structural units may be randomly arranged in the block portion containing the structural units represented by the general formula (I).
  • the total content of the structural units represented by the general formula (I) is 5% by mass or more and 80% by mass or less with respect to all the structural units of the block copolymer. , more preferably 10% by mass or more and 70% by mass or less, and even more preferably 20% by mass or more and 60% by mass or less. If it is within the above range, the ratio of the affinity sites with the particles in the block copolymer becomes appropriate, and the decrease in the solubility in the organic solvent can be suppressed, so that the adsorption to the particles such as the coloring material becomes good, Excellent dispersibility and dispersion stability are obtained. In addition, since the acidic phosphorus compound group of the block copolymer can be stably localized around the colorant, a color filter excellent in heat resistance and contrast can be obtained.
  • the block copolymer By having a block portion containing a structural unit represented by the general formula (III), the block copolymer has good solvent affinity, good dispersibility and dispersion stability of the coloring material, and heat resistance. In addition, it has excellent resistance to N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP) (NMP resistance).
  • NMP N-methylpyrrolidone
  • R 27 is a hydrocarbon group, -[CH(R 28 )-CH(R 29 )-O] x2 -R 30 , -[(CH 2 ) y2 -O] z2 -R 30 , —[CO—(CH 2 ) y2 —O] z2 —R 30 , —CO—OR 30′ or —O—CO—R 30′′ .
  • the hydrocarbon group for R 27 can be the same as those shown for R 12 above.
  • R 30 is a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group, —CHO, —CH 2 CHO or —CH 2 COOR 31 and is a monovalent group represented by —CH 2 COOR 31, and R 30′ is a hydrocarbon group, —[CH( R 28 )—CH(R 29 )—O] x2′ —R 30 , —[(CH 2 ) y2′ —O] z2′ —R 30 , —[CO—(CH 2 ) y2′ —O] z2′ a monovalent group represented by —R 30 , where R 30′′ is an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, and R 31 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms; , the hydrocarbon group may have a substituent.
  • the hydrocarbon group for R 30 can be the same as those shown for R 12 above.
  • x2 and x2′ are the same as x
  • y2 and y2′ are the same as y
  • z2 and z2′ are the same as z.
  • R 27 in the structural unit represented by the general formula (III) may be the same or different.
  • R 27 and R 30′ among others, those having excellent solubility in the solvent described later are preferably used, and examples thereof include those similar to the above R 33 and R 37 .
  • R 27 , R 30 , R 30′ , R 30′′ and R 31 in the general formula (IV) are alkoxy groups, hydroxyl groups, carboxy groups, It may be substituted with a substituent such as an amino group, an epoxy group, an isocyanate group, or a hydrogen bond forming group, and after the synthesis of the block copolymer, it is reacted with a compound having the substituent to obtain the substituted Alternatively, after synthesizing a block copolymer having these substituents, a compound having a functional group that reacts with the substituent and a polymerizable group are reacted to form a polymerizable group.
  • a block copolymer having a glycidyl group is reacted with (meth)acrylic acid, or a block copolymer having an isocyanate group is reacted with hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate.
  • a polymerizable group can be added.
  • the number of structural units constituting the block portion containing the structural unit represented by the general formula (III) is not particularly limited, but the solvent affinity site and the colorant affinity site act effectively to form a colorant dispersion. From the viewpoint of improving the dispersibility, it is preferably 10 or more and 200 or less, more preferably 20 or more and 100 or less, and even more preferably 30 or more and 80 or less.
  • the content of the structural unit represented by general formula (III) is preferably 30% by mass or more and 95% by mass or less with respect to the total structural units of the block copolymer, It is more preferably 40% by mass or more and 90% by mass or less.
  • the block portion containing the structural unit represented by general formula (III) may be selected so as to function as a solvent affinity site, and the structural unit represented by general formula (III) consists of one type. There may be one, or two or more structural units may be included. In an embodiment of the present invention, when the structural unit represented by general formula (III) contains two or more structural units, the block portion containing the structural unit represented by general formula (III) contains two types of The above structural units may be arranged randomly.
  • the number m of structural units of the block portion containing the structural unit represented by general formula (I) and the block portion containing the structural unit represented by general formula (III) is preferably in the range of 0.01 or more and 1 or less, and is in the range of 0.1 or more and 0.7 or less. It is more preferred from the viewpoint of properties and dispersion stability.
  • the order of bonding of the block copolymer includes a block portion containing a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and a block portion containing a structural unit represented by the general formula (III), and a coloring material. It is not particularly limited as long as it can be stably dispersed, but the block portion containing the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is bound to only one end of the block copolymer. However, it is preferable from the viewpoint that it is excellent in interaction with the colorant and can effectively suppress the aggregation of the dispersants.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the block copolymer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 2500 or more and 500000 or less, more preferably 3000 or more and 400000 or less, from the viewpoint of good dispersibility and excellent heat resistance. It is preferably 6,000 or more and 300,000 or less.
  • the acid value of the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is preferably 20 mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 30 mgKOH/g or more, from the viewpoint of the dispersibility and storage stability of the coloring material. more preferably 40 mgKOH/g or more.
  • the acid value of the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is preferably 150 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 120 mgKOH/g or less. , 100 mgKOH/g or less.
  • the acid value refers to the number of mg of potassium hydroxide required to neutralize the acid component contained in 1 g of sample, and can be measured according to JIS K 0070:1992.
  • the carboxy group-containing block copolymer includes an A block containing a structural unit derived from a carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer such as (meth)acrylic acid and a structural unit derived from a (meth)acrylic acid alkyl ester. It may contain a block copolymer containing a B block containing.
  • the B block containing structural units derived from (meth)acrylic acid alkyl ester is represented by the general formula (III) of the block copolymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I). ) may be the same as the block part containing the structural unit represented by ).
  • the content ratio (mol%) of each structural unit in the copolymer in the dispersant can be obtained from the amount of raw materials charged at the time of production, and can be measured using an analyzer such as NMR. Also, the structure of the dispersant can be measured using NMR, various mass spectrometry, and the like. In addition, if necessary, the dispersant is decomposed by thermal decomposition or the like, and the obtained decomposition product is subjected to high performance liquid chromatography, gas chromatograph mass spectrometer, NMR, elemental analysis, XPS / ESCA, TOF-SIMS, etc. can ask.
  • the content of the dispersant may be appropriately selected according to the type of coloring material used, the solid content concentration in the photosensitive colored resin composition described later, and the like.
  • the content of the dispersant is preferably in the range of 2% by mass to 30% by mass, more preferably in the range of 3% by mass to 25% by mass, based on the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition. be.
  • it is at least the above lower limit the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the coloring material are excellent, and the storage stability of the photosensitive colored resin composition is excellent. Moreover, if it is below the said upper limit, developability will become favorable.
  • the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention preferably further contains at least one of an antioxidant and a latent antioxidant from the viewpoint of improving heat resistance and luminance.
  • the antioxidant used in the present invention is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected from those conventionally known. Specific examples of antioxidants include hindered phenol-based antioxidants, amine-based antioxidants, phosphorus-based antioxidants, sulfur-based antioxidants, hydrazine-based antioxidants, and the like. It is preferable to use a hindered phenol-based antioxidant from the viewpoint of improving the ability to form a fine line pattern according to the design of the line width and from the viewpoint of heat resistance.
  • the latent antioxidant used in the present invention is a compound having a protective group that can be eliminated by heating, and is a compound that exerts an antioxidant function when the protective group is eliminated. Among them, those from which the protective group is easily eliminated by heating at 150° C. or higher are preferable. Examples of latent antioxidants used in the present invention include latent antioxidants as described in WO2014/021023 and WO2017/170263.
  • a latent antioxidant in which the phenolic hydroxyl group of the hindered phenolic antioxidant is protected by a protecting group is preferable, and more specifically, a phenolic antioxidant of the hindered phenolic antioxidant A structure in which the hydrogen of the hydroxyl group is substituted with a carbamate-based protective group such as a t-butoxycarbonyl group is preferred.
  • Hindered phenol-based antioxidants include, for example, pentaerythritol tetrakis [3-(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate] (trade name: trade name: IRGANOX1010, manufactured by BASF), 1,3,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl) isocyanurate (trade name: Irganox 3114, manufactured by BASF), 2,4,6-tris(4-hydroxy-3 ,5-di-tert-butylbenzyl)mesitylene (trade name: Irganox 1330, manufactured by BASF), 2,2′-methylenebis(6-tert-butyl-4-methylphenol) (trade name: Sumilizer MDP-S, Sumitomo Chemical), 6,6′-thiobis(2-tert-butyl-4-methylphenol) (trade name: Irganox 1081, manufactured by BASF), 3,5-di-
  • pentaerythritol tetrakis [3-(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate] (trade name: IRGANOX1010, manufactured by BASF) is preferable from the viewpoint of heat resistance and light resistance. .
  • the content of the antioxidant is preferably in the range of 0.1% by mass to 10.0% by mass, more preferably 0.5% by mass to the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition. It is within the range of 5.0% by mass. If it is at least the above lower limit, it is excellent in terms of improving heat resistance and improving brightness. On the other hand, if it is the above upper limit or less, the colored resin composition of the present invention can be made into a highly sensitive photosensitive resin composition.
  • the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention preferably further contains a thiol compound from the viewpoint of improving the effect of suppressing changes in film thickness before and after development with a fine line width.
  • a thiol compound is excellent in surface curability and improves the rate of residual film after development because the enthiol reaction is not inhibited by oxygen.
  • the thiol compound also has the effect of thickening the line width at the same time, but by using it in combination with the ultraviolet absorber, it has a synergistic effect of achieving both a thin line width and an improvement in the residual film after development.
  • Examples of thiol compounds include monofunctional thiol compounds having one thiol group and polyfunctional thiol groups having two or more thiol groups.
  • a polyfunctional thiol it is more preferable to use a polyfunctional thiol from the viewpoint of improving the effect of suppressing film thickness change before and after development with a fine line width.
  • monofunctional thiol compounds include 2-mercaptobenzothiazole, 2-mercaptobenzoxazole, 2-mercaptobenzimidazole, 2-mercapto-5-methoxybenzothiazole, 2-mercapto-5-methoxybenzimidazole, 3-mercapto propionic acid, methyl 3-mercaptopropionate, ethyl 3-mercaptopropionate, octyl 3-mercaptopropionate and the like.
  • polyfunctional thiol compounds include 1,4-bis(3-mercaptobutyryloxy)butane, 1,3,5-tris(3-mercaptobutyloxyethyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2, 4,6(1H,3H,5H)-trione, trimethylolpropane tris (3-mercaptopropionate), pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptobutyrate), pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptopropionate), di pentaerythritol hexakis(3-mercaptopropionate), tetraethylene glycol bis(3-mercaptopropionate) and the like.
  • the thiol compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Among them, pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptobutyrate) improves the effect of suppressing changes in film thickness before and after development with a narrow line width.
  • pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptobutyrate) improves the effect of suppressing changes in film thickness before and after development with a narrow line width.
  • the content of the thiol compound is usually in the range of 0.5% by mass to 10% by mass, preferably 1% by mass to 5% by mass, based on the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition. When it is at least the above lower limit, the effect of suppressing film thickness change before and after development is excellent. On the other hand, when the content is equal to or less than the above upper limit, the photocurable red resin composition of the present invention tends to have good developability and suppressed line width shift.
  • the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention may optionally contain various additives.
  • additives include polymerization terminators, chain transfer agents, leveling agents, plasticizers, surfactants, antifoaming agents, silane coupling agents, adhesion promoters, and the like.
  • surfactants and plasticizers include those described in JP-A-2013-029832.
  • the method for producing a photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention includes a colorant, an alkali-soluble resin, a photopolymerizable compound, a photoinitiator, an ultraviolet absorber, a solvent, and optionally a dispersant or the like. It can be prepared by mixing various additive components using a known mixing means.
  • a method for preparing the resin composition for example, (1) first, a coloring material and a dispersant are added to a solvent to prepare a coloring material dispersion, and an alkali-soluble resin and a light are added to the dispersion.
  • the above methods (1) and (4) are examples of mixing
  • a method for preparing a colorant dispersion can be appropriately selected from conventionally known dispersion methods and used.
  • dispersing machines for dispersing treatment include roll mills such as two-roll and three-roll roll mills, ball mills such as ball mills and vibrating ball mills, bead mills such as paint conditioners, continuous disk-type bead mills, and continuous annular-type bead mills.
  • the diameter of the beads used is preferably 0.03 mm to 2.00 mm, more preferably 0.10 mm to 1.0 mm.
  • the photosensitive colored resin composition according to the present invention contains a triarylmethane-based dye lake colorant to improve brightness, and has a narrow line width, and can form a colored layer in which film thickness changes before and after development are suppressed. Therefore, it can be suitably used for color filters.
  • the cured product according to the present invention is a cured product of the photosensitive colored resin composition according to the present invention.
  • the cured product according to the present invention can be obtained by forming a coating film of the photosensitive colored resin composition according to the present invention, drying the coating film, exposing it, and developing it.
  • the method of forming, exposing, and developing the coating film may be, for example, the same method as that used in the formation of the colored layer provided in the color filter according to the present invention, which will be described later.
  • the cured product according to the present invention is a colored layer in which the film thickness change before and after development is suppressed with a thin line width while improving the brightness by containing a triarylmethane dye lake colorant, and a color filter is suitably used as a colored layer of
  • the color filter according to the present invention is a color filter comprising at least a substrate and a colored layer provided on the substrate, wherein at least one of the colored layers is the photosensitive colored resin composition according to the present invention. It is a hardened material.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of the color filter of the present invention.
  • the color filter 10 of the present invention has a substrate 1, a light shielding portion 2 and a colored layer 3. As shown in FIG.
  • At least one of the colored layers used in the color filter of the present invention is a colored layer that is a cured product of the photosensitive colored resin composition according to the present invention.
  • the colored layer is usually formed in the opening of the light shielding part on the substrate, which will be described later, and is usually composed of colored patterns of three or more colors.
  • the arrangement of the colored layers is not particularly limited, and may be a general arrangement such as a stripe type, mosaic type, triangle type, four-pixel arrangement type, or the like. Moreover, the width, area, etc. of the colored layer can be arbitrarily set.
  • the thickness of the colored layer can be appropriately controlled by adjusting the coating method, solid content concentration and viscosity of the photosensitive colored resin composition, and is preferably in the range of 1 to 5 ⁇ m.
  • the colored layer can be formed, for example, by the following method.
  • a coating method such as a spray coating method, a dip coating method, a bar coating method, a roll coating method, a spin coating method, or a die coating method.
  • the spin coating method and the die coating method can be preferably used.
  • Light sources used for exposure include, for example, ultraviolet light from low-pressure mercury lamps, high-pressure mercury lamps, metal halide lamps, and electron beams.
  • the amount of exposure is appropriately adjusted depending on the light source used, the thickness of the coating film, and the like.
  • heat treatment may be performed.
  • the heating conditions are appropriately selected according to the mixing ratio of each component in the photosensitive colored resin composition to be used, the thickness of the coating film, and the like.
  • a coating film is formed in a desired pattern by developing with a developer to dissolve and remove the unexposed portions.
  • a developer a solution obtained by dissolving an alkali in water or a water-soluble solvent is usually used. An appropriate amount of a surfactant or the like may be added to this alkaline solution.
  • a general method can be adopted as the developing method.
  • the developer is usually washed and the cured coating film of the photosensitive colored resin composition is dried to form a colored layer.
  • the heating conditions are not particularly limited and are appropriately selected according to the application of the coating film.
  • the light-shielding portion in the color filter of the present invention is formed in a pattern on a substrate, which will be described later, and can be the same as those used as light-shielding portions in general color filters.
  • the pattern shape of the light shielding portion is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a stripe shape, a matrix shape, and the like.
  • the light shielding portion may be a metal thin film of chromium or the like formed by a sputtering method, a vacuum deposition method, or the like.
  • the light-shielding portion may be a resin layer containing light-shielding particles such as carbon fine particles, metal oxides, inorganic pigments, or organic pigments in a resin binder.
  • a method of patterning by development using a photosensitive resist a method of patterning using an inkjet ink containing light-shielding particles, a method of thermally transferring a photosensitive resist, and the like are available. be.
  • the film thickness of the light-shielding portion is set to about 0.2 to 0.4 ⁇ m in the case of a metal thin film, and is set to about 0.5 to 2 ⁇ m in the case of a black pigment dispersed or dissolved in a binder resin. be done.
  • a transparent substrate, a silicon substrate, and a transparent substrate or a silicon substrate on which an aluminum, silver, silver/copper/palladium alloy thin film or the like is formed are used.
  • Other color filter layers, resin layers, transistors such as TFTs, circuits, and the like may be formed on these substrates.
  • the transparent substrate in the color filter of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is transparent to visible light, and transparent substrates used in general color filters can be used.
  • transparent rigid materials such as quartz glass, alkali-free glass, and synthetic quartz plates, or transparent flexible materials such as transparent resin films, optical resin plates, and flexible glass. material.
  • the thickness of the transparent substrate is not particularly limited, a thickness of about 100 ⁇ m to 1 mm, for example, can be used depending on the application of the color filter of the present invention.
  • the color filter of the present invention may be formed with, for example, an overcoat layer, a transparent electrode layer, an alignment film, columnar spacers, etc., in addition to the above substrate, light shielding portion and colored layer.
  • Display Device A display device according to the present invention includes the color filter according to the present invention.
  • the configuration of the display device is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected from conventionally known display devices, such as liquid crystal display devices and organic light-emitting display devices.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention.
  • a liquid crystal display device 40 of the present invention includes a color filter 10, a counter substrate 20 having a TFT array substrate and the like, and a liquid crystal layer formed between the color filter 10 and the counter substrate 20.
  • the liquid crystal display device of the present invention is not limited to the configuration shown in FIG. 2, and may have a known configuration as a liquid crystal display device generally using color filters.
  • the driving method of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention is not particularly limited, and a driving method generally used for liquid crystal display devices can be adopted. Examples of such driving methods include the TN method, the IPS method, the OCB method, and the MVA method. Any of these methods can be suitably used in the present invention. Also, the counter substrate can be appropriately selected and used according to the driving method of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention. Further, as the liquid crystal constituting the liquid crystal layer, various liquid crystals having different dielectric anisotropy and mixtures thereof can be used according to the driving method of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention.
  • a method for forming the liquid crystal layer a method generally used as a method for manufacturing a liquid crystal cell can be used, and examples thereof include a vacuum injection method and a liquid crystal dropping method. After the liquid crystal layer is formed by the above method, the liquid crystal cell is gradually cooled to room temperature, thereby aligning the enclosed liquid crystal.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the organic light-emitting display device of the present invention.
  • the organic light-emitting display device 100 of the present invention has a color filter 10 and an organic light-emitting body 80.
  • An organic protective layer 50 and an inorganic oxide film 60 may be provided between the color filter 10 and the organic light emitter 80 .
  • a transparent anode 71, a hole injection layer 72, a hole transport layer 73, a light emitting layer 74, an electron injection layer 75, and a cathode 76 are sequentially formed on the upper surface of the color filter. method, and a method of bonding the organic light emitter 80 formed on another substrate onto the inorganic oxide film 60, and the like.
  • the transparent anode 71, the hole injection layer 72, the hole transport layer 73, the light emitting layer 74, the electron injection layer 75, the cathode 76, and other structures in the organic light emitter 80 known structures can be appropriately used.
  • the organic light-emitting display device 100 manufactured in this way can be applied to, for example, a passive drive type organic EL display and an active drive type organic EL display.
  • the organic light-emitting display device of the present invention is not limited to the configuration shown in FIG. 3, and may have a known configuration as an organic light-emitting display device generally using color filters.
  • the mass average molecular weight (Mw) of the copolymer before salt formation was determined as a standard polystyrene equivalent value by GPC (gel permeation chromatography) according to the measurement method described in the specification of the present invention.
  • the transmittance of the ultraviolet absorber at a wavelength of 365 nm was obtained by preparing a 0.002% by mass propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate solution of each ultraviolet absorber, and subjecting the 0.002% by mass propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate solution to ultraviolet-visible-near-infrared spectroscopy. It was measured using a photometer (eg, JASCO Corporation V-7100). Table 1 shows the measurement results of the transmittance of the ultraviolet absorbent at a wavelength of 365 nm.
  • a lake colorant 2 which is a blackish-blue solid having an average primary particle size of 40 nm and which is a lake colorant of triarylmethane-based dye and polyacid, was obtained. .
  • Synthesis Example 3 Synthesis of acidic dispersant A1 (polymer having at least one selected from structural units represented by general formula (I))
  • Synthesis of macromonomer MM-1 80.0 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (abbreviated as PGMEA) was added to a reactor equipped with a cooling tube, an addition funnel, a nitrogen inlet, a mechanical stirrer, and a digital thermometer. The mixture was charged and heated to 90° C. while stirring under a nitrogen stream.
  • PGMEA propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate
  • the obtained macromonomer MM-1 had a mass average molecular weight (Mw) of 4010, a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 1910 and a molecular weight distribution (Mw/Mn) of 2.10 as a result of GPC measurement.
  • the resulting graft copolymer A1 had a mass average molecular weight (Mw) of 10,570, a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 4,370, and a molecular weight distribution (Mw/Mn) of 2.42.
  • the progress of the esterification reaction between GMA and PPA in the obtained acidic dispersant A1 was confirmed by acid value measurement and 1 H-NMR measurement (it was confirmed that the epoxy-derived peak disappeared).
  • the acid value of the obtained acidic dispersant A1 was 98 mgKOH/g.
  • Triarylmethane dye 1 was synthesized in the same manner as dye A described in Example 1 of JP-A-2011-133844. First, (tosyl)trifluoromethanesulfonylimidic acid triethylamine salt was synthesized as described in Example 1 of JP-A-2011-133844. Next, C.I. I.
  • Basic Blue 7 (N-[4-[[4-(diethylamino)phenyl][4-(ethylamino)-1-naphthyl]methylene]-2,5-cyclohexadien-1-ylidene]-N-ethylethanamide Chloride) (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 5 g was dissolved in 30 mL of methanol, and 3.93 g of (tosyl)trifluoromethanesulfonylimidic acid triethylamine salt was added while stirring, followed by further stirring at room temperature for 1 hour. The methanol in the solution was concentrated with an evaporator, 100 mL of water was added, and the precipitate was collected by filtration and washed with water. The cake was dried under reduced pressure to obtain a triarylmethane dye 1.
  • Preparation Example 1 Preparation of alkali-soluble resin P1
  • a polymerization tank was charged with 300 parts by mass of PGMEA, heated to 100° C. under a nitrogen atmosphere, and then charged with 67.6 parts by mass of benzyl methacrylate (BzMA), 67.6 parts by mass of MMA, and 36.4 parts by mass of methacrylic acid (MAA).
  • BzMA benzyl methacrylate
  • MAA methacrylic acid
  • 3 parts by mass of Perbutyl O manufactured by NOF Corporation
  • 9 parts by mass of a chain transfer agent n-dodecyl mercaptan
  • Example 1 Production of photosensitive colored resin composition 1
  • Colorant Dispersion Liquid 1 61 parts by mass of PGMEA, 5 parts by mass of alkali-soluble resin P1 solution (solid content: 40% by mass) of Preparation Example 1, and acidic dispersant A1 solution of Synthesis Example 3 are placed in a 225 mL mayonnaise bottle. 24 parts by mass (solid content: 25.0% by mass) was added and stirred.
  • photosensitive binder component B1 26.5 parts by mass of the alkali-soluble resin P1 solution (solid content 40% by mass) obtained in Preparation Example 1, a photopolymerizable compound (trade name Aronix M-403, Dipenta Erythritol penta and hexaacrylate, Toagosei) 17.7 parts by mass, photopolymerizable compound (trade name Aronix M-305, pentaerythritol tri and tetraacrylate, Toagosei) 7.06 parts by mass, photoinitiator As photoinitiator 1 (I1): 1.96 parts by mass of Irgacure 907 (manufactured by BASF, ⁇ -aminoacetophenone photoinitiator) and photoinitiator 2 (I2): OXE-02 (manufactured by BASF, having a carbazole skeleton 1.96 parts by mass of oxime ester photoinitiator), 0.392 parts by
  • Example 2 to 27 Production of photosensitive colored resin compositions 2 to 27
  • Example 1 instead of the photosensitive binder component B1, except that each of the photosensitive binder components B2 to B27 were prepared and used as shown in Table 2, the photosensitive colored resin composition 1 of Example 1 and Similarly, photosensitive colored resin compositions 2 to 27 were obtained.
  • Example 28 Production of photosensitive colored resin composition 28
  • the colorant in the colorant dispersion liquid 1, the colorant was changed from the triarylmethane-based lake colorant 1 of Synthesis Example 1 to the triarylmethane-based lake colorant 2 of Synthesis Example 2.
  • Example 2 A photosensitive colored resin composition 28 was obtained in the same manner as above.
  • Example 1 Production of Comparative Photosensitive Colored Resin Compositions 1 to 5
  • the photosensitive binder component B1 instead of the photosensitive binder component B1, except that each of the photosensitive binder components CB1 to CB5 were prepared and used as shown in Table 3, the photosensitive colored resin composition 1 of Example 1 and Comparative photosensitive colored resin compositions 1 to 5 were obtained in the same manner.
  • Example 1 Production of Comparative Photosensitive Colored Resin Compositions 9-11
  • photosensitive binder components CB9 to CB11 were prepared as shown in Table 3 instead of photosensitive binder component B1. 0.333 parts by weight of a dye (triarylmethane dye 1 of Comparative Synthesis Example 1), 4.17 parts by weight of a photosensitive binder component, and 5.50 parts by weight of PGME are mixed, and a comparative photosensitive colored resin composition 9 ⁇ 11 was obtained.
  • a dye triarylmethane dye 1 of Comparative Synthesis Example 1
  • PGME 5.50 parts by weight
  • Line width increase suppression evaluation criteria AA: The difference is within 5.0 ⁇ m from the target line width A: The difference is over 5.0 ⁇ m and within 7.0 ⁇ m from the target line width B: The difference is 7.0 ⁇ m from the target line width More than 0 ⁇ m and within 10.0 ⁇ m C: The difference from the target line width is more than 10.0 ⁇ m If the evaluation result is A, the line width increase suppression is good, and if the evaluation result is AA, the line width increase is suppressed. Are better.
  • the luminance (Y), L, a, and b (L 0 , a 0 , b 0 ) of the colored substrate thus obtained were measured using an Olympus Spectrophotometer OSP-SP200 and evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria. did.
  • Luminance evaluation criteria AA: Brightness (Y) is 10.6 or more A: Brightness (Y) is 10.0 or more and less than 10.6 B: Brightness (Y) is 9.5 or more and less than 10.0 C: Brightness (Y) is 9.0 Less than 5 If the evaluation result is A, the luminance is good, and if the evaluation result is AA, the luminance is excellent.
  • Heat resistance evaluation criteria AA: ⁇ Eab is less than 3.0 A: ⁇ Eab is 3.0 or more and less than 5.0 B: ⁇ Eab is 5.0 or more and less than 8.0 C: ⁇ Eab is 8.0 or more If the evaluation result is A, heat resistance is If the evaluation result is AA, the heat resistance is excellent.
  • Photoinitiator 1 Irgacure 907, manufactured by BASF
  • Photoinitiator 2 OXE-02, manufactured by BASF
  • the numerical value of a photoinitiator, an ultraviolet absorber, an antioxidant, and a thiol is a solid content ratio.
  • L1 (lake colorant 1): lake colorant 1 of triarylmethane-based dye of Synthesis Example 1
  • L2 lake colorant 2: lake colorant 2 of triarylmethane-based dye of Synthesis Example 2 Pigments: PB15:6 (C.I. Pigment Blue 15:6) and PV23 (C.I. Pigment Violet 23)
  • Dye Triarylmethane-based dye 1 of Comparative Synthesis Example 1
  • the amount of initiator to the target value of the line width shift amount of 5 ⁇ m or less while maintaining the development residual film rate was also shown to be adjustable with
  • the line width shift amount is difficult to increase when an ultraviolet absorber having a transmittance at a wavelength of 365 nm of 40% or less in a 0.002% by mass propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate solution is used.
  • the line width shift amount is large, and the line It was shown that the width became thicker and a colored layer could not be formed with a desired fine line width.
  • the photosensitive colored resin composition of Comparative Example 1 containing no ultraviolet absorber the photosensitive colored resin composition of Comparative Examples 2 and 3 in which the amount of photoinitiator was reduced in order to narrow the line width, the line width shift amount was slightly reduced, but the development residual film rate was deteriorated.
  • the photosensitive colored resin composition of Comparative Example 1 containing no ultraviolet absorber in the photosensitive colored resin composition of Comparative Examples 4 and 5 in which the amount of antioxidant was increased to narrow the line width, the line width shift amount was reduced, but the development residual film rate was deteriorated.
  • the photosensitive colored resin compositions of Comparative Examples 6 to 8 using a pigment without using a triarylmethane dye lake colorant were similar to the examples using a triarylmethane dye lake colorant.
  • the photosensitive colored resin compositions of Comparative Examples 9 to 11 using a triarylmethane dye were implemented using a triarylmethane dye lake colorant.

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)

Abstract

A photosensitive colored resin composition which contains a colorant, an alkali-soluble resin, a photopolymerizable compound, a photoinitiator, an ultraviolet absorbent and a solvent, wherein the colorant contains a lake colorant of a triarylmethane-based dye.

Description

感光性着色樹脂組成物、硬化物、カラーフィルタ、表示装置Photosensitive colored resin composition, cured product, color filter, display device
 本発明は、感光性着色樹脂組成物、硬化物、カラーフィルタ、及び表示装置に関する。 The present invention relates to a photosensitive colored resin composition, a cured product, a color filter, and a display device.
 近年、パーソナルコンピュータの発達、特に携帯用パーソナルコンピュータの発達に伴って、液晶ディスプレイの需要が増加している。モバイルディスプレイ(携帯電話、スマートフォン、タブレットPC)の普及率も高まっており、益々液晶ディスプレイの市場は拡大する状況にある。自発光により視認性が高い有機ELディスプレイのような有機発光表示装置も、次世代画像表示装置として注目されている。
 これらの液晶表示装置や有機発光表示装置には、カラーフィルタが用いられる。例えば液晶表示装置のカラー画像の形成は、カラーフィルタを通過した光がそのままカラーフィルタを構成する各画素の色に着色されて、それらの色の光が合成されてカラー画像を形成する。その際の光源としては、従来の冷陰極管のほか、白色発光の有機発光素子や白色発光の無機発光素子が利用される場合がある。有機発光表示装置では、色調整などのためにカラーフィルタを用いる。
In recent years, with the development of personal computers, especially portable personal computers, the demand for liquid crystal displays is increasing. The penetration rate of mobile displays (mobile phones, smart phones, tablet PCs) is also increasing, and the market for liquid crystal displays is expanding more and more. An organic light-emitting display device such as an organic EL display, which has high visibility due to self-luminescence, is also attracting attention as a next-generation image display device.
Color filters are used in these liquid crystal display devices and organic light emitting display devices. For example, when forming a color image in a liquid crystal display device, the light that has passed through the color filter is colored into the color of each pixel that constitutes the color filter, and the light of these colors is combined to form a color image. As a light source in that case, in addition to a conventional cold cathode tube, an organic light emitting element emitting white light or an inorganic light emitting element emitting white light may be used. An organic light-emitting display device uses a color filter for color adjustment.
 ここで、カラーフィルタは、一般的に、基板と、基板上に形成され、赤、緑、青の三原色の着色パターンからなる着色層と、各着色パターンを区画するように基板上に形成された遮光部とを有している。
 カラーフィルタにおける着色層の形成方法としては、例えば、分散剤等により色材を分散してなる色材分散液にバインダー樹脂、光重合性化合物及び光開始剤を添加してなる着色樹脂組成物をガラス基板に塗布して乾燥後、フォトマスクを用いて露光し、現像を行うことによって着色パターンを形成し、加熱することによりパターンを固着して着色層を形成する。これらの工程を、各色ごとに繰り返してカラーフィルタを形成する。
Here, the color filter is generally formed on a substrate, a colored layer formed on the substrate and composed of colored patterns of the three primary colors of red, green, and blue, and formed on the substrate so as to partition each colored pattern. and a light shielding part.
As a method for forming a colored layer in a color filter, for example, a colored resin composition obtained by adding a binder resin, a photopolymerizable compound, and a photoinitiator to a coloring material dispersion liquid in which a coloring material is dispersed using a dispersant or the like is prepared. After being coated on a glass substrate and dried, it is exposed using a photomask and developed to form a colored pattern, which is fixed by heating to form a colored layer. These steps are repeated for each color to form a color filter.
 近年、カラーフィルタの高輝度化等の要求が高まりを見せる中で、顔料を用いたカラーフィルタでは、現在の更なる高輝度化の要求を達成することが困難となってきた。
 そのため、近年では、顔料に比べて一般に透過率が高い、染料や、染料を沈殿剤で不溶性にしたレーキ色材を、カラーフィルタ用の色材として用いることが検討されてきている。
 しかし、染料やレーキ色材は、カラーフィルタ用の色材としてこれまで使用されてきた顔料に比べて、耐熱性が悪く、カラーフィルタ製造工程における高温加熱時に、着色層が退色し易いという問題があった。
In recent years, as the demand for higher luminance of color filters has increased, it has become difficult for color filters using pigments to meet the current demand for higher luminance.
Therefore, in recent years, the use of dyes, which generally have a higher transmittance than pigments, and lake colorants in which dyes are made insoluble with a precipitant, has been studied as colorants for color filters.
However, dyes and lake colorants have poor heat resistance compared to pigments that have been used as colorants for color filters, and there is a problem that the colored layer tends to fade when heated to high temperatures in the color filter manufacturing process. there were.
 それに対して、特許文献1には、レーキ顔料を用いながら、カラーフィルタ製造工程における高温加熱による着色層の退色を抑制し、高輝度の着色層を形成可能なカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物として、レーキ顔料と、分散剤と、ヒンダードフェノール系酸化防止剤と、バインダー成分と、溶剤とを含有し、前記分散剤が、窒素部位の少なくとも一部と、酸性有機リン化合物とが塩を形成した特定の重合体であるカラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物が開示されている。 On the other hand, in Patent Document 1, while using a lake pigment, as a colored resin composition for a color filter that can suppress the fading of the colored layer due to high temperature heating in the color filter manufacturing process and can form a high-luminance colored layer, It contains a lake pigment, a dispersant, a hindered phenolic antioxidant, a binder component, and a solvent, and the dispersant forms a salt of at least part of the nitrogen moiety and an acidic organophosphorus compound. A colored resin composition for color filters, which is a specific polymer, is disclosed.
 一方で、紫外線吸収剤を含む感光性着色組成物としては、特許文献2に、(A)染料、(B)溶剤、及び(C)バインダー樹脂を含有する着色樹脂組成物であって、(D)酸化防止剤及び(E)紫外線吸収剤を更に含有することを特徴とする、着色樹脂組成物が開示されている。特許文献2は、得られる画素の輝度及び耐熱性を維持向上しつつ、更に、所望の径のコンタクトホールを形成しうる着色樹脂組成物を提供することを課題としている。
 また、特許文献3に、着色剤(A)と、樹脂(B)と、光重合性単量体(C)と、アシルフォスフィンオキサイド系有機化合物またはオキシムエステル系有機化合物を含む光重合開始剤(D)と、ベンゾトリアゾール系有機化合物、トリアジン系有機化合物、およびベンゾフェノン系有機化合物からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種である紫外線吸収剤(E)とを含み、かつ樹脂(B)が、下記(b1)、(b2)及び(b3):
(b1);1分子中に脂環式骨格とエチレン性不飽和結合とを有する化合物
(b2);1分子中にエポキシ基とエチレン性不飽和結合とを有する化合物
(b3);(a1)及び(a2)以外の、エチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物、を共重合させて共重合体(b6)を得て、得られた共重合体(b6)と不飽和1塩基酸(b4)とを反応させて共重合体(b7)を得て、更に得られた共重合体(b7)と多塩基酸無水物(b5)とを反応させて得られる感光性樹脂(B-1)を含むことを特徴とする感光性着色組成物が開示されている。特許文献3においては、高画質化、低消費電力化に対応できる高解像性を有する感光性着色組成物、特に、COA方式のような厚膜でも高解像度で、パターン剥がれをおこさない密着性の優れた感光性着色組成物を得ることを課題としている。
On the other hand, as a photosensitive colored composition containing an ultraviolet absorber, Patent Document 2 describes a colored resin composition containing (A) a dye, (B) a solvent, and (C) a binder resin, ) an antioxidant and (E) an ultraviolet absorber are disclosed. Patent Document 2 aims to provide a colored resin composition capable of forming a contact hole having a desired diameter while maintaining and improving the brightness and heat resistance of the resulting pixel.
Further, Patent Document 3 discloses a photopolymerization initiator containing a coloring agent (A), a resin (B), a photopolymerizable monomer (C), and an acylphosphine oxide-based organic compound or an oxime ester-based organic compound. (D) and an ultraviolet absorber (E) that is at least one selected from the group consisting of benzotriazole-based organic compounds, triazine-based organic compounds, and benzophenone-based organic compounds, and the resin (B) contains: (b1), (b2) and (b3):
(b1); a compound having an alicyclic skeleton and an ethylenically unsaturated bond in one molecule (b2); a compound having an epoxy group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond in one molecule (b3); A compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond other than (a2) is copolymerized to obtain a copolymer (b6), and the obtained copolymer (b6) and the unsaturated monobasic acid (b4) are combined. Obtaining a copolymer (b7) by reacting, and further containing a photosensitive resin (B-1) obtained by reacting the obtained copolymer (b7) with a polybasic acid anhydride (b5) A photosensitive coloring composition is disclosed which is characterized by In Patent Document 3, a photosensitive coloring composition having high resolution that can correspond to high image quality and low power consumption, in particular, high resolution even in a thick film such as the COA method, and adhesion that does not cause pattern peeling It is an object to obtain an excellent photosensitive coloring composition.
特開2014-153569号公報JP 2014-153569 A 特開2015-98537号公報JP 2015-98537 A 特許第5664299号公報Japanese Patent No. 5664299
 ディスプレイの4K/8Kといった高精細化に伴って画素サイズは小さくなっており、画素の開口部比率(開口率)の低下に対応して、より高輝度なレジストが求められるとともに、細い線幅のパターン形成が可能な感光性着色樹脂組成物が求められている。
 しかしながら、特許文献2のように染料を溶解して用いる場合には、特に耐熱性が悪く、画素の輝度向上には不十分であり、特許文献3のように顔料を用いる技術では、画素の輝度向上には不十分である。
 画素の高輝度化に有効な色材としてトリアリールメタン系染料のレーキ色材が挙げられる。しかしながら、トリアリールメタン系染料のレーキ色材は、UV波長域の透過率が、従来用いられていた顔料(例えばC.I.ピグメントブルー15:6、C.I.ピグメントバイオレット23)と比べて高いため、従来と同様に光開始剤を配合するとパターン線幅が太くなりやすい。パターン線幅を所定値に合わせるために、光開始剤量を減らしたり、特許文献1のように酸化防止剤を添加したり、酸化防止剤の添加量を増やすと、パターン部分の光硬化性が不足し、現像前から現像後の膜厚変化が大きくなって現像残膜率が低下してしまい、細い線幅設計と高い現像残膜率の両立が困難となっている。
 特許文献1には、トリアリールメタン系染料のレーキ色材が記載されているものの、細い線幅設計と高い現像残膜率の両立の課題については示唆されていない。特許文献2には、トリアリールメタン系染料を含む感光性着色樹脂組成物が記載されている。しかしながら、染料は感光性着色樹脂組成物中に分子レベルで分散されるので光硬化性成分の硬化性を阻害しやすく、顔料と同様に光開始剤を配合すると光硬化性が不足し、線幅は設計より細くなりやすく現像残膜率が低下しやすい。そのため染料を含む感光性着色樹脂組成物では、所望の細い線幅にするために光開始剤を多くしたり、より高感度の光開始剤を使用する必要があるので現像残膜率は自ずと向上する。従って、染料を含む感光性着色樹脂組成物では細い線幅設計と高い現像残膜率の両立が困難という課題はそもそも存在しない。また、特許文献3は、顔料が用いられているので、細い線幅設計と高い現像残膜率の両立が困難という課題はそもそも存在しない。
 上記のように、トリアリールメタン系染料のレーキ色材を用いる場合には、顔料を用いる場合や染料を用いる場合とは異なり、細い線幅設計と高い現像残膜率の両立が困難であるという課題がある。
Pixel sizes are becoming smaller as the resolution of displays increases to 4K/8K, and in response to the decrease in pixel aperture ratio (aperture ratio), there is a demand for resists with higher brightness and finer line widths. There is a need for a photosensitive colored resin composition that can be patterned.
However, when a dye is dissolved and used as in Patent Document 2, the heat resistance is particularly poor and it is insufficient to improve the luminance of pixels. Not enough for improvement.
As a coloring material effective for increasing the brightness of pixels, there is a lake coloring material of triarylmethane-based dyes. However, the lake colorant of the triarylmethane dye has a transmittance in the UV wavelength region that is lower than that of conventionally used pigments (for example, CI Pigment Blue 15:6, CI Pigment Violet 23). Therefore, if a photoinitiator is added as in the conventional method, the pattern line width tends to become thicker. In order to adjust the pattern line width to a predetermined value, if the amount of photoinitiator is reduced, an antioxidant is added as in Patent Document 1, or the amount of antioxidant added is increased, the photocurability of the pattern portion is improved. Insufficient, the change in film thickness after development becomes large and the development residual film ratio decreases, making it difficult to achieve both a fine line width design and a high development residual film ratio.
Although Patent Document 1 describes a lake colorant of triarylmethane-based dyes, it does not suggest the problem of achieving both a fine line width design and a high development residual film rate. Patent Document 2 describes a photosensitive colored resin composition containing a triarylmethane dye. However, since the dye is dispersed at the molecular level in the photosensitive colored resin composition, it tends to inhibit the curability of the photocurable component. tend to be thinner than designed, and the development residual film rate tends to decrease. Therefore, in a photosensitive colored resin composition containing a dye, it is necessary to increase the amount of photoinitiator or use a photoinitiator with higher sensitivity in order to obtain the desired fine line width, so the development residual film rate naturally improves. do. Therefore, in the case of a dye-containing photosensitive colored resin composition, the problem of difficulty in achieving both a fine line width design and a high development residual film rate does not exist in the first place. In addition, since a pigment is used in Patent Document 3, the problem of difficulty in achieving both a fine line width design and a high development residual film rate does not exist in the first place.
As mentioned above, when using a triarylmethane dye lake colorant, unlike when using pigments or dyes, it is difficult to achieve both a fine line width design and a high development residual film rate. I have a problem.
 本発明は、上記実情に鑑みてなされたものであり、トリアリールメタン系染料のレーキ色材を含有し、輝度を向上しながら、細い線幅で、現像前後の膜厚変化が抑制された着色層を形成可能な感光性着色樹脂組成物を提供することを目的とする。また、本発明は、当該感光性着色樹脂組成物を用いて形成されたカラーフィルタ及び表示装置を提供することを目的とする。 The present invention has been made in view of the above circumstances, and contains a triarylmethane-based dye lake colorant to improve brightness, have a narrow line width, and suppress changes in film thickness before and after development. An object of the present invention is to provide a photosensitive colored resin composition capable of forming a layer. Moreover, an object of this invention is to provide the color filter and display apparatus which were formed using the said photosensitive colored resin composition.
 本発明に係る感光性着色樹脂組成物は、色材と、アルカリ可溶性樹脂と、光重合性化合物と、光開始剤と、紫外線吸収剤と、溶剤とを含有し、
 前記色材がトリアリールメタン系染料のレーキ色材を含有する。
The photosensitive colored resin composition according to the present invention contains a coloring material, an alkali-soluble resin, a photopolymerizable compound, a photoinitiator, an ultraviolet absorber, and a solvent,
The colorant contains a lake colorant of a triarylmethane-based dye.
 本発明に係るカラーフィルタは、基板と、当該基板上に設けられた着色層とを少なくとも備えるカラーフィルタであって、当該着色層の少なくとも1つが前記本発明に係る感光性着色樹脂組成物の硬化物である。 The color filter according to the present invention is a color filter comprising at least a substrate and a colored layer provided on the substrate, wherein at least one of the colored layers is a cured photosensitive colored resin composition according to the present invention. It is a thing.
 本発明に係る表示装置は、前記本発明に係るカラーフィルタを有する。 A display device according to the present invention has the color filter according to the present invention.
 本発明によれば、トリアリールメタン系染料のレーキ色材を含有し、輝度を向上しながら、細い線幅で、現像前後の膜厚変化が抑制された着色層を形成可能な感光性着色樹脂組成物を提供することができる。また、本発明によれば、当該感光性着色樹脂組成物を用いて形成されたカラーフィルタ及び表示装置を提供することができる。 According to the present invention, a photosensitive colored resin that contains a triarylmethane-based dye lake colorant and can form a colored layer with a thin line width and suppressed film thickness change before and after development while improving brightness. A composition can be provided. Moreover, according to this invention, the color filter and display apparatus which were formed using the said photosensitive colored resin composition can be provided.
図1は、本発明のカラーフィルタの一例を示す概略図である。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the color filter of the present invention. 図2は、本発明の液晶表示装置の一例を示す概略図である。FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention. 図3は、本発明の有機発光表示装置の一例を示す概略図である。FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the organic light-emitting display device of the present invention.
 以下、本発明に係る感光性着色樹脂組成物、硬化物、カラーフィルタ、及び表示装置について、順に詳細に説明する。
 なお、本発明において光には、可視及び非可視領域の波長の電磁波、さらには放射線が含まれ、放射線には、例えばマイクロ波、電子線が含まれる。具体的には、波長5μm以下の電磁波、及び電子線のことをいう。
 本発明において(メタ)アクリロイルとは、アクリロイル及びメタクリロイルの各々を表し、(メタ)アクリルとは、アクリル及びメタクリルの各々を表し、(メタ)アクリレートとは、アクリレート及びメタクリレートの各々を表す。
 また、本明細書において数値範囲を示す「~」とは、その前後に記載された数値を下限値及び上限値として含む意味で使用される。
Hereinafter, the photosensitive colored resin composition, cured product, color filter, and display device according to the present invention will be described in detail in order.
In the present invention, light includes electromagnetic waves having wavelengths in the visible and non-visible regions, and radiation, and radiation includes, for example, microwaves and electron beams. Specifically, it refers to electromagnetic waves with a wavelength of 5 μm or less and electron beams.
In the present invention, (meth)acryloyl represents acryloyl and methacryloyl, (meth)acryl represents acrylic and methacrylic, and (meth)acrylate represents acrylate and methacrylate.
Also, in this specification, the term "to" indicating a numerical range is used to include the numerical values before and after it as lower and upper limits.
I.感光性着色樹脂組成物 
 本発明に係る感光性着色樹脂組成物は、色材と、アルカリ可溶性樹脂と、光重合性化合物と、光開始剤と、紫外線吸収剤と、溶剤とを含有し、
 前記色材がトリアリールメタン系染料のレーキ色材を含有する。
I. Photosensitive colored resin composition
The photosensitive colored resin composition according to the present invention contains a coloring material, an alkali-soluble resin, a photopolymerizable compound, a photoinitiator, an ultraviolet absorber, and a solvent,
The colorant contains a lake colorant of a triarylmethane-based dye.
 本発明に係る感光性着色樹脂組成物は、色材と、アルカリ可溶性樹脂と、光重合性化合物と、光開始剤と、紫外線吸収剤と、溶剤とを含有し、前記色材は、トリアリールメタン系染料のレーキ色材であるため、輝度を向上しながら、細い線幅で、現像前後の膜厚変化が抑制された着色層を形成することができる。このような効果を発揮する作用としては、未解明であるが以下のように推定される。 The photosensitive colored resin composition according to the present invention contains a colorant, an alkali-soluble resin, a photopolymerizable compound, a photoinitiator, an ultraviolet absorber, and a solvent, and the colorant is a triaryl Since it is a lake colorant of a methane-based dye, it is possible to form a colored layer with a narrow line width and suppressed change in film thickness before and after development while improving brightness. Although the action that exhibits such an effect is not yet clarified, it is presumed as follows.
 前述のように、顔料は紫外線の透過率が低いために、顔料を含む感光性着色樹脂組成物では光硬化性成分が相対的に硬化し難い。また、染料は光硬化性成分の硬化性を阻害しやすいため、染料を含む感光性着色樹脂組成物でも光硬化性成分が相対的に硬化し難い。それに対して、トリアリールメタン系染料のレーキ色材は、紫外線の透過率が高く、且つ光硬化性成分の硬化性も阻害することがないので、光硬化後に現像液に不溶化する効果が、顔料や染料よりも高くなるため、パターン線幅が太くなりやすい。トリアリールメタン系染料のレーキ色材を含む感光着色樹脂組成物では、パターン線幅を所定の細い線幅にするためには光硬化反応を効果的に抑える必要がある。
 色材として透過率が高いトリアリールメタン系染料のレーキ色材を用い、パターン線幅を所定値に合わせるために、光開始剤量を減らすと、膜厚方向に依らず光反応によるラジカル生成を減少させてしまうため、パターン部分の光硬化性が不足し現像前から現像後での膜厚変化が大きくなって現像残膜率が低下してしまうと考えられる。また、トリアリールメタン系染料のレーキ色材を用い、パターン線幅を所定値に合わせるために酸化防止剤を添加したりその量を増やすと、光開始剤の光反応で生成するラジカルを、膜厚方向に依らず失活させてしまうため、パターン部分の光硬化性が不足し、現像前から現像後での膜厚変化が大きくなって現像残膜率が低下してしまうと考えられる。
 それに対して、本発明ではトリアリールメタン系染料のレーキ色材に、紫外線吸収剤を組み合わせる。紫外線吸収剤は、膜表面では紫外線を減衰させないために現像残膜は低下させることなく、膜深部になるにつれて紫外線を減衰させ、開始剤からのラジカル生成を減少させるという、膜の深さに応じて作用するため、現像後残膜の膜厚低下を抑制しつつ、線幅を小さくできると考えられる。
 さらに、色材がトリアリールメタン系染料のレーキ色材を含むことから、本発明に係る感光性着色樹脂組成物の硬化物である着色層は、透過率が高く、且つ、紫外線照射やポストベーク等の製造時の工程による色度変化が抑制されたものである。従って、本発明の感光性着色樹脂組成物は、最終的に得られる着色層の輝度を向上させることができる。
As described above, since pigments have a low transmittance to ultraviolet rays, it is relatively difficult to cure the photocurable component in a pigment-containing photosensitive colored resin composition. In addition, since the dye tends to inhibit the curability of the photocurable component, the photocurable component is relatively difficult to cure even in a photosensitive colored resin composition containing a dye. On the other hand, the triarylmethane-based dye lake colorant has a high transmittance of ultraviolet rays and does not inhibit the curability of the photocurable component, so the effect of insolubilizing it in the developer after photocuring is the pigment Since it is more expensive than dyes and dyes, the pattern line width tends to be thicker. In a photosensitive colored resin composition containing a triarylmethane-based dye lake colorant, it is necessary to effectively suppress the photo-curing reaction in order to make the pattern line width a predetermined fine line width.
As a coloring material, a triarylmethane dye lake coloring material with high transmittance is used, and if the amount of photoinitiator is reduced in order to match the pattern line width to a predetermined value, radicals are generated by photoreaction regardless of the film thickness direction. As a result, it is considered that the photocurability of the pattern portion is insufficient, and the change in film thickness from before development to after development becomes large, resulting in a decrease in the residual film ratio after development. In addition, when a triarylmethane-based dye lake colorant is used and an antioxidant is added or its amount is increased in order to adjust the pattern line width to a predetermined value, the radicals generated by the photoreaction of the photoinitiator can be removed from the film. Since the deactivation occurs regardless of the thickness direction, the photo-curing property of the pattern portion is insufficient, and the change in film thickness from before to after development is large, which is thought to reduce the residual film ratio after development.
On the other hand, in the present invention, an ultraviolet absorber is combined with a triarylmethane-based dye lake colorant. The UV absorber does not attenuate the UV rays on the surface of the film, so it does not reduce the residual film after development. Therefore, it is thought that the line width can be reduced while suppressing the decrease in the film thickness of the residual film after development.
Furthermore, since the colorant contains a triarylmethane-based dye lake colorant, the colored layer, which is a cured product of the photosensitive colored resin composition according to the present invention, has a high transmittance and is subjected to ultraviolet irradiation and post-baking. chromaticity change due to the manufacturing process is suppressed. Therefore, the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention can improve the luminance of the finally obtained colored layer.
 本発明に係る感光性着色樹脂組成物は、少なくとも色材と、アルカリ可溶性樹脂と、光重合性化合物と、光開始剤と、紫外線吸収剤と、溶剤とを含有するものであり、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲で、更に他の成分を含有してもよいものである。例えば、本発明に係る感光性着色樹脂組成物は、色材分散性を向上するために、更に分散剤を含有してもよい。
 以下、このような本発明に係る感光性着色樹脂組成物の各成分について、まず紫外線吸収剤から順に詳細に説明する。
The photosensitive colored resin composition according to the present invention contains at least a coloring material, an alkali-soluble resin, a photopolymerizable compound, a photoinitiator, an ultraviolet absorber, and a solvent, and the present invention. Other ingredients may be added as long as the effect is not impaired. For example, the photosensitive colored resin composition according to the present invention may further contain a dispersant in order to improve colorant dispersibility.
Hereinafter, each component of the photosensitive colored resin composition according to the present invention will be described in detail, starting with the ultraviolet absorber.
[紫外線吸収剤]
 本発明における紫外線吸収剤は、400nm以下に吸収極大波長があり、波長420nm超過の可視光に吸収を有しない化合物をいう。本発明に用いられる紫外線吸収剤は、波長400nm超過の可視光に吸収波長を有しない化合物であってよい。
[Ultraviolet absorber]
The ultraviolet absorber in the present invention refers to a compound that has a maximum absorption wavelength of 400 nm or less and does not absorb visible light with a wavelength exceeding 420 nm. The ultraviolet absorber used in the present invention may be a compound that does not absorb visible light with a wavelength exceeding 400 nm.
 本発明に用いられる紫外線吸収剤は、構造は特に限定されない。紫外線吸収剤としては、例えば、ベンゾトリアゾール系紫外線吸収剤、トリアジン系紫外線吸収剤、ベンゾフェノン系紫外線吸収剤、ベンゾエート系紫外線吸収剤、安息香酸系紫外線吸収剤、アントラニル酸系紫外線吸収剤、サリチル酸系紫外線吸収剤、ケイ皮酸系紫外線吸収剤等が挙げられる。 The structure of the ultraviolet absorber used in the present invention is not particularly limited. Examples of ultraviolet absorbers include benzotriazole-based ultraviolet absorbers, triazine-based ultraviolet absorbers, benzophenone-based ultraviolet absorbers, benzoate-based ultraviolet absorbers, benzoic acid-based ultraviolet absorbers, anthranilic acid-based ultraviolet absorbers, and salicylic acid-based ultraviolet absorbers. Absorbents, cinnamic acid-based UV absorbers, and the like can be mentioned.
 例えば、ベンゾトリアゾール系紫外線吸収剤としては、下記一般式(A)で表されるベンゾトリアゾール系紫外線吸収剤からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の紫外線吸収剤が挙げられる。 For example, the benzotriazole-based UV absorber includes at least one UV absorber selected from the group consisting of benzotriazole-based UV absorbers represented by the following general formula (A).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
(一般式(A)において、X、X、及びXはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、水酸基、-OR、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素原子数1~15の炭化水素基を表し、Rは置換基を有していてもよい炭素原子数1~15の炭化水素基を表し、X、X、及びXの少なくとも1つは、水酸基、-OR、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素原子数1~15の炭化水素基を表す。Xは、水素原子又はハロゲン原子を表す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
(In general formula (A), X 1 , X 2 and X 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, —OR a , or an optionally substituted hydrocarbon having 1 to 15 carbon atoms R a represents an optionally substituted hydrocarbon group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, and at least one of X 1 , X 2 and X 3 is a hydroxyl group, —OR a , or an optionally substituted hydrocarbon group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, and X 4 represents a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom.)
 一般式(A)において、X、X、及びX、並びにRにおける前記炭素原子数1~15の炭化水素基は、直鎖又は分岐状の脂肪族炭化水素基、芳香族炭化水素基が挙げられ、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、ヘプチル基、オクチル基、ドデシル基、フェニル基、ナフチル基、ビフェニル基等が挙げられる。前記炭化水素基は炭素原子数が1~12であってよく、1~8であってよい。前記炭化水素基は、脂肪族炭化水素基であってよく、直鎖又は分岐のアルキル基であってよく、メチル基、t-ブチル基、t-ペンチル基、n-オクチル基、t-オクチル基(1,1,3,3-テトラメチルブチル基)、2-エチルヘキシル基であってよい。
 置換基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、シアノ基、又は、カルボニル基、エステル基、エーテル基、アミド基、イミド基等を含む基が挙げられ、アシル基、アシルオキシ基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、グリシジル基等であってよい。さらに芳香族炭化水素基の置換基としては、アルキル基であってもよい。
 置換基を有する炭化水素基としては、例えば、-C(OH)-CH-O-C17、-C(OH)-CH-O-C1225、-CH(CH)-CO-C17、メタクリロイルオキシエチル等であってよく、また、4-メチルフェニル、3-クロロフェニル、4-ベンジルオキシフェニル、4-シアノフェニル、4-フェノキシフェニル、4-グリシジルオキシフェニル、4-イソシアヌレートフェニル等であってよい。前記-C17、-C1225等はそれぞれ直鎖又は分岐であってよい。
 一般式(A)において、前記ハロゲン原子としては、塩素原子、フッ素原子、臭素原子等が挙げられる。
In general formula (A), the hydrocarbon group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms in X 1 , X 2 and X 3 and R a is a linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group groups such as methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group, hexyl group, heptyl group, octyl group, dodecyl group, phenyl group, naphthyl group and biphenyl group. The hydrocarbon group may have 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or 1 to 8 carbon atoms. The hydrocarbon group may be an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, may be a linear or branched alkyl group, a methyl group, a t-butyl group, a t-pentyl group, an n-octyl group, a t-octyl group. (1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl group), 2-ethylhexyl group.
Examples of substituents include halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, cyano groups, or groups containing carbonyl groups, ester groups, ether groups, amide groups, imide groups, etc., and acyl groups, acyloxy groups, alkoxy groups, aryloxy groups, glycidyl groups, and the like. Further, the substituent of the aromatic hydrocarbon group may be an alkyl group.
Examples of hydrocarbon groups having substituents include -C 2 H 3 (OH)-CH 2 -O-C 8 H 17 , -C 2 H 3 (OH)-CH 2 -O-C 12 H 25 , —CH(CH 3 )—CO 2 —C 8 H 17 , methacryloyloxyethyl, etc., and also 4-methylphenyl, 3-chlorophenyl, 4-benzyloxyphenyl, 4-cyanophenyl, 4-phenoxyphenyl , 4-glycidyloxyphenyl, 4-isocyanuratephenyl, and the like. The —C 8 H 17 , —C 12 H 25 , etc. may each be linear or branched.
In general formula (A), the halogen atom includes a chlorine atom, a fluorine atom, a bromine atom, and the like.
 ベンゾトリアゾール系紫外線吸収剤としては、例えば、2-(5-メチル-2-ヒドロキシフェニル)ベンゾトリアゾール、2-(2-ヒドロキシ-5-t-ブチルフェニル)-2H-ベンゾトリアゾール、オクチル-3[3-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシ-5-(5-クロロ-2H-ベンゾトリアゾール-2-イル)フェニル]プロピオネートと2-エチルヘキシル-3-[3-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシ-5-(5-クロロ-2H-ベンゾトリアゾール-2-イル)フェニル]プロピオネートの混合物、2-[2-ヒドロキシ-3,5-ビス(α,α-ジメチルベンジル)フェニル]-2H-ベンゾトリアゾール、2-(3-tブチル-5-メチル-2-ヒドロキシフェニル)-5-クロロベンゾトリアゾール、2-(3,5-ジ-t-アミル-2-ヒドロキシフェニル)ベンゾトリアゾール、2-(2’-ヒドロキシ-5’-t-オクチルフェニル)ベンゾトリアゾール、2-(2H-ベンゾトリアゾール-2-イル)-4,6-ビス(1-メチル-1-フェニルエチル)フェノール、2-(2H-ベンゾトリアゾール-2-イル)-6-(1-メチル-1-フェニルエチル)-4-(1,1,3,3-テトラメチルブチル)フェノール等が挙げられる。 Benzotriazole-based UV absorbers include, for example, 2-(5-methyl-2-hydroxyphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-(2-hydroxy-5-t-butylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole, octyl-3[ 3-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-5-(5-chloro-2H-benzotriazol-2-yl)phenyl]propionate and 2-ethylhexyl-3-[3-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-5-( 5-chloro-2H-benzotriazol-2-yl)phenyl]propionate mixture, 2-[2-hydroxy-3,5-bis(α,α-dimethylbenzyl)phenyl]-2H-benzotriazole, 2-( 3-tbutyl-5-methyl-2-hydroxyphenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2-(3,5-di-t-amyl-2-hydroxyphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-(2'-hydroxy- 5′-t-octylphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-(2H-benzotriazol-2-yl)-4,6-bis(1-methyl-1-phenylethyl)phenol, 2-(2H-benzotriazole-2 -yl)-6-(1-methyl-1-phenylethyl)-4-(1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl)phenol and the like.
 例えば、トリアジン系紫外線吸収剤としては、下記一般式(B)で表されるトリアジン系紫外線吸収剤からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の紫外線吸収剤が挙げられる。 For example, triazine-based UV absorbers include at least one UV absorber selected from the group consisting of triazine-based UV absorbers represented by the following general formula (B).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
(一般式(B)において、Y、Y、Y、Y、Y、及びYはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、水酸基、-OR、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素原子数1~15の炭化水素基を表し、Rは置換基を有していてもよい炭素原子数1~15の炭化水素基を表し、Y、Y、Y、Y、Y、及びYの少なくとも1つは、水酸基、-OR、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素原子数1~15の炭化水素基を表す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
(In general formula (B), Y 1 , Y 2 , Y 3 , Y 4 , Y 5 and Y 6 each independently may have a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, —OR b , or a substituent represents a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, R b represents a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, Y 1 , Y 2 , Y 3 , Y 4 , At least one of Y 5 and Y 6 represents a hydroxyl group, —OR b , or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.)
 Y、Y、Y、Y、Y、及びY、並びにRにおける、置換基を有していてもよい炭素原子数1~15の炭化水素基は、前記X、X、及びX、並びにRにおける前記置換基を有していてもよい炭素原子数1~15の炭化水素基と同様であって良い。
 Y、Y、及びYの少なくとも1つは、水酸基であってよく、ヒドロキシフェニルトリアジン系紫外線吸収剤であってよい。
The optionally substituted hydrocarbon group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms in Y 1 , Y 2 , Y 3 , Y 4 , Y 5 and Y 6 and R b is the above X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , and R a may be the same as the hydrocarbon group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
At least one of Y 2 , Y 4 and Y 6 may be a hydroxyl group and may be a hydroxyphenyltriazine-based UV absorber.
 トリアジン系紫外線吸収剤としては、例えば、2-[4,6-ジ(2,4-キシリル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2-イル]-5-オクチルオキシフェノール、2-[4,6-ビス(2,4-ジメチルフェニル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2-イル]-5-[3-(ドデシルオキシ)-2-ヒドロキシプロポキシ]フェノール、2,4-ビス「2-ヒドロキシ-4-ブトキシフェニル」-6-(2,4-ジブトキシフェニル)-1,3,5-トリアジン等が挙げられる。 Examples of triazine-based UV absorbers include 2-[4,6-di(2,4-xylyl)-1,3,5-triazin-2-yl]-5-octyloxyphenol, 2-[4, 6-bis(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-1,3,5-triazin-2-yl]-5-[3-(dodecyloxy)-2-hydroxypropoxy]phenol, 2,4-bis'2- hydroxy-4-butoxyphenyl"-6-(2,4-dibutoxyphenyl)-1,3,5-triazine and the like.
 例えば、ベンゾフェノン系紫外線吸収剤としては、ヒドロキシベンゾフェノン系紫外線吸収剤が挙げられ、下記一般式(C)で表されるヒドロキシベンゾフェノン系紫外線吸収剤からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の紫外線吸収剤が挙げられる。 For example, benzophenone-based ultraviolet absorbers include hydroxybenzophenone-based ultraviolet absorbers, and at least one ultraviolet absorber selected from the group consisting of hydroxybenzophenone-based ultraviolet absorbers represented by the following general formula (C): is mentioned.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
(一般式(C)において、Zは、水酸基、-OR、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素原子数1~15の炭化水素基を表し、Zは、水素原子、水酸基、-OR、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素原子数1~15の炭化水素基を表し、Zは、水素原子または水酸基を表し、Rは置換基を有していてもよい炭素原子数1~15の炭化水素基を表す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
(In general formula (C), Z 1 represents a hydroxyl group, —OR c , or an optionally substituted hydrocarbon group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms; Z 2 represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, —OR c or an optionally substituted hydrocarbon group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, Z 3 represents a hydrogen atom or a hydroxyl group, and R c optionally has a substituent represents a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms.)
 一般式(C)において、Z、及びZ、並びにRにおける、置換基を有していてもよい炭素原子数1~15の炭化水素基は、前記X、X、及びX、並びにRにおける前記置換基を有していてもよい炭素原子数1~15の炭化水素基と同様であって良い。 In the general formula (C), the optionally substituted hydrocarbon group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms in Z 1 and Z 2 and R c is the above X 1 , X 2 and X 3 , and the hydrocarbon group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms which may have a substituent for R a .
 ベンゾフェノン系紫外線吸収剤としては、例えば、2,4-ジ-ヒドロキシベンゾフェノン、2-ヒドロキシベンゾフェノン、2-ヒドロキシ-4-メトキシベンゾフェノン、2-ヒドロキシ-4-n-オクトキシベンゾフェノン、2,2-ジ-ヒドロキシ-4-メトキシベンゾフェノン等が挙げられる。 Benzophenone-based UV absorbers include, for example, 2,4-di-hydroxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-n-octoxybenzophenone, 2,2-di -hydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone and the like.
 本発明に用いられる紫外線吸収剤の重量平均分子量は、紫外線を効率よく吸収する点から、通常80以上、好ましくは150以上、更に好ましくは300以上、また通常2000以下、好ましくは1500以下、更に好ましくは900以下である。また、紫外線吸収剤の重合体は紫外線吸収能力が低いため、繰り返し単位を有しない非重合体の化合物が好ましい。 The weight average molecular weight of the ultraviolet absorber used in the present invention is usually 80 or more, preferably 150 or more, more preferably 300 or more, and usually 2000 or less, preferably 1500 or less, and more preferably 1500 or less, from the viewpoint of efficiently absorbing ultraviolet rays. is 900 or less. Moreover, since the polymer of the ultraviolet absorber has a low ultraviolet absorbing ability, a non-polymeric compound having no repeating unit is preferable.
 本発明に用いられる紫外線吸収剤は、波長365nmの透過率が0.002質量%プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート溶液において45%以下である紫外線吸収剤を選択して用いることが好ましい。このように波長365nmの透過率が小さい紫外線吸収剤を、トリアリールメタン系染料のレーキ色材と組み合わせて用いると、トリアリールメタンレーキ色材による吸収が弱くかつ超高圧水銀ランプで最も照射強度の高い、紫外線の強度を効果的に弱めることができ、その結果、塗膜表面の硬化性を確保するのに十分な量の開始剤を加えて現像残後の膜厚変化を抑制しつつ、塗膜内部の光硬化性を効果的に弱めることができて線幅シフト量を大きくなりすぎないように調整しやすくなる点から好ましい。 The UV absorber used in the present invention preferably has a transmittance of 45% or less at a wavelength of 365 nm in a 0.002% by mass propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate solution. When such an ultraviolet absorber with a small transmittance at a wavelength of 365 nm is used in combination with a triarylmethane dye lake colorant, the absorption by the triarylmethane lake colorant is weak and the irradiation intensity is the highest with an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp. It is possible to effectively weaken the intensity of high UV rays, and as a result, add a sufficient amount of initiator to ensure the curability of the coating film surface, suppressing changes in film thickness after development, and coating. This is preferable because it can effectively weaken the photocurability inside the film and facilitates adjustment so that the line width shift amount does not become too large.
 紫外線吸収剤の波長365nmの透過率は、紫外線吸収剤の0.002質量%プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート溶液を調製し、当該0.002質量%プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート溶液を紫外可視近赤外分光光度計(例えば、日本分光(株) V-7100)を用いて測定することができる。 The transmittance of the UV absorber at a wavelength of 365 nm was measured by preparing a 0.002% by mass propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate solution of the UV absorber, and measuring the 0.002% by mass propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate solution with UV-visible near-infrared spectrophotometry. It can be measured using a meter (for example, JASCO Corporation V-7100).
 本発明に用いられる紫外線吸収剤は、波長365nmの透過率が0.002質量%プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート溶液において、より好ましくは42%以下、更に好ましくは40%以下である。 The UV absorber used in the present invention has a transmittance of 0.002 mass% propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate solution at a wavelength of 365 nm of preferably 42% or less, and even more preferably 40% or less.
 本発明に用いられる紫外線吸収剤は、25℃における感光性着色樹脂組成物に用いられる溶剤への溶解度が1質量%以上であるものが、本発明の効果を得る点から好ましい。
 本発明に用いられる紫外線吸収剤は、25℃におけるプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートへの溶解度が1質量%以上であるものであってよい。
The ultraviolet absorbent used in the present invention preferably has a solubility of 1% by mass or more in the solvent used in the photosensitive colored resin composition at 25° C. from the viewpoint of obtaining the effects of the present invention.
The ultraviolet absorber used in the present invention may have a solubility of 1% by mass or more in propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate at 25°C.
 本発明に用いられる紫外線吸収剤としては、例えば、2-(2-ヒドロキシ-5-tert-ブチルフェニル)-2H-ベンゾトリアゾール、2-(2-ヒドロキシ-5-tert-オクチルフェニル)-2H-ベンゾトリアゾール、2-[4-[(2-ヒドロキシ-3-(2’-エチル)ヘキシル)オキシ]-2-ヒドロキシフェニル]-4,6-ビス(2,4-ジメチルフェニル)-1,3,5-トリアジン、2-(2-ヒドロキシ-4-[1-オクチルオキシカルボニルエトキシ]フェニル)-4,6-ビス(4-フェニルフェニル)-1,3,5-トリアジン、2-(2H-ベンゾトリアゾール-2-イル)-6-(1-メチル-1-フェニルエチル)-4-(1,1,3,3-テトラメチルブチル)フェノール、2-ヒドロキシ-4-オクチルオキシベンゾフェノン、
2-(2-ヒドロキシ-5-メチルフェニル)-2H-ベンゾトリアゾール、2-(2-ヒドロキシ-3-tert-ブチル-5-メチルフェニル)-5-クロロベンゾトリアゾール、2,2’-ジヒドロキシ-4-メトキシベンゾフェノン、2-(2-ヒドロキシ-5-メタクリロイルオキシエチルフェニル)-2H-ベンゾトリアゾール、(2-ヒドロキシ-3-ドデシル-5-メチルフェニル)ベンゾトリアゾール等が好適なものとして挙げられる。
 市販品としては、例えば、TinuvinPS、Tinuvin329、Tinuvin405、Tinuvin477、Tinuvin479、Tinuvin571、Tinuvin928(以上、BASF製)、Kemisorb12、Kemisorb71、Kemisorb71D、Kemisorb73、Kemisorb111(以上、ケミプロ化成製)、RUVA-93(以上、大塚化学製)等が挙げられる。
Examples of UV absorbers used in the present invention include 2-(2-hydroxy-5-tert-butylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole, 2-(2-hydroxy-5-tert-octylphenyl)-2H- Benzotriazole, 2-[4-[(2-hydroxy-3-(2′-ethyl)hexyl)oxy]-2-hydroxyphenyl]-4,6-bis(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-1,3 ,5-triazine, 2-(2-hydroxy-4-[1-octyloxycarbonylethoxy]phenyl)-4,6-bis(4-phenylphenyl)-1,3,5-triazine, 2-(2H- benzotriazol-2-yl)-6-(1-methyl-1-phenylethyl)-4-(1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl)phenol, 2-hydroxy-4-octyloxybenzophenone,
2-(2-hydroxy-5-methylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole, 2-(2-hydroxy-3-tert-butyl-5-methylphenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2,2′-dihydroxy- Suitable examples include 4-methoxybenzophenone, 2-(2-hydroxy-5-methacryloyloxyethylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole, (2-hydroxy-3-dodecyl-5-methylphenyl)benzotriazole and the like.
Commercially available products include, for example, TinuvinPS, Tinuvin329, Tinuvin405, Tinuvin477, Tinuvin479, Tinuvin571, Tinuvin928 (manufactured by BASF), Kemisorb12, Kemisorb71, Kemisorb71D, Kemisorb73, Kemisorb111 (manufactured by Pro-Kasei, Kemisorb-9, UVA-9). Otsuka Chemical Co., Ltd.) and the like.
 本発明において紫外線吸収剤は、1種単独で又は2種以上混合して用いることができる。
 なお、波長365nmの透過率が0.002質量%プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート溶液において45%以下である紫外線吸収剤を選択して用いる場合であっても、2種以上混合して用いてもよい。すなわち、本発明に用いられる紫外線吸収剤は、単独では波長365nmの透過率が0.002質量%プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート溶液において45%超過のものが含まれていても、2種以上混合して、波長365nmの透過率が0.002質量%プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート溶液において45%以下となれば、それらの混合物の紫外線吸収剤を用いることができる。
In the present invention, the ultraviolet absorbers can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
Even when a UV absorber having a transmittance at a wavelength of 365 nm of 45% or less in a 0.002% by mass propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate solution is selected and used, two or more of them may be mixed and used. That is, the ultraviolet absorber used in the present invention alone has a transmittance of 0.002% by mass at a wavelength of 365 nm exceeding 45% in a propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate solution. If the transmittance at a wavelength of 365 nm is 45% or less in a 0.002% by mass propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate solution, a UV absorber of a mixture thereof can be used.
 前記紫外線吸収剤の含有量は、線幅抑制効果が得られ且つ良好に硬化するように光硬化性を調整する目的から、感光性着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量に対して、通常、0.2質量%~4.0質量%の範囲内であってよく、好ましくは0.3質量%~3.0質量%の範囲内であり、より好ましくは0.5質量%~2.0質量%の範囲内である。
 なお、固形分とは、溶剤以外のもの全てであり、液状の光重合性化合物等も含まれる。
The content of the ultraviolet absorber is usually 0.00% with respect to the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition for the purpose of obtaining an effect of suppressing the line width and adjusting the photocurability so that the composition can be cured satisfactorily. It may be in the range of 2% by mass to 4.0% by mass, preferably in the range of 0.3% by mass to 3.0% by mass, more preferably 0.5% by mass to 2.0% by mass. is within the range of
In addition, the solid content is everything other than the solvent, and liquid photopolymerizable compounds and the like are also included.
 また、線幅抑制効果が得られ且つ良好に硬化するように光硬化性を調整する目的から、光開始剤と紫外線吸収剤の合計質量に対する、紫外線吸収剤の合計質量の比率は、好ましくは2.0質量%~20.0質量%の範囲内であり、より好ましくは4.0質量%~18.0質量%の範囲内である。 Further, for the purpose of adjusting the photocurability so that the line width suppressing effect is obtained and the curing is performed well, the ratio of the total mass of the ultraviolet absorber to the total mass of the photoinitiator and the ultraviolet absorber is preferably 2. .0 mass % to 20.0 mass %, more preferably 4.0 mass % to 18.0 mass %.
[色材]
 本発明における色材は、高温加熱工程前後の色度変化や輝度低下を抑制し、最終的に得られる着色層の輝度を良好にしながら、細い線幅で、現像前後の膜厚変化が抑制された着色層を形成可能な感光性着色樹脂組成物とするために、トリアリールメタン系染料のレーキ色材を含有する。
<トリアリールメタン系染料のレーキ色材>
 トリアリールメタン系染料のレーキ色材は、耐熱性及び耐光性に優れ、カラーフィルタの高輝度化を達成する点から、トリアリールメタン系染料とポリ酸とのレーキ色材であることが好ましい。トリアリールメタン系染料のレーキ色材としては、中でも、下記一般式(1)で表される色材、及び下記一般式(2)で表される色材より選択される1種以上であることが好ましく、下記一般式(1)で表される色材であることが、分子会合状態を形成しており、より優れた耐熱性を示し、高輝度を達成可能である点から好ましい。
[Color material]
The coloring material in the present invention suppresses changes in chromaticity and brightness reduction before and after the high-temperature heating process, and while improving the brightness of the finally obtained colored layer, has a fine line width and suppresses film thickness changes before and after development. In order to obtain a photosensitive colored resin composition capable of forming a colored layer, it contains a triarylmethane-based dye lake colorant.
<Lake colorant of triarylmethane dye>
The lake colorant of triarylmethane-based dyes is preferably a lake colorant of triarylmethane-based dyes and polyacid from the viewpoint of excellent heat resistance and light resistance and achieving high brightness of the color filter. As the lake colorant of the triarylmethane dye, among others, one or more selected from the colorant represented by the following general formula (1) and the colorant represented by the following general formula (2) is preferable, and a coloring material represented by the following general formula (1) is preferable because it forms a molecular association state, exhibits more excellent heat resistance, and can achieve high brightness.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
(一般式(1)中、Aは、Nと直接結合する炭素原子がπ結合を有しないa価の有機基であって、当該有機基は、少なくともNと直接結合する末端に飽和脂肪族炭化水素基を有する脂肪族炭化水素基、又は当該脂肪族炭化水素基を有する芳香族基を表し、炭素鎖中にヘテロ原子が含まれていてもよい。Bc-はc価のポリ酸アニオンを表す。R~Rは各々独立に水素原子、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基又は置換基を有していてもよいアリール基を表し、RiiとRiii、RivとRが結合して環構造を形成してもよい。Rvi及びRviiは各々独立に、置換基を有してもよいアルキル基、置換基を有してもよいアルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子又はシアノ基を表す。Arは置換基を有していてもよい2価の芳香族基を表す。複数あるR~Rvii及びArはそれぞれ同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 a及びcは2以上の整数、b及びdは1以上の整数を表す。f及びgは0以上4以下の整数を表す。複数あるf及びgはそれぞれ同一であっても異なっていてもよい。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
(In the general formula (1), A is an a-valent organic group in which the carbon atom directly bonded to N does not have a π bond, and the organic group has at least a saturated aliphatic carbonized Represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a hydrogen group, or an aromatic group having the aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and may contain a heteroatom in the carbon chain.B c- represents a c-valent polyacid anion. R i to R v each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group or an optionally substituted aryl group, R ii and R iii , R iv and R v may combine to form a ring structure, and each of R vi and R vii is independently an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, a halogen atom or a cyano Ar 1 represents an optionally substituted divalent aromatic group, and a plurality of R i to R vii and Ar 1 may be the same or different.
a and c represent integers of 2 or more, and b and d represent integers of 1 or more. f and g represent an integer of 0 or more and 4 or less. A plurality of f and g may be the same or different. )
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
(一般式(2)中、R~RVIは各々独立に水素原子、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基又は置換基を有していてもよいアリール基を表し、RとRII、RIIIとRIV、RとRVIが結合して環構造を形成してもよい。RVII及びRVIIIは各々独立に、置換基を有してもよいアルキル基、置換基を有してもよいアルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子又はシアノ基を表す。Arは置換基を有していてもよい2価の芳香族複素環基を表し、複数あるR~RVIII及びArはそれぞれ同一であっても異なっていてもよい。Em-はm価のポリ酸アニオンを表す。
 mは2以上の整数を表す。k及びlは0以上4以下の整数を表す。複数あるk及びlはそれぞれ同一であっても異なっていてもよい。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
(In general formula (2), R I to R VI each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group or an optionally substituted aryl group, and R I and R II , R III and R IV , and R V and R VI may combine to form a ring structure, R VII and R VIII each independently having an alkyl group optionally having a substituent or a substituent; represents an optionally substituted alkoxy group, a halogen atom or a cyano group, Ar 2 represents a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, and a plurality of R I to R VIII and Ar 2 are Each may be the same or different, and E m- represents an m-valent polyoxoate anion.
m represents an integer of 2 or more. k and l each represents an integer of 0 or more and 4 or less. A plurality of k and l may be the same or different. )
 前記一般式(1)で表される色材は、2価以上のアニオンと、2価以上のカチオンとを含むため、当該色材の凝集体においては、アニオンとカチオンが単に1分子対1分子でイオン結合しているのではなく、イオン結合を介して複数の分子が会合する分子会合体を形成し得ることから、見かけの分子量が、従来のレーキ顔料の分子量に比べて格段に増大する。このような分子会合体の形成により固体状態での凝集力がより高まり、熱運動を低下させ、イオン対の解離やカチオン部の分解を抑制でき、従来のレーキ顔料に比べて退色し難いと推定される。 Since the coloring material represented by the general formula (1) contains a divalent or higher valent anion and a divalent or higher cation, the aggregate of the coloring material has an anion and cation ratio of 1 molecule to 1 molecule. Because it is possible to form a molecular association in which multiple molecules associate through ionic bonds instead of ionic bonding, the apparent molecular weight is remarkably increased compared to the molecular weight of conventional lake pigments. It is presumed that the formation of such molecular associations increases the cohesive force in the solid state, reduces thermal motion, suppresses the dissociation of ion pairs and the decomposition of the cation part, and is less likely to fade than conventional lake pigments. be done.
 前記一般式(1)におけるAは、N(窒素原子)と直接結合する炭素原子がπ結合を有しないa価の有機基であって、当該有機基は、少なくともNと直接結合する末端に飽和脂肪族炭化水素基を有する脂肪族炭化水素基、又は当該脂肪族炭化水素基を有する芳香族基を表し、炭素鎖中にO(酸素原子)、S(硫黄原子)、N(窒素原子)等のヘテロ原子が含まれていてもよいものである。すなわち、当該有機基は、少なくともNと直接結合する末端に飽和脂肪族炭化水素基を有し、炭素鎖中にO、S、N等のヘテロ原子が含まれてもよい脂肪族炭化水素基、又は、Nと直接結合する末端に脂肪族炭化水素基を有し、炭素鎖中にO、S、N等のヘテロ原子が含まれてもよい芳香族基を表す。Nと直接結合する炭素原子がπ結合を有しないため、カチオン性の発色部位が有する色調や透過率等の色特性は、連結基Aや他の発色部位の影響を受けず、単量体と同様の色を保持することができる。 A in the general formula (1) is an a-valent organic group in which the carbon atom directly bonded to N (nitrogen atom) does not have a π bond, and the organic group is saturated at least at the terminal directly bonded to N Represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, or an aromatic group having the aliphatic hydrocarbon group, O (oxygen atom), S (sulfur atom), N (nitrogen atom), etc. in the carbon chain may contain a heteroatom. That is, the organic group has at least a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group at the terminal directly bonded to N, and an aliphatic hydrocarbon group that may contain a heteroatom such as O, S, N in the carbon chain, Alternatively, it represents an aromatic group which has an aliphatic hydrocarbon group at the terminal directly bonded to N and may contain a heteroatom such as O, S, or N in the carbon chain. Since the carbon atom directly bonded to N does not have a π bond, the color characteristics such as color tone and transmittance of the cationic coloring site are not affected by the linking group A or other coloring sites, and the monomer and Similar colors can be retained.
 Aにおいて、少なくともNと直接結合する末端に飽和脂肪族炭化水素基を有する脂肪族炭化水素基は、Nと直接結合する末端の炭素原子がπ結合を有しなければ、直鎖、分岐又は環状のいずれであってもよく、末端以外の炭素原子が不飽和結合を有していてもよく、置換基を有していてもよく、炭素鎖中に、O、S、Nが含まれていてもよい。例えば、カルボニル基、カルボキシ基、オキシカルボニル基、アミド基等が含まれていてもよく、水素原子が更にハロゲン原子等に置換されていてもよい。
 また、Aにおいて上記脂肪族炭化水素基を有する芳香族基は、少なくともNと直接結合する末端に飽和脂肪族炭化水素基を有する脂肪族炭化水素基を有する、単環又は多環芳香族基が挙げられ、置換基を有していてもよく、O、S、Nが含まれる複素環であってもよい。
 中でも、骨格の堅牢性の点から、Aは、環状の脂肪族炭化水素基又は芳香族基を含むことが好ましい。
 環状の脂肪族炭化水素基としては、シクロヘキサン、シクロペンタン、ノルボルナン、ビシクロ[2.2.2]オクタン、トリシクロ[5.2.1.02,6]デカン、アダマンタンを含む基等が挙げられる。また、芳香族基としては、例えば、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環を含む基等が挙げられる。例えば、Aが2価の有機基の場合、炭素数1~20の直鎖、分岐、又は環状のアルキレン基や、キシリレン基等の炭素数1~20のアルキレン基を2個置換した芳香族基等が挙げられる。
In A, at least an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group at the terminal directly bonded to N is linear, branched or cyclic, provided that the terminal carbon atom directly bonded to N does not have a π bond. may be any of, carbon atoms other than the terminal may have an unsaturated bond, may have a substituent, the carbon chain contains O, S, N good too. For example, it may contain a carbonyl group, a carboxy group, an oxycarbonyl group, an amide group, etc., and a hydrogen atom may be further substituted with a halogen atom or the like.
In addition, the aromatic group having an aliphatic hydrocarbon group in A is a monocyclic or polycyclic aromatic group having an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group at the end directly bonded to at least N , may have a substituent, and may be a heterocyclic ring containing O, S, and N.
Among them, A preferably contains a cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic group from the viewpoint of the robustness of the skeleton.
Cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon groups include groups containing cyclohexane, cyclopentane, norbornane, bicyclo[2.2.2]octane, tricyclo[5.2.1.0 2,6 ]decane, and adamantane. . Moreover, as an aromatic group, the group containing a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, etc. are mentioned, for example. For example, when A is a divalent organic group, a linear, branched or cyclic alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or an aromatic group substituted with two alkylene groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms such as xylylene group etc.
 本発明においては、堅牢性と、分子運動の自由度を両立して、耐熱性を向上する点から、Aが、2個以上の環状脂肪族炭化水素基を有し、Nと直接結合する末端に飽和脂肪族炭化水素基を有し、炭素鎖中にO、S、Nが含まれてもよい脂肪族炭化水素基であることが好ましい。Aは、2個以上のシクロアルキレン基を有し、Nと直接結合する末端に飽和脂肪族炭化水素基を有し、炭素鎖中にO、S、Nが含まれてもよい脂肪族炭化水素基であることがより好ましく、中でも、2個以上の環状脂肪族炭化水素基が直鎖又は分岐の脂肪族炭化水素基で連結した構造を有することが更に好ましい。
 2個以上ある環状脂肪族炭化水素基は、それぞれ同一であっても異なっていてもよく、例えば、前記環状の脂肪族炭化水素基と同様のものが挙げられ、中でもシクロヘキサン、シクロペンタンが好ましい。
In the present invention, from the viewpoint of improving heat resistance by achieving both robustness and freedom of molecular motion, A has two or more cycloaliphatic hydrocarbon groups and a terminal directly bonded to N is preferably an aliphatic hydrocarbon group that has a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group in the carbon chain and may contain O, S, and N in the carbon chain. A has two or more cycloalkylene groups, has a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group at the end directly bonded to N, O, S, aliphatic hydrocarbon may contain N in the carbon chain Group is more preferable, and among them, it is more preferable to have a structure in which two or more cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon groups are linked by a linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group.
Two or more cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon groups may be the same or different, and examples thereof include the same as the cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon groups described above, with cyclohexane and cyclopentane being preferred.
 本発明においては、耐熱性の点から、中でも、前記Aが、下記一般式(1a)で表される置換基であることが好ましい。 In the present invention, from the viewpoint of heat resistance, it is preferable that A is a substituent represented by the following general formula (1a).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
(一般式(1a)中、Rxiは置換基として炭素数1以上4以下のアルキル基、又は炭素数1以上4以下のアルコキシ基を有してもよい炭素数1以上3以下のアルキレン基を表し、Rxii及びRxiiiは各々独立に炭素数1以上4以下のアルキル基、又は炭素数1以上4以下のアルコキシ基を表し、pは1以上3以下の整数を、q及びrは各々独立に0以上4以下の整数を表す。Rxi、Rxii、Rxiii及びrが複数ある場合、当該複数あるRxi、Rxii、Rxiii及びrは互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよい。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
(In the general formula (1a), R xi is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms as a substituent, or an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms and optionally having an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. wherein R xii and R xiii each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, p is an integer of 1 to 3, q and r are each independently represents an integer of 0 to 4. When there are a plurality of R xi , R xii , R xiii and r, the plurality of R xi , R xii , R xiii and r may be the same or different. .)
 堅牢性と、発色部位の熱運動との両立に優れ、耐熱性が向上する点から、Rxiにおける炭素数1以上3以下のアルキレン基であることが好ましい。このようなアルキレン基としては、メチレン基、エチレン基、プロピレン基等が挙げられ、中でもメチレン基又はエチレン基が好ましく、メチレン基がより好ましい。
 炭素数1以上4以下のアルキル基としては、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基が挙げられ、直鎖状であっても分岐を有していてもよい。
 また、炭素数1以上4以下のアルコキシ基としては、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基、ブトキシ基が挙げられ、直鎖状であっても分岐を有していてもよい。
An alkylene group having 1 or more and 3 or less carbon atoms in R xi is preferable from the viewpoint of excellent compatibility between fastness and thermal motion of the coloring site and improvement of heat resistance. Examples of such an alkylene group include a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, etc. Among them, a methylene group or an ethylene group is preferable, and a methylene group is more preferable.
Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group and butyl group, and may be linear or branched.
The alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms includes methoxy group, ethoxy group, propoxy group and butoxy group, and may be linear or branched.
 Rxii及びRxiiiにおける、炭素数1以上4以下のアルキル基、及び、炭素数1以上4以下のアルコキシ基は、前記Rxiが有してもよい置換基と同様のものが挙げられる。 Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and the alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms in R xii and R xiii are the same as the substituents that R xi may have.
 一般式(1a)において、シクロヘキサン(シクロヘキシレン基)は2個以上4個以下、即ち、pが1以上3以下であることが、耐熱性の点から好ましく、中でもpが1以上2以下であることがより好ましい。
 またシクロヘキシレン基が有する置換基Rxii及びRxiiiの置換数は、特に限定されないが、耐熱性の点から、1個以上3個以下であることが好ましく、1個以上2個以下であることがより好ましい。即ちq及びrが1以上3以下の整数であることが好ましく、q及びrが1以上2以下の整数であることが好ましい。
In general formula (1a), the number of cyclohexane (cyclohexylene groups) is 2 or more and 4 or less, that is, p is preferably 1 or more and 3 or less from the viewpoint of heat resistance, and p is preferably 1 or more and 2 or less. is more preferable.
The number of substituents R xii and R xiii in the cyclohexylene group is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of heat resistance, it is preferably 1 or more and 3 or less, and 1 or more and 2 or less. is more preferred. That is, q and r are preferably integers of 1 or more and 3 or less, and q and r are preferably integers of 1 or more and 2 or less.
 このような連結基Aの好適な具体例としては、以下のものが挙げられるが、これらに限定されるものではない。 Suitable specific examples of such a linking group A include, but are not limited to, the following.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
 R~Rにおけるアルキル基は、特に限定されない。例えば、炭素数1~20の直鎖、分岐状又は環状のアルキル基等が挙げられ、中でも、炭素数が1~8の直鎖又は分岐のアルキル基であることが挙げられ、炭素数が1~5の直鎖又は分岐のアルキル基であることが、輝度及び耐熱性の点から挙げられ、R~Rにおけるアルキル基がエチル基又はメチル基であることが挙げられる。アルキル基が有してもよい置換基としては、特に限定されないが、例えば、アリール基、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、アルコキシ基等が挙げられ、置換されたアルキル基としては、ベンジル基のようなアラルキル基等が挙げられる。
 R~Rにおけるアリール基は、特に限定されない。例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基等が挙げられる。アリール基が有してもよい置換基としては、例えばアルキル基、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基、水酸基等が挙げられる。
 中でも化学的安定性の点からR~Rとしては、各々独立に、水素原子、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、フェニル基、又は、RiiとRiii、RivとRが結合してピロリジン環、ピペリジン環、モルホリン環を形成していることが好ましい。
The alkyl groups in R i to R v are not particularly limited. Examples thereof include linear, branched or cyclic alkyl groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and among them, linear or branched alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms and 1 carbon atom. A linear or branched alkyl group of 1 to 5 is mentioned from the viewpoint of brightness and heat resistance, and an alkyl group in R i to R v is an ethyl group or a methyl group. The substituent that the alkyl group may have is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an aryl group, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group and the like. Examples of the substituted alkyl group include an aralkyl group such as a benzyl group. etc.
The aryl groups in R i to R v are not particularly limited. Examples include phenyl group and naphthyl group. Examples of substituents that the aryl group may have include an alkyl group, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, and a hydroxyl group.
Among them, from the viewpoint of chemical stability, R i to R v are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, or R ii and R iii or R iv and R v are bonded. preferably form a pyrrolidine ring, a piperidine ring, or a morpholine ring.
 耐熱性の点からは、Rii~Rのうち少なくとも一つが、置換基を有してもよいシクロアルキル基、又は、置換基を有していてもよいアリール基であることが好ましい。Rii~Rのうち少なくとも一つが、シクロアルキル基、又は、アリール基を有することにより、立体障害による分子間相互作用が低減するため、発色部位の熱に対する影響を抑制できるため、耐熱性に優れていると考えられる。 From the viewpoint of heat resistance, at least one of R ii to R v is preferably an optionally substituted cycloalkyl group or an optionally substituted aryl group. When at least one of R ii to R v has a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group, intermolecular interaction due to steric hindrance is reduced, so that the effect of heat on the coloring site can be suppressed, and heat resistance is improved. Considered to be excellent.
 耐熱性の点からは、Rii~Rのうち少なくとも一つが、下記一般式(1b)又は、下記一般式(1c)で表される置換基であることが好ましい。 From the viewpoint of heat resistance, at least one of R ii to R v is preferably a substituent represented by general formula (1b) or general formula (1c) below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
(一般式(1b)中、Rxiv、Rxv、及びRxviは各々独立に水素原子、置換基を有してもよい炭素数1以上4以下のアルキル基、又は置換基を有してもよい炭素数1以上4以下のアルコキシ基を表す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
(In general formula (1b), R xiv , R xv , and R xvi are each independently a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or an optionally substituted It represents an alkoxy group having 1 or more and 4 or less carbon atoms.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
(一般式(1c)中、Rxvii、Rxviii、及びRxixは各々独立に水素原子、置換基を有してもよい炭素数1以上4以下のアルキル基、又は置換基を有してもよい炭素数1以上4以下のアルコキシ基を表す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
(In general formula (1c), R xvii , R xviii , and R xix are each independently a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or an optionally substituted represents a good alkoxy group having 1 or more and 4 or less carbon atoms.)
 Rxiv、Rxv、Rxvi、Rxvii、Rxviii、及びRxixにおける炭素数1以上4以下のアルキル基としては、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基が挙げられ、直鎖状であっても分岐を有していてもよい。また、炭素数1以上4以下のアルコキシ基としては、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基、ブトキシ基が挙げられ、直鎖状であっても分岐を有していてもよい。
 前記アルキル基及びアルコキシ基が有してもよい置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、水酸基等が挙げられる。
Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms in R xiv , R xv , R xvi , R xvii , R xviii , and R xix include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, and a butyl group. There may be one or more branches. The alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms includes methoxy group, ethoxy group, propoxy group and butoxy group, and may be linear or branched.
A halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, etc. are mentioned as a substituent which the said alkyl group and an alkoxy group may have.
 前記一般式(1b)で表される置換基を有する場合、耐熱性の点から、Rxiv、Rxv、及びRxviの少なくとも一つが、置換基を有してもよい炭素数1以上4以下のアルキル基、又は置換基を有してもよい炭素数1以上4以下のアルコキシ基であることが好ましく、Rxiv及びRxvの少なくとも一つが、置換基を有してもよい炭素数1以上4以下のアルキル基、又は置換基を有してもよい炭素数1以上4以下のアルコキシ基であることがより好ましい。 When having a substituent represented by the general formula (1b), from the viewpoint of heat resistance, at least one of R xiv , R xv , and R xvi may have a substituent and has 1 to 4 carbon atoms. or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and at least one of R xiv and R xv has 1 or more carbon atoms which may have a substituent It is more preferably an alkyl group of 4 or less, or an optionally substituted alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
 また前記一般式(1c)で表される置換基を有する場合、耐熱性の点から、Rxvii、Rxviii、及びRxixの少なくとも一つが、置換基を有してもよい炭素数1以上4以下のアルキル基、又は置換基を有してもよい炭素数1以上4以下のアルコキシ基であることが好ましく、Rxvii及びRxviiiの少なくとも一つが、置換基を有してもよい炭素数1以上4以下のアルキル基、又は置換基を有してもよい炭素数1以上4以下のアルコキシ基であることがより好ましい。 Further, when having a substituent represented by the general formula (1c), from the viewpoint of heat resistance, at least one of R xvii , R xviii and R xix may have 1 or more 4 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. It is preferably the following alkyl group or an optionally substituted alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and at least one of R xvii and R xviii has 1 optionally substituted carbon atoms More preferably, it is an alkyl group of 4 or less, or an alkoxy group of 1 or more and 4 or less carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
 Rvi及びRviiは各々独立に置換基を有してもよいアルキル基、置換基を有してもよいアルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子又はシアノ基を表す。Rvi及びRviiにおけるアルキル基としては、特に限定されないが、炭素数が1以上8以下の直鎖、又は分岐を有するアルキル基であることが好ましく、炭素数が1以上4以下のアルキル基であることがより好ましい。炭素数1以上4以下のアルキル基としては、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基が挙げられ、直鎖状であっても分岐を有していてもよい。アルキル基が有してもよい置換基としては、特に限定されないが、例えば、アリール基、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、アルコキシ基等が挙げられる。
 また、Rvi及びRviiにおけるアルコキシ基としては、特に限定されないが、炭素数が1以上8以下の直鎖、又は分岐を有するアルコキシ基であることが好ましく、炭素数が1以上4以下のアルコキシ基であることがより好ましい。炭素数1以上4以下のアルコキシ基としては、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基、ブトキシ基が挙げられ、直鎖状であっても分岐を有していてもよい。アルコキシ基が有してもよい置換基としては、特に限定されないが、例えば、アリール基、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、アルコキシ基等が挙げられる。
 Rvi及びRviiにおけるハロゲン原子としては、例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子が挙げられる。
 Rvi及びRviiの置換数、即ち、f及びgはそれぞれ独立に0以上4以下の整数を表し、中でも0以上2以下であることが好ましく、0以上1以下であることがより好ましい。複数あるf及びgはそれぞれ同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 また、Rvi及びRviiは、トリアリールメタン骨格、又は、キサンテン骨格内の共鳴構造を有する芳香環のいずれの部位に置換されていてもよいが、中でも、-NRiiiii又は-NRivで表されるアミノ基の置換位置を基準にメタ位に置換されていることが好ましい。
R vi and R vii each independently represent an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, a halogen atom or a cyano group. The alkyl group for R vi and R vii is not particularly limited, but is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. It is more preferable to have Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group and butyl group, and may be linear or branched. The substituent that the alkyl group may have is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an aryl group, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, and the like.
The alkoxy group for R vi and R vii is not particularly limited, but is preferably a linear or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. more preferably a group. The alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms includes methoxy group, ethoxy group, propoxy group and butoxy group, and may be linear or branched. The substituent that the alkoxy group may have is not particularly limited, but examples thereof include an aryl group, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group and the like.
Halogen atoms in R vi and R vii include, for example, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine atoms.
The substitution numbers of R vi and R vii , that is, f and g, each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4, preferably 0 to 2, more preferably 0 to 1. A plurality of f and g may be the same or different.
In addition, R vi and R vii may be substituted at any site of a triarylmethane skeleton or an aromatic ring having a resonance structure within the xanthene skeleton, and among these, -NR ii R iii or -NR iv It is preferably substituted at the meta position based on the substitution position of the amino group represented by Rv .
 Arにおける2価の芳香族基は特に限定されない。Arにおける芳香族基は、炭素環からなる芳香族炭化水素基の他、複素環基であってもよい。芳香族炭化水素基における芳香族炭化水素としては、ベンゼン環の他、ナフタレン環、テトラリン環、インデン環、フルオレン環、アントラセン環、フェナントレン環等の縮合多環芳香族炭化水素;ビフェニル、ターフェニル、ジフェニルメタン、トリフェニルメタン、スチルベン等の鎖状多環式炭化水素が挙げられる。当該鎖状多環式炭化水素においては、ジフェニルエーテル等のように鎖状骨格中にO、S、Nを有していてもよい。一方、複素環基における複素環としては、フラン、チオフェン、ピロール、オキサゾール、チアゾール、イミダゾール、ピラゾール等の5員複素環;ピラン、ピロン、ピリジン、ピロン、ピリダジン、ピリミジン、ピラジン等の6員複素環;ベンゾフラン、チオナフテン、インドール、カルバゾール、クマリン、ベンゾ-ピロン、キノリン、イソキノリン、アクリジン、フタラジン、キナゾリン、キノキサリン等の縮合多環式複素環が挙げられる。これらの芳香族基は更に置換基として、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、水酸基、ハロゲン原子、及び、これらで置換されていても良いフェニル基等を有していてもよい。 The divalent aromatic group in Ar 1 is not particularly limited. The aromatic group for Ar 1 may be a heterocyclic group in addition to a carbocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group. The aromatic hydrocarbon in the aromatic hydrocarbon group includes condensed polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons such as a benzene ring, naphthalene ring, tetralin ring, indene ring, fluorene ring, anthracene ring, and phenanthrene ring; biphenyl, terphenyl, Chain polycyclic hydrocarbons such as diphenylmethane, triphenylmethane, and stilbene are included. The chain polycyclic hydrocarbon may have O, S and N in the chain skeleton such as diphenyl ether. On the other hand, the heterocycle in the heterocyclic group includes 5-membered heterocycles such as furan, thiophene, pyrrole, oxazole, thiazole, imidazole, and pyrazole; 6-membered heterocycles such as pyran, pyrone, pyridine, pyrone, pyridazine, pyrimidine, and pyrazine; fused polycyclic heterocycles such as benzofuran, thionaphthene, indole, carbazole, coumarin, benzo-pyrone, quinoline, isoquinoline, acridine, phthalazine, quinazoline, quinoxaline; These aromatic groups may further have, as substituents, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom, a phenyl group optionally substituted with these, or the like.
 1分子内に複数あるR~Rvii及びArは、同一であっても異なっていてもよい。R~Rvii及びArの組み合わせにより、所望の色に調整することができる。 Plural R i to R vii and Ar 1 in one molecule may be the same or different. A desired color can be adjusted by a combination of R i to R vii and Ar 1 .
 Aにおける価数aは、カチオンを構成する発色性カチオン部位の数であり、aは2以上の整数である。このレーキ色材においては、カチオンの価数aが2以上であるため、耐熱性に優れており、中でも、カチオンの価数aが3以上であってもよい。aの上限は特に限定されないが、製造の容易性の点から、aが4以下であることが好ましく、3以下であることがより好ましい。 The valence a in A is the number of color-forming cation sites that constitute the cation, and a is an integer of 2 or more. In this lake colorant, since the valence a of the cation is 2 or more, the heat resistance is excellent. Among them, the valence a of the cation may be 3 or more. Although the upper limit of a is not particularly limited, a is preferably 4 or less, more preferably 3 or less, from the viewpoint of ease of production.
 一般式(1)で表される色材におけるカチオンは、耐熱性に優れ、加熱時の色変化が抑制され易い点から、分子量が1200以上であることが好ましく、1300以上であることが好ましい。 The cation in the coloring material represented by the general formula (1) preferably has a molecular weight of 1200 or more, more preferably 1300 or more, in terms of excellent heat resistance and easy suppression of color change during heating.
 一般式(1)で表される色材において、アニオン部(Bc-)は、高輝度で耐熱性に優れる点から、c価のポリ酸アニオンであって、2価以上のアニオンである。 In the colorant represented by the general formula (1), the anion portion (B c− ) is a c-valent polyacid anion having a valence of 2 or more, from the viewpoint of high brightness and excellent heat resistance.
 複数のオキソ酸が縮合したポリ酸アニオンとしては、イソポリ酸アニオン(Mc-であってもヘテロポリ酸アニオン(Xc-であってもよい。上記イオン式中、Mはポリ原子、Xはヘテロ原子、mはポリ原子の組成比、nは酸素原子の組成比を表す。ポリ原子Mとしては、例えば、Mo、W、V、Ti、Nb等が挙げられる。またヘテロ原子Xとしては、例えば、Si、P、As、S、Fe、Co等が挙げられる。また、一部にNaやH等の対カチオンが含まれていてもよい。
 中でも、耐熱性に優れる点から、タングステン(W)及びモリブデン(Mo)より選択される1種以上の元素を有するポリ酸であることが好ましい。
 このようなポリ酸としては、例えば、イソポリ酸である、タングステン酸イオン[W10324-、モリブデン酸イオン[Mo192-や、ヘテロポリ酸である、リンタングステン酸イオン[PW12403-、[P18626-、ケイタングステン酸イオン[SiW12404-、リンモリブデン酸イオン[PMo12403-、ケイモリブデン酸イオン[SiMo12404-、リンタングストモリブデン酸イオン[PW12-sMo403-(sは1以上11以下の整数)、[P18-tMo626-(tは1以上17以下の整数)、ケイタングストモリブデン酸イオン[SiW12-uMo404-(uは1以上11以下の整数)等が挙げられる。タングステン(W)及びモリブデン(Mo)の少なくとも1種を含むポリ酸としては、耐熱性の点、及び原料入手の容易さの点から、上記の中でもヘテロポリ酸であることが好ましく、更にリン(P)を含むヘテロポリ酸であることがより好ましい。
 さらに、リンタングストモリブデン酸イオン[PW10Mo403-、[PW11Mo403-、リンタングステン酸イオン[PW12403-、のいずれかであることが耐熱性の点からさらに好ましい。
The polyacid anion in which a plurality of oxoacids are condensed may be an isopolyacid anion (M m O n ) c- or a heteropolyacid anion (X 1 M m O n ) c- . In the above ionic formula, M is a poly atom, X is a hetero atom, m is a composition ratio of poly atoms, and n is a composition ratio of oxygen atoms. Examples of polyatoms M include Mo, W, V, Ti, and Nb. Examples of the heteroatom X include Si, P, As, S, Fe, Co, and the like. Also, a counter cation such as Na + or H + may be partially contained.
Among them, a polyacid containing one or more elements selected from tungsten (W) and molybdenum (Mo) is preferable because of its excellent heat resistance.
Such polyacids include, for example, isopolyacids such as tungstate ion [W 10 O 32 ] 4− , molybdate ion [Mo 6 O 19 ] 2− , and heteropolyacids such as phosphotungstate ion [ PW 12 O 40 ] 3− , [P 2 W 18 O 62 ] 6− , silicotungstate ion [SiW 12 O 40 ] 4− , phosphomolybdate ion [PMo 12 O 40 ] 3− , silicomolybdate ion [ SiMo 12 O 40 ] 4- , phosphorus tungstomolybdate ion [PW 12-s Mo s O 40 ] 3- (s is an integer of 1 or more and 11 or less), [P 2 W 18-t Mo t O 62 ] 6- (t is an integer of 1 to 17), silicate ion [SiW 12-u Mo u O 40 ] 4- (u is an integer of 1 to 11), and the like. Among the polyacids containing at least one of tungsten (W) and molybdenum (Mo), heteropolyacids are preferred among the above from the viewpoints of heat resistance and ease of raw material availability, and phosphorus (P ) is more preferred.
Furthermore, the heat-resistant tungstomolybdate ion [PW 10 Mo 2 O 40 ] 3− , [PW 11 Mo 1 O 40 ] 3− , or phosphotungstic acid ion [PW 12 O 40 ] 3− . It is more preferable from the point of view of sex.
 一般式(1)におけるbはカチオンの数を、dは分子会合体中のアニオンの数を示し、b及びdは1以上の整数を表す。bが2以上の場合、分子会合体中に複数あるカチオンは、1種単独であっても、2種以上が組み合わされていてもよい。また、dが2以上の場合、分子会合体中に複数あるアニオンは、1種単独であっても、2種以上が組み合わされていてもよい。  B in the general formula (1) indicates the number of cations, d indicates the number of anions in the molecular association, and b and d are integers of 1 or more. When b is 2 or more, a plurality of cations present in the molecular association may be of one type alone or in combination of two or more types. Further, when d is 2 or more, the plural anions present in the molecular association may be of one type alone or in combination of two or more types.
 なお、一般式(1)で表されるレーキ色材としては、例えば、国際公開第2012/144520号パンフレット、国際公開第2018/003706号パンフレットを参考にして調製することができる。 The lake colorant represented by general formula (1) can be prepared, for example, with reference to International Publication No. 2012/144520 and International Publication No. 2018/003706.
 一方、一般式(2)中、R~RVIは各々独立に水素原子、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基又は置換基を有していてもよいアリール基を表し、RとRII、RIIIとRIV、RとRVIが結合して環構造を形成してもよいものである。R~RVIは各々、前述の一般式(1)のR~Rと同様であって良い。
 一般式(2)中、RVII及びRVIIIは各々独立に、置換基を有してもよいアルキル基、置換基を有してもよいアルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子又はシアノ基を表すが、これらも前述の一般式(1)のRvi及びRviiと同様であって良い。
 一般式(2)中、Arは置換基を有していてもよい2価の芳香族複素環基を表すが、当該Arは、前述の一般式(1)のArのうち、芳香族複素環基と同様であって良い。
 また、一般式(2)中、Em-はm価のポリ酸アニオンを表すが、当該m価のポリ酸アニオンは、前述の一般式(1)のc価のポリ酸アニオンと同様であって良い。
On the other hand, in general formula (2), R I to R VI each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group or an optionally substituted aryl group; R II , R III and R IV , and R V and R VI may combine to form a ring structure. Each of R I to R VI may be the same as R i to R v in general formula (1) above.
In general formula (2), R VII and R VIII each independently represent an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, a halogen atom or a cyano group. It may be the same as R vi and R vii in general formula (1) above.
In the general formula ( 2 ), Ar 2 represents a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, and the Ar 2 is an aromatic group heterocyclic group.
Further, in general formula (2), E m- represents an m-valent polyanion, and the m-valent polyanion is the same as the c-valent polyanion in general formula (1) above. good
 一般式(2)中、mは、カチオンの数及びアニオンの数を示し、2以上の整数を表す。一般式(2)中に複数あるカチオンは、1種単独であっても、2種以上が組み合わされていてもよい。また、アニオンについても、1種単独であっても、2種以上が組み合わされていてもよい。
 また、一般式(2)中のk及びlは、前述の一般式(1)のf及びgと同様であって良い。
 なお、一般式(2)で表されるレーキ色材としては、例えば、特開2017-16099号公報を参考にして調製することができる。
In general formula (2), m represents the number of cations and the number of anions, and represents an integer of 2 or more. A plurality of cations in the general formula (2) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Also, the anions may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
Also, k and l in general formula (2) may be the same as f and g in general formula (1) described above.
Incidentally, the lake colorant represented by the general formula (2), for example, can be prepared with reference to JP-A-2017-16099.
 また、本発明の感光性着色樹脂組成物に用いられるトリアリールメタン系染料のレーキ色材としては、前記一般式(1)で表される色材及び前記一般式(2)で表される色材より選択される1種以上に限られず、適宜選択して用いることができる。
 例えば、特開2015-96947号公報、特開2016-27149号公報、及び特開2017-16099号公報に記載されているトリアリールメタン系染料のカチオンと、前記のような各種ポリ酸アニオンとのレーキ色材や、特開2015-96947号公報、特開2016-27149号公報、及び特開2017-16099号公報に記載されているトリアリールメタン系染料とポリ酸とのレーキ色材を用いてもよい。
Further, as the triarylmethane-based dye lake colorant used in the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention, the colorant represented by the general formula (1) and the color represented by the general formula (2) The material is not limited to one or more selected from the materials, and can be appropriately selected and used.
For example, the cations of triarylmethane dyes described in JP-A-2015-96947, JP-A-2016-27149, and JP-A-2017-16099 and various polyacid anions such as those described above And lake colorant, JP 2015-96947, JP 2016-27149, and using a lake colorant of triarylmethane-based dye and polyacid described in JP-A-2017-16099 good too.
 本発明の感光性着色樹脂組成物において、前記トリアリールメタン系染料のレーキ色材は、1種単独で、又は2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。 In the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention, the triarylmethane-based dye lake colorant may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
<他の色材>
 本発明に用いられる色材は、必須成分としてトリアリールメタン系染料のレーキ色材を含むが、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲で、色調を調整するために、更に他の色材を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
 他の色材としては公知の顔料、染料、レーキ色材等を、単独で又は2種以上混合して用いることができる。
<Other colorants>
The coloring material used in the present invention contains a triarylmethane-based dye lake coloring material as an essential component, but in a range that does not impair the effects of the present invention, in order to adjust the color tone, it is further combined with other coloring materials. may be used.
As other coloring materials, known pigments, dyes, lake coloring materials and the like can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
 他の色材としては、中でも他の青色色材、紫色色材、赤色色材が好ましく用いられるがこれらに限定されるものではない。
 他の青色色材として、C.I.ピグメントブルー15、15:1、15:2、15:3、15:4、15:6等公知の有機青色顔料等。
 紫色色材として、C.I.ピグメントバイオレット1、14、15、19、23、29、32、33、36、37、38等の公知の有機紫色顔料。
 赤色乃至赤紫色色材として、例えば、国際公開第2020/071041号公報、特開2018-100323号公報、国際公開第2014/123125号公報等に記載等のキサンテン染料及びキサンテン系染料のレーキ色材等。
As other colorants, other blue colorants, purple colorants, and red colorants are preferably used, but are not limited to these.
As other blue colorants, C.I. I. known organic blue pigments such as Pigment Blue 15, 15:1, 15:2, 15:3, 15:4, 15:6;
As a purple colorant, C.I. I. known organic violet pigments such as Pigment Violet 1, 14, 15, 19, 23, 29, 32, 33, 36, 37, 38;
As red to reddish purple colorants, for example, WO 2020/071041, JP 2018-100323, WO 2014/123125, etc. xanthene dyes and xanthene-based dye lake colorants described in etc.
<色材の含有割合>
 本発明の感光性着色樹脂組成物においては、本発明の効果が損なわれない範囲で、色材中に、トリアリールメタン系染料のレーキ色材以外の他の色材を更に含んでいても良いが、トリアリールメタン系染料のレーキ色材の含有割合は、色材全量に対して、70質量%以上100質量%以下であることが好ましく、80質量%以上100質量%以下であることが更に好ましく、90質量%以上100質量%以下であることが更に好ましく、95質量%以上100質量%以下であることがより更に好ましい。
<Content ratio of coloring material>
In the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention, as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired, the colorant may further contain other colorants other than the lake colorant of the triarylmethane dye. However, the content of the lake colorant of the triarylmethane dye is preferably 70% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, relative to the total amount of the colorant, and is 80% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less. It is preferably 90% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, and even more preferably 95% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less.
 本発明に用いられる色材の平均一次粒径としては、カラーフィルタの着色層とした場合に、所望の発色が可能なものであればよく、特に限定されず、用いる色材の種類によっても異なるが、10~100nmの範囲内であることが好ましく、15~60nmであることがより好ましい。色材の平均一次粒径が上記範囲であることにより、本発明に係る感光性着色樹脂組成物を用いて製造されたカラーフィルタを備えた表示装置を高コントラストで、かつ高品質なものとすることができる。 The average primary particle diameter of the coloring material used in the present invention is not particularly limited as long as the coloring layer of the color filter can develop a desired color, and varies depending on the type of coloring material used. is preferably in the range of 10 to 100 nm, more preferably 15 to 60 nm. By having the average primary particle size of the colorant within the above range, the display device equipped with the color filter produced using the photosensitive colored resin composition according to the present invention has high contrast and high quality. be able to.
 また、感光性着色樹脂組成物中の色材の平均分散粒径は、用いる色材の種類によっても異なるが、10~100nmの範囲内であることが好ましく、15~60nmの範囲内であることがより好ましい。
 感光性着色樹脂組成物中の色材の平均分散粒径は、少なくとも溶剤を含有する分散媒体中に分散している色材粒子の分散粒径であって、レーザー光散乱粒度分布計により測定されるものである。レーザー光散乱粒度分布計による粒径の測定としては、感光性着色樹脂組成物に用いられている溶剤で、感光性着色樹脂組成物をレーザー光散乱粒度分布計で測定可能な濃度に適宜希釈(例えば、1000倍など)し、レーザー光散乱粒度分布計(例えば、日機装社製ナノトラック粒度分布測定装置UPA-EX150)を用いて動的光散乱法により23℃にて測定することができる。ここでの平均分布粒径は、体積平均粒径である。
In addition, the average dispersed particle size of the coloring material in the photosensitive colored resin composition varies depending on the type of coloring material used, but is preferably in the range of 10 to 100 nm, and preferably in the range of 15 to 60 nm. is more preferred.
The average dispersed particle size of the colorant in the photosensitive colored resin composition is the dispersed particle size of the colorant particles dispersed in the dispersion medium containing at least a solvent, and is measured by a laser light scattering particle size distribution meter. It is a thing. As the measurement of the particle size by a laser light scattering particle size distribution meter, the solvent used in the photosensitive colored resin composition, the photosensitive colored resin composition is diluted appropriately to a concentration that can be measured by a laser light scattering particle size distribution meter ( for example, 1000 times), and measured at 23° C. by a dynamic light scattering method using a laser light scattering particle size distribution analyzer (eg, Nanotrack particle size distribution analyzer UPA-EX150 manufactured by Nikkiso Co., Ltd.). The average distribution particle size here is the volume average particle size.
 本発明に用いられる、色材は、再結晶法、ソルベントソルトミリング法等の公知の方法にて製造することができる。また、市販の色材を微細化処理して用いても良い。 The coloring material used in the present invention can be produced by known methods such as recrystallization and solvent salt milling. Alternatively, a commercially available coloring material may be used after undergoing fine processing.
 本発明に係る感光性着色樹脂組成物において、色材の含有量は、特に限定されない。色材の含有量は、分散性及び分散安定性の点から、感光性着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量に対して、通常3質量%~65質量%の範囲内、好ましくは4質量%~60質量%の範囲内であり、より好ましくは15質量%~60質量%の範囲内である。上記下限値以上であれば、感光性着色樹脂組成物を所定の膜厚(通常は1.0μm~5.0μm)に塗布した際の着色層が充分な色濃度を有する。また、上記上限値以下であれば、保存安定性に優れると共に、充分な硬度や、基板との密着性を有する着色層を得ることができる。特に色材濃度が高い着色層を形成する場合には、色材の合計含有量は、感光性着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量に対して、好ましくは20質量%~65質量%、より好ましくは30質量%~60質量%の範囲内である。 The content of the coloring material in the photosensitive colored resin composition according to the present invention is not particularly limited. The content of the coloring material, from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability, relative to the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition, usually in the range of 3% to 65% by weight, preferably 4% to 60% by weight % by mass, more preferably 15% to 60% by mass. If it is at least the above lower limit, the colored layer will have a sufficient color density when the photosensitive colored resin composition is applied to a predetermined film thickness (usually 1.0 μm to 5.0 μm). Moreover, if it is below the said upper limit, while being excellent in storage stability, the coloring layer which has sufficient hardness and adhesiveness with a board|substrate can be obtained. Especially when forming a colored layer having a high colorant concentration, the total content of the colorant is preferably 20% to 65% by mass, more preferably 20% by mass to 65% by mass, based on the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition. It is in the range of 30% by mass to 60% by mass.
[アルカリ可溶性樹脂]
 本発明におけるアルカリ可溶性樹脂は酸性基を有するものであり、バインダー樹脂として作用し、かつパターン形成する際に用いられるアルカリ現像液に可溶性であるものの中から、適宜選択して使用することができる。
 本発明において、アルカリ可溶性樹脂とは、酸価が40mgKOH/g以上であることを目安にすることができる。
 本発明における好ましいアルカリ可溶性樹脂は、酸性基、通常カルボキシ基を有する樹脂であり、具体的には、例えば、カルボキシ基を有するアクリル系共重合体及びカルボキシ基を有するスチレン-アクリル系共重合体等のアクリル系樹脂、カルボキシ基を有するエポキシ(メタ)アクリレート樹脂等が挙げられる。
[Alkali-soluble resin]
The alkali-soluble resin in the present invention has an acidic group, and can be appropriately selected and used from those that act as a binder resin and are soluble in an alkali developer used for pattern formation.
In the present invention, the alkali-soluble resin can be defined as having an acid value of 40 mgKOH/g or more.
A preferable alkali-soluble resin in the present invention is a resin having an acidic group, usually a carboxy group. Specifically, for example, an acrylic copolymer having a carboxy group, a styrene-acrylic copolymer having a carboxy group, and the like. acrylic resins, epoxy (meth)acrylate resins having a carboxy group, and the like.
 これらの中で特に好ましいものは、側鎖にカルボキシ基を有するとともに、さらに側鎖にエチレン性不飽和基等の光重合性官能基を有するものである。光重合性官能基を含有する場合には、カラーフィルタ製造時における樹脂組成物の硬化工程において、当該アルカリ可溶性樹脂同士、乃至、当該アルカリ可溶性樹脂と多官能モノマー等の光重合性化合物が架橋結合を形成し得る。硬化膜の膜強度がより向上して現像耐性が向上し、また、硬化膜の熱収縮が抑制されて基板との密着性に優れるようになる。
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂中に、エチレン性不飽和結合を導入する方法は、従来公知の方法から適宜選択すればよい。例えば、アルカリ可溶性樹脂が有するカルボキシ基に、分子内にエポキシ基とエチレン性不飽和結合とを併せ持つ化合物、例えばグリシジル(メタ)アクリレート等を付加させ、側鎖にエチレン性不飽和結合を導入する方法や、水酸基を有する構成単位を共重合体に導入しておいて、分子内にイソシアネート基とエチレン性不飽和結合とを備えた化合物を付加させ、側鎖にエチレン性不飽和結合を導入する方法などが挙げられる。
 以下、エチレン性不飽和結合を有する基を含むモノマー(エチレン性不飽和基含有モノマー)を単に、エチレン性不飽和モノマーということがある。
Among these, particularly preferred are those having a carboxy group in the side chain and a photopolymerizable functional group such as an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain. In the case of containing a photopolymerizable functional group, in the step of curing the resin composition during the production of the color filter, the alkali-soluble resins are cross-linked, or the alkali-soluble resin and the photopolymerizable compound such as a polyfunctional monomer are crosslinked. can form The film strength of the cured film is further improved, the development resistance is improved, and the heat shrinkage of the cured film is suppressed, resulting in excellent adhesion to the substrate.
A method for introducing an ethylenically unsaturated bond into an alkali-soluble resin may be appropriately selected from conventionally known methods. For example, a method in which a compound having both an epoxy group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond in the molecule, such as glycidyl (meth)acrylate, is added to the carboxyl group of the alkali-soluble resin to introduce an ethylenically unsaturated bond into the side chain. Alternatively, a structural unit having a hydroxyl group is introduced into a copolymer, a compound having an isocyanate group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond is added to the molecule, and an ethylenically unsaturated bond is introduced into the side chain. etc.
Hereinafter, a monomer containing a group having an ethylenically unsaturated bond (ethylenically unsaturated group-containing monomer) may be simply referred to as an ethylenically unsaturated monomer.
 また、アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、着色層の密着性が優れる点から、更に炭化水素環を有することが好ましい。アルカリ可溶性樹脂に嵩高い基である、炭化水素環を有することにより硬化時の収縮が抑制され、基板との間の剥離が緩和し、基板密着性が向上する。
 このような炭化水素環としては、置換基を有していてもよい脂肪族炭化水素環、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素環、及びこれらの組み合わせが挙げられ、炭化水素環がアルキル基、カルボニル基、カルボキシ基、オキシカルボニル基、アミド基、水酸基、ニトロ基、アミノ基、ハロゲン原子等の置換基を有していてもよい。
 炭化水素環は、1価の基として含まれていても良いし、2価以上の基として含まれていても良い。
Moreover, the alkali-soluble resin preferably further has a hydrocarbon ring from the viewpoint of excellent adhesion of the colored layer. By having a hydrocarbon ring, which is a bulky group, in the alkali-soluble resin, shrinkage during curing is suppressed, peeling from the substrate is alleviated, and substrate adhesion is improved.
Examples of such hydrocarbon rings include aliphatic hydrocarbon rings which may have substituents, aromatic hydrocarbon rings which may have substituents, and combinations thereof. may have a substituent such as an alkyl group, a carbonyl group, a carboxy group, an oxycarbonyl group, an amide group, a hydroxyl group, a nitro group, an amino group, or a halogen atom.
The hydrocarbon ring may be contained as a monovalent group or may be contained as a divalent or higher group.
 炭化水素環の具体例としては、シクロプロパン、シクロブタン、シクロペンタン、シクロヘキサン、ノルボルナン、イソボルナン、トリシクロ[5.2.1.0(2,6)]デカン(ジシクロペンタン)、アダマンタン等の脂肪族炭化水素環;ベンゼン、ナフタレン、アントラセン、フェナントレン、フルオレン等の芳香族炭化水素環;ビフェニル、ターフェニル、ジフェニルメタン、トリフェニルメタン、スチルベン等の鎖状多環や、カルド構造(9,9-ジアリールフルオレン);これらの基の一部が置換基によって置換された基等が挙げられる。
 上記置換基としては、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルキルシクロアルキル基、水酸基、カルボニル基、ニトロ基、アミノ基、ハロゲン原子等が挙げられる。
Specific examples of hydrocarbon rings include aliphatic rings such as cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, norbornane, isobornane, tricyclo[5.2.1.0(2,6)]decane (dicyclopentane), and adamantane. Hydrocarbon rings; Aromatic hydrocarbon rings such as benzene, naphthalene, anthracene, phenanthrene, and fluorene; Chain polycyclic rings such as biphenyl, terphenyl, diphenylmethane, triphenylmethane, and stilbene, and cardo structures (9,9-diarylfluorene ); a group in which a part of these groups is substituted with a substituent, and the like.
Examples of the substituents include alkyl groups, cycloalkyl groups, alkylcycloalkyl groups, hydroxyl groups, carbonyl groups, nitro groups, amino groups, and halogen atoms.
 炭化水素環として、脂肪族炭化水素環を含む場合には、着色層の耐熱性や密着性が向上すると共に、得られた着色層の輝度が向上する点から好ましい。
 また、前記カルド構造を含む場合には、着色層の硬化性が向上し、色材の退色を抑制し、耐溶剤性(NMP膨潤抑制)が向上する点から特に好ましい。
When an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring is included as the hydrocarbon ring, the heat resistance and adhesion of the colored layer are improved, and the brightness of the obtained colored layer is also preferably improved.
Moreover, when the cardo structure is included, it is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of improving the curability of the colored layer, suppressing the fading of the coloring material, and improving the solvent resistance (NMP swelling suppression).
 カルボキシ基を有する構成単位を有するアクリル系共重合体、及びカルボキシ基を有するスチレン-アクリル系共重合体等のアクリル系樹脂は、例えば、カルボキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和モノマー、及び必要に応じて共重合可能なその他のモノマーを、公知の方法により(共)重合して得られた(共)重合体である。
 カルボキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和モノマーとしては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸、ビニル安息香酸、マレイン酸、マレイン酸モノアルキルエステル、フマル酸、イタコン酸、クロトン酸、桂皮酸、アクリル酸ダイマーなどが挙げられる。また、2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレートなどの水酸基を有する単量体と無水マレイン酸や無水フタル酸、シクロヘキサンジカルボン酸無水物のような環状無水物との付加反応物、ω-カルボキシ-ポリカプロラクトンモノ(メタ)アクリレートなども利用できる。また、カルボキシ基の前駆体として無水マレイン酸、無水イタコン酸、無水シトラコン酸などの無水物含有モノマーを用いてもよい。中でも、共重合性やコスト、溶解性、ガラス転移温度などの点から(メタ)アクリル酸が特に好ましい。
Acrylic resins such as acrylic copolymers having a structural unit having a carboxy group and styrene-acrylic copolymers having a carboxy group are, for example, a carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer and, if necessary, a copolymer. It is a (co)polymer obtained by (co)polymerizing other polymerizable monomers by a known method.
Carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomers include, for example, (meth)acrylic acid, vinyl benzoic acid, maleic acid, maleic acid monoalkyl ester, fumaric acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, cinnamic acid, and acrylic acid dimer. be done. Also, addition reaction products of monomers having a hydroxyl group such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate and cyclic anhydrides such as maleic anhydride, phthalic anhydride and cyclohexanedicarboxylic anhydride, ω-carboxy-polycaprolactone Mono (meth) acrylate and the like can also be used. Anhydride-containing monomers such as maleic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, and citraconic anhydride may also be used as precursors of the carboxy group. Among them, (meth)acrylic acid is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of copolymerizability, cost, solubility, glass transition temperature, and the like.
 本発明におけるアルカリ可溶性樹脂は、カルボキシ基を有する構成単位と、炭化水素環を有する構成単位とを有するアクリル系共重合体及びスチレン-アクリル系共重合体等のカルボキシ基含有共重合体であることが好ましく、カルボキシ基を有する構成単位と、炭化水素環を有する構成単位と、エチレン性不飽和結合を有する構成単位とを有するアクリル系共重合体及びスチレン-アクリル系共重合体等のカルボキシ基含有共重合体であることがより好ましい。 The alkali-soluble resin in the present invention is a carboxy group-containing copolymer such as an acrylic copolymer and a styrene-acrylic copolymer having a structural unit having a carboxy group and a structural unit having a hydrocarbon ring. Is preferred, a structural unit having a carboxy group, a structural unit having a hydrocarbon ring, an acrylic copolymer and a styrene-acrylic copolymer having a structural unit having an ethylenically unsaturated bond - containing a carboxy group A copolymer is more preferred.
 炭化水素環を有するエチレン性不飽和モノマーとしては、例えば、シクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、ジシクロペンタニル(メタ)アクリレート、アダマンチル(メタ)アクリレート、イソボルニル(メタ)アクリレート、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート、フェノキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、スチレンなどが挙げられ、現像後の着色層の断面形状が加熱処理においても維持される効果が大きい点から、シクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、ジシクロペンタニル(メタ)アクリレート、アダマンチル(メタ)アクリレート、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート、及びスチレンから選択される少なくとも1種を用いることが好ましい。 Ethylenically unsaturated monomers having a hydrocarbon ring include, for example, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, dicyclopentanyl (meth)acrylate, adamantyl (meth)acrylate, isobornyl (meth)acrylate, benzyl (meth)acrylate, phenoxyethyl (Meth)acrylates, styrene, etc., and from the point that the effect of maintaining the cross-sectional shape of the colored layer after development is large even in heat treatment, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, dicyclopentanyl (meth)acrylate, adamantyl ( At least one selected from meth)acrylate, benzyl (meth)acrylate, and styrene is preferably used.
 当該カルボキシ基含有共重合体は、更にメチル(メタ)アクリレート、エチル(メタ)アクリレート等、エステル基を有する構成単位等の他の構成単位を含有していてもよい。エステル基を有する構成単位は、着色樹脂組成物のアルカリ可溶性を抑制する成分として機能するだけでなく、溶剤に対する溶解性、さらには溶剤再溶解性を向上させる成分としても機能する。 The carboxy group-containing copolymer may further contain other structural units such as methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, and other structural units having an ester group. The structural unit having an ester group functions not only as a component that suppresses alkali solubility of the colored resin composition, but also as a component that improves solvent solubility and solvent re-solubility.
 当該カルボキシ基含有共重合体は、各構成単位の仕込み量を適宜調整することにより、所望の性能を有するアルカリ可溶性樹脂とすることができる。
 カルボキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和モノマーの仕込み量は、良好なパターンが得られる点から、モノマー全量に対して5質量%以上であることが好ましく、10質量%以上であることがより好ましい。一方、現像後のパターン表面の膜荒れ等を抑制する点から、カルボキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和モノマーの仕込み量は、モノマー全量に対して50質量%以下であることが好ましく、40質量%以下であることがより好ましい。
The carboxy group-containing copolymer can be made into an alkali-soluble resin having desired performance by appropriately adjusting the amount of each structural unit charged.
The amount of the carboxyl group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer to be charged is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more, based on the total amount of the monomers in order to obtain a good pattern. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of suppressing film roughness on the pattern surface after development, the amount of the carboxyl group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer charged is preferably 50% by mass or less, and 40% by mass or less with respect to the total amount of the monomer. It is more preferable to have
 また、アルカリ可溶性樹脂としてより好ましく用いられる、エチレン性不飽和結合を有する構成単位とを有するアクリル系共重合体及びスチレン-アクリル系共重合体等のカルボキシ基含有共重合体において、エポキシ基とエチレン性不飽和結合とを併せ持つ化合物はカルボキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和モノマーの仕込み量に対して、10質量%以上95質量%以下であることが好ましく、15質量%以上90質量%以下であることがより好ましい。 Further, in a carboxyl group-containing copolymer such as an acrylic copolymer and a styrene-acrylic copolymer having a structural unit having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, which is more preferably used as an alkali-soluble resin, the epoxy group and ethylene The compound having a polyunsaturated bond is preferably 10% by mass or more and 95% by mass or less, and preferably 15% by mass or more and 90% by mass or less, relative to the charged amount of the carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer. more preferred.
 カルボキシ基含有共重合体の好ましい質量平均分子量(Mw)は、好ましくは1,000~50,000の範囲であり、さらに好ましくは3,000~20,000である。1,000以上では硬化後のバインダー機能が向上し、50,000以下だとアルカリ現像液による現像時に、パターン形成が良好となる。 The preferred mass average molecular weight (Mw) of the carboxy group-containing copolymer is preferably in the range of 1,000 to 50,000, more preferably 3,000 to 20,000. When it is 1,000 or more, the binder function after curing is improved, and when it is 50,000 or less, pattern formation becomes good during development with an alkaline developer.
 カルボキシ基を有するエポキシ(メタ)アクリレート樹脂としては、特に限定されるものではないが、エポキシ化合物と不飽和基含有モノカルボン酸との反応物を酸無水物と反応させて得られるエポキシ(メタ)アクリレート化合物が適している。
 エポキシ化合物、不飽和基含有モノカルボン酸、及び酸無水物は、公知のものの中から適宜選択して用いることができる。
 カルボキシ基を有するエポキシ(メタ)アクリレート樹脂としても、分子内に、前記炭化水素環を有することが好ましく、中でも、カルド構造を含むものが、着色層の硬化性が向上し、色材の退色を抑制し、また着色層の残膜率が高くなる点から好ましい。
 カルボキシ基を有するエポキシ(メタ)アクリレート樹脂は、それぞれ1種単独で使用してもよいし、二種以上を併用してもよい。
The epoxy (meth)acrylate resin having a carboxy group is not particularly limited, but an epoxy (meth)acrylate obtained by reacting a reaction product of an epoxy compound and an unsaturated group-containing monocarboxylic acid with an acid anhydride. Acrylate compounds are suitable.
Epoxy compounds, unsaturated group-containing monocarboxylic acids, and acid anhydrides can be appropriately selected from known ones and used.
As the epoxy (meth)acrylate resin having a carboxyl group, it is preferable to have the above-mentioned hydrocarbon ring in the molecule. Among them, those containing a cardo structure improve the curability of the colored layer and prevent the colorant from fading. It is preferable from the viewpoint of suppressing it and increasing the residual film rate of the colored layer.
Epoxy (meth)acrylate resins having a carboxy group may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、現像液に用いるアルカリ水溶液に対する現像性(溶解性)の点から、酸価が30mgKOH/g以上のものを選択して用いることが好ましい。アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、現像液に用いるアルカリ水溶液に対する現像性(溶解性)の点、及び基板への密着性の点から、酸価が40mgKOH/g以上300mgKOH/g以下であることが好ましく、中でも、50mgKOH/g以上280mgKOH/g以下であることが好ましい。 From the standpoint of developability (solubility) in an alkaline aqueous solution used as a developer, it is preferable to select and use an alkali-soluble resin with an acid value of 30 mgKOH/g or more. The alkali-soluble resin preferably has an acid value of 40 mgKOH/g or more and 300 mgKOH/g or less from the viewpoint of developability (solubility) in an alkaline aqueous solution used as a developer and adhesion to a substrate. It is preferably 50 mgKOH/g or more and 280 mgKOH/g or less.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂の側鎖にエチレン性不飽和基を有する場合のエチレン性不飽和結合当量は、硬化膜の膜強度が向上して現像耐性が向上し、基板との密着性に優れるといった効果を得る点から、100~2000の範囲であることが好ましく、特に、140~1500の範囲であることが好ましい。該エチレン性不飽和結合当量が、2000以下であれば現像耐性や密着性に優れている。また、100以上であれば、前記カルボキシ基を有する構成単位や、炭化水素環を有する構成単位などの他の構成単位の割合を相対的に増やすことができるため、現像性や耐熱性に優れている。
 ここで、エチレン性不飽和結合当量とは、上記アルカリ可溶性樹脂におけるエチレン性不飽和結合1モル当りの質量平均分子量のことであり、下記数式(1)で表される。
The ethylenically unsaturated bond equivalent when the side chain of the alkali-soluble resin has an ethylenically unsaturated group improves the film strength of the cured film, improves the development resistance, and provides the effect of excellent adhesion to the substrate. From the point of view, it is preferably in the range of 100 to 2000, more preferably in the range of 140 to 1500. If the ethylenically unsaturated bond equivalent is 2000 or less, the development resistance and adhesion are excellent. Also, if it is 100 or more, the ratio of other structural units such as structural units having a carboxy group and structural units having a hydrocarbon ring can be relatively increased, so that excellent developability and heat resistance can be obtained. there is
Here, the ethylenically unsaturated bond equivalent is the weight average molecular weight per mole of the ethylenically unsaturated bond in the alkali-soluble resin, and is represented by the following formula (1).
数式(1)
  エチレン性不飽和結合当量(g/mol)=W(g)/M(mol)
(数式(1)中、Wは、アルカリ可溶性樹脂の質量(g)を表し、Mはアルカリ可溶性樹脂W(g)中に含まれるエチレン性不飽和結合のモル数(mol)を表す。)
Formula (1)
Ethylenically unsaturated bond equivalent (g / mol) = W (g) / M (mol)
(In formula (1), W represents the mass (g) of the alkali-soluble resin, and M represents the number of moles (mol) of ethylenically unsaturated bonds contained in the alkali-soluble resin W (g).)
 上記エチレン性不飽和結合当量は、例えば、JIS K 0070:1992に記載のよう素価の試験方法に準拠して、アルカリ可溶性樹脂1gあたりに含まれるエチレン性不飽和結合の数を測定することにより算出してもよい。 The ethylenically unsaturated bond equivalent is obtained, for example, by measuring the number of ethylenically unsaturated bonds contained per 1 g of the alkali-soluble resin in accordance with the iodine value test method described in JIS K 0070: 1992. can be calculated.
 感光性着色樹脂組成物において用いられるアルカリ可溶性樹脂は、1種単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよく、その含有量としては特に制限はないが、感光性着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量に対してアルカリ可溶性樹脂は好ましくは5質量%以上60質量%以下、さらに好ましくは8質量%以上40質量%以下の範囲内である。アルカリ可溶性樹脂の含有量が上記下限値以上であると、充分なアルカリ現像性が得られ、また、アルカリ可溶性樹脂の含有量が上記上限値以下であると、現像時に膜荒れやパターンの欠けを抑制できる。 Alkali-soluble resin used in the photosensitive colored resin composition may be used alone, may be used in combination of two or more, the content is not particularly limited, photosensitive colored resin The content of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 5% by mass or more and 60% by mass or less, more preferably 8% by mass or more and 40% by mass or less, relative to the total solid content of the composition. When the content of the alkali-soluble resin is at least the above lower limit, sufficient alkali developability is obtained, and when the content of the alkali-soluble resin is at most the above upper limit, film roughness and pattern chipping during development are prevented. can be suppressed.
[光重合性化合物]
 感光性着色樹脂組成物において用いられる光重合性化合物は、光開始剤によって重合可能なものであればよく、特に限定されず、通常、エチレン性不飽和結合を2つ以上有する化合物が好適に用いられ、特にアクリロイル基又はメタクリロイル基を2つ以上有する、多官能(メタ)アクリレートであることが好ましい。
 このような多官能(メタ)アクリレートとしては、従来公知のものの中から適宜選択して用いればよい。具体例としては、例えば、特開2013-029832号公報に記載のもの等が挙げられる。
[Photopolymerizable compound]
The photopolymerizable compound used in the photosensitive colored resin composition is not particularly limited as long as it can be polymerized by a photoinitiator, and usually a compound having two or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds is preferably used. Especially preferred are polyfunctional (meth)acrylates having two or more acryloyl groups or methacryloyl groups.
Such a polyfunctional (meth)acrylate may be appropriately selected from among conventionally known ones and used. Specific examples include those described in JP-A-2013-029832.
 これらの多官能(メタ)アクリレートは1種を単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。また、本発明の感光性着色樹脂組成物に優れた光硬化性(高感度)が要求される場合には、多官能(メタ)アクリレートが、重合可能なエチレン性不飽和結合を3つ(三官能)以上有するものであるものが好ましく、3価以上の多価アルコールのポリ(メタ)アクリレート類やそれらのジカルボン酸変性物が好ましく、具体的には、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレートのコハク酸変性物、ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレートのコハク酸変性物、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート等が好ましい。 These polyfunctional (meth)acrylates may be used singly or in combination of two or more. Further, when excellent photocurability (high sensitivity) is required for the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention, the polyfunctional (meth)acrylate has three polymerizable ethylenically unsaturated bonds (three Functionality) or more is preferable, and poly(meth)acrylates of trihydric or higher polyhydric alcohols and their dicarboxylic acid-modified products are preferable. Specifically, trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, penta Erythritol tri(meth)acrylate, succinic acid-modified pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta (Meth)acrylate modified with succinic acid, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate and the like are preferred.
 本発明において用いられる光重合性化合物は、中でも、アルキレンオキシドを含む光重合性化合物を含有することが、高い現像残膜率と細い線幅を両立可能な点から好ましい。
 アルキレンオキシドを含む光重合性化合物としては、好ましくは、エチレンオキシドおよび/またはプロピレンオキシドを含む光重合性化合物が挙げられる。前記アルキレンオキシドを含む光重合性化合物を含有する場合、酸素阻害により重合活性を失ったパーオキシラジカルから活性を持つラジカルが再生成するため、硬化性が向上すると推定される。
 前記アルキレンオキシドを含む光重合性化合物としては、アルキレンオキシド変性ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート、アルキレンオキシド変性ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、アルキレンオキシド変性ジペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、アルキレンオキシド変性ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート、アルキレンオキシド変性ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート、アルキレンオキシド変性トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、およびアルキレンオキシド変性グリセリンジ(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられ、より具体的には、エチレンオキシド変性トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、エチレンオキシド変性ペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート、エチレンオキシド変性ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート、プロピレンオキシド変性ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート、プロピレンオキシド変性ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、プロピレンオキシド変性ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート、エチレンオキシド変性グリセリントリ(メタ)アクリレート、エチレンオキシド変性ジグリセリンテトラ(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられる。中でも、エチレンオキシド変性ジグリセリンテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、エチレンオキシド変性ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレートを含むことがより好ましい。
Among them, the photopolymerizable compound used in the present invention preferably contains a photopolymerizable compound containing alkylene oxide from the viewpoint of achieving both a high residual film rate and a fine line width.
Photopolymerizable compounds containing alkylene oxide preferably include photopolymerizable compounds containing ethylene oxide and/or propylene oxide. When the photopolymerizable compound containing the alkylene oxide is contained, active radicals are regenerated from peroxy radicals that have lost polymerization activity due to oxygen inhibition, so it is presumed that curability is improved.
Examples of the photopolymerizable compound containing an alkylene oxide include alkylene oxide-modified pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, alkylene oxide-modified pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, alkylene oxide-modified dipentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, alkylene oxide-modified di Examples include pentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate, alkylene oxide-modified dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, alkylene oxide-modified trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, and alkylene oxide-modified glycerol di(meth)acrylate, and more specific examples. , ethylene oxide-modified trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, ethylene oxide-modified pentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate, ethylene oxide-modified dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, propylene oxide-modified pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, propylene oxide-modified penta Erythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, propylene oxide-modified dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, ethylene oxide-modified glycerin tri(meth)acrylate, ethylene oxide-modified diglycerin tetra(meth)acrylate, and the like. Among them, it is more preferable to include ethylene oxide-modified diglycerin tetra(meth)acrylate and ethylene oxide-modified dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate.
 光重合性化合物は、1種単独で又は2種以上混合して用いることができる。
 光重合性化合物としては、アルキレンオキシドを含む光重合性化合物と、アルキレンオキシドを含まない光重合性化合物とを混合して用いてもよい。
 アルキレンオキシドを含む光重合性化合物を含む場合の含有量は、光重合性化合物全量に対して、好ましくは3質量%~50質量%の範囲内、より好ましくは5質量%~30質量%の範囲内である。
A photopolymerizable compound can be used individually by 1 type or in mixture of 2 or more types.
As the photopolymerizable compound, a photopolymerizable compound containing alkylene oxide and a photopolymerizable compound not containing alkylene oxide may be mixed and used.
The content when containing a photopolymerizable compound containing alkylene oxide is preferably in the range of 3% to 50% by mass, more preferably in the range of 5% to 30% by mass, based on the total amount of the photopolymerizable compound. is within.
 感光性着色樹脂組成物において用いられる上記光重合性化合物の含有量は、特に制限はないが、感光性着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量に対して好ましくは5質量%~60質量%の範囲内、より好ましくは10質量%~40質量%の範囲内である。光重合性化合物の含有量が上記下限値以上であると十分に光硬化が進み、露光部分が現像時の溶出を抑制でき、線幅シフトが抑制され、耐溶剤性が良好になり、また、光重合性化合物の含有量が上記上限値以下であるとアルカリ現像性が十分である。 The content of the photopolymerizable compound used in the photosensitive colored resin composition is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of 5% to 60% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition. , more preferably in the range of 10% by mass to 40% by mass. When the content of the photopolymerizable compound is at least the above lower limit, photocuring sufficiently proceeds, the exposed portion can be suppressed from elution during development, the line width shift is suppressed, the solvent resistance is improved, and When the content of the photopolymerizable compound is equal to or less than the above upper limit, the alkali developability is sufficient.
[光開始剤]
 本発明の感光性着色樹脂組成物に用いられる光開始剤としては、特に制限はなく、従来知られている各種開始剤の中から、1種又は2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。
 光開始剤としては、例えば、ベンゾフェノン、N,N-ジメチルアミノベンゾフェノン、4,4’-ビスジエチルアミノベンゾフェノン(例えば、ハイキュアABP、川口薬品製)、4-メトキシ-4’-ジメチルアミノベンゾフェノン等の芳香族ケトン類;ベンゾインメチルエーテル等のベンゾインエーテル類;エチルベンゾイン等のベンゾイン類;2-(o-クロロフェニル)-4,5-フェニルイミダゾール2量体等のビイミダゾール類;2-トリクロロメチル-5-(p-メトキシスチリル)-1,3,4-オキサジアゾール等のハロメチルオキサジアゾール化合物;2-(4-ブトキシ-ナフト-1-イル)-4,6-ビス-トリクロロメチル-S-トリアジン等のハロメチル-S-トリアジン類;1,2-オクタジオン-1-[4-(フェニルチオ)-,2-(o-ベンゾイルオキシム)]、エタノン,1-[9-エチル-6-(2-メチルベンゾイル)-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル]-,1-(o-アセチルオキシム)、特開2000-80068号公報、特開2001-233842号公報、特表2010-527339号公報、特表2010-527338号公報、特開2013-041153号公報等に記載のオキシムエステル系光開始剤等のオキシムエステル類;2-メチル-1-(4-メチルチオフェニル)-2-モルフォリノプロパン-1-オン(例えばイルガキュア907、BASF社製)、2-ベンジル-2-(ジメチルアミノ)-1-(4-モルフォリノフェニル)-1-ブタノン(例えばイルガキュア369、BASF社製)、2-(ジメチルアミノ)-2-[(4-メチルフェニル)メチル]-1-[4-(4-モルフォリニル)フェニル]-1-ブタノン(イルガキュア379EG、BASF社製)等のα-アミノケトン類;ジエチルチオキサントン等のチオキサントン類を挙げることができる。
 中でも、本発明に用いられる光開始剤は、感度に優れる点から、オキシムエステル類及びα-アミノケトン類からなら選ばれる少なくとも1種を含むことが好ましく、パターン形成の際の線幅調整と現像耐性の観点からはα-アミノケトン類が好ましい。3級アミン構造を有するα-アミノケトン類は、分子内に酸素クエンチャーである3級アミン構造を有するため、開始剤から発生したラジカルが酸素により失活し難く、感度を向上させることができることから好ましい。
 また、光開始剤として、オキシムエステル類に、α-アミノケトン類を組み合わせて用いることは、水染みを抑制し、また、感度向上の点からも好ましい。なお、水染みとは、アルカリ現像性を高くする成分を用いると、アルカリ現像後、純水でリンスした後に、水が染みたような跡が発生することをいう。このような水染みは、ポストベーク後に消えるので製品としては問題がないが、現像後にパターニング面の外観検査において、ムラ異常として検出されてしまい、正常品と異常品の区別がつかないという問題が生じる。そのため、外観検査において検査装置の検査感度を下げると、結果として最終的なカラーフィルタ製品の歩留まり低下を引き起こし、問題となる。
 また、光開始剤として、オキシムエステル類及びα-アミノケトン類からなら選ばれる少なくとも1種に、チオキサントン類を組み合わせることは、感度を調整し、水染みを抑制し、現像耐性が向上する点から好ましい。
[Photoinitiator]
The photoinitiator used in the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, and can be used alone or in combination of two or more of conventionally known various initiators.
Examples of photoinitiators include benzophenone, N,N-dimethylaminobenzophenone, 4,4'-bisdiethylaminobenzophenone (e.g., Haicure ABP, manufactured by Kawaguchi Yakuhin), fragrances such as 4-methoxy-4'-dimethylaminobenzophenone. ketones; benzoin ethers such as benzoin methyl ether; benzoins such as ethylbenzoin; biimidazoles such as 2-(o-chlorophenyl)-4,5-phenylimidazole dimer; Halomethyloxadiazole compounds such as (p-methoxystyryl)-1,3,4-oxadiazole; 2-(4-butoxy-naphth-1-yl)-4,6-bis-trichloromethyl-S- Halomethyl-S-triazines such as triazine; 1,2-octadione-1-[4-(phenylthio)-,2-(o-benzoyloxime)], ethanone, 1-[9-ethyl-6-(2- methylbenzoyl)-9H-carbazol-3-yl]-,1-(o-acetyloxime), JP-A-2000-80068, JP-A-2001-233842, JP-A-2010-527339, JP-A-2010 -527338, oxime esters such as oxime ester photoinitiators described in JP-A-2013-041153; 2-methyl-1-(4-methylthiophenyl)-2-morpholinopropan-1-one (eg Irgacure 907, manufactured by BASF), 2-benzyl-2-(dimethylamino)-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)-1-butanone (eg Irgacure 369, manufactured by BASF), 2-(dimethylamino) α-aminoketones such as -2-[(4-methylphenyl)methyl]-1-[4-(4-morpholinyl)phenyl]-1-butanone (Irgacure 379EG, manufactured by BASF); thioxanthones such as diethylthioxanthone can be mentioned.
Among them, the photoinitiator used in the present invention preferably contains at least one selected from oxime esters and α-aminoketones from the viewpoint of excellent sensitivity. α-aminoketones are preferred from the viewpoint of Since α-aminoketones having a tertiary amine structure have a tertiary amine structure that is an oxygen quencher in the molecule, radicals generated from the initiator are less likely to be deactivated by oxygen, and sensitivity can be improved. preferable.
Further, it is preferable to use α-aminoketones in combination with oxime esters as photoinitiators from the viewpoint of suppressing water staining and improving sensitivity. The term "water stain" means that when a component that enhances alkali developability is used, after alkali development and rinsing with pure water, water stain marks are produced. Such water stains disappear after post-baking, so there is no problem with the product. occur. Therefore, if the inspection sensitivity of the inspection apparatus is lowered in the visual inspection, the yield of the final color filter product will be lowered, which is a problem.
Further, it is preferable to combine thioxanthones with at least one selected from oxime esters and α-aminoketones as a photoinitiator from the viewpoint of adjusting sensitivity, suppressing water staining, and improving development resistance. .
 本発明の感光性着色樹脂組成物において用いられる光開始剤の合計含有量は、本発明の効果が損なわれない限り特に制限はないが、感光性着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量に対して、好ましくは0.1質量%~12.0質量%の範囲内、より好ましくは1.0質量%~8.0質量%の範囲内である。この含有量が上記下限値以上であると十分に光硬化が進み、露光部分が現像時に溶出することを抑制し、耐溶剤性が良好になり、一方上記上限値以下であると、得られる着色層の黄変による輝度の低下を抑制できる。
 また、感光性着色樹脂組成物において用いられる前記光重合性化合物と前記光開始剤との含有割合は、線幅シフトが抑制され、耐溶剤性が良好になる点、更には、現像残渣の抑制効果が向上する点から、前記光重合性化合物100質量部に対して、前記光開始剤の合計含有割合が好ましくは5質量部以上であり、より好ましくは10質量部以上であり、好ましくは40質量部以下であり、より好ましくは30質量部以下である。
 また、前記光開始剤と前記紫外線吸収剤の合計質量に対する、前記光開始剤の合計質量の比率は、好ましくは80質量%~98質量%の範囲内であり、より好ましくは82質量%~96質量%の範囲内である。この含有量が上記下限値以上であると紫外線吸収剤存在下でも光硬化性が十分に確保でき、一方上記上限値以下であると、紫外線吸収剤による線幅調整の効果を得やすい。
The total content of the photoinitiator used in the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as the effect of the present invention is not impaired, relative to the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition, It is preferably in the range of 0.1% by mass to 12.0% by mass, more preferably in the range of 1.0% by mass to 8.0% by mass. When the content is at least the above lower limit, photocuring proceeds sufficiently to suppress the elution of the exposed portion during development, resulting in good solvent resistance. A decrease in brightness due to yellowing of the layer can be suppressed.
Further, the content ratio of the photopolymerizable compound and the photoinitiator used in the photosensitive colored resin composition is such that the line width shift is suppressed, the solvent resistance is improved, and the development residue is suppressed. From the viewpoint of improving the effect, the total content of the photoinitiator is preferably 5 parts by mass or more, more preferably 10 parts by mass or more, preferably 40 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the photopolymerizable compound. It is not more than 30 parts by mass, and more preferably not more than 30 parts by mass.
Further, the ratio of the total mass of the photoinitiator to the total mass of the photoinitiator and the ultraviolet absorber is preferably in the range of 80% by mass to 98% by mass, more preferably 82% by mass to 96% by mass. It is within the range of % by mass. When the content is at least the above lower limit, sufficient photocurability can be ensured even in the presence of the UV absorber, while when it is at most the above upper limit, the effect of line width adjustment by the UV absorber is likely to be obtained.
[溶剤]
 本発明に用いられる溶剤としては、感光性着色樹脂組成物中の各成分とは反応せず、これらを溶解もしくは分散可能な有機溶剤であればよく、特に限定されない。溶剤は単独もしくは2種以上組み合わせて使用することができる。
 溶剤の具体例としては、例えば、メチルアルコール、エチルアルコール、N-プロピルアルコール、i-プロピルアルコール、メトキシアルコール、エトキシアルコールなどのアルコール系溶剤;メトキシエトキシエタノール、エトキシエトキシエタノールなどのカルビトール系溶剤;酢酸エチル、酢酸ブチル、メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、乳酸エチル、ヒドロキシプロピオン酸メチル、ヒドロキシプロピオン酸エチル、n-ブチルアセテート、イソブチルアセテート、酪酸イソブチル、酪酸n-ブチル、乳酸エチル、シクロヘキサノールアセテートなどのエステル系溶剤;アセトン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、2-ヘプタノンなどのケトン系溶剤;メトキシエチルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、3-メトキシ-3-メチル-1-ブチルアセテート、3-メトキシブチルアセテート、エトキシエチルアセテートなどのグリコールエーテルアセテート系溶剤;メトキシエトキシエチルアセテート、エトキシエトキシエチルアセテート、ブチルカルビトールアセテート(BCA)などのカルビトールアセテート系溶剤;プロピレングリコールジアセテート、1,3-ブチレングリコールジアセテート等のジアセテート類;エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、エチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールジメチルエーテルなどのグリコールエーテル系溶剤;N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N-メチルピロリドンなどの非プロトン性アミド溶剤;γ-ブチロラクトンなどのラクトン系溶剤;テトラヒドロフランなどの環状エーテル系溶剤;ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン、ナフタレンなどの不飽和炭化水素系溶剤;N-ヘプタン、N-ヘキサン、N-オクタンなどの飽和炭化水素系溶剤;トルエン、キシレン等の芳香族炭化水素類などの有機溶剤が挙げられる。これらの溶剤の中ではグリコールエーテルアセテート系溶剤、カルビトールアセテート系溶剤、グリコールエーテル系溶剤、エステル系溶剤が他の成分の溶解性の点で好適に用いられる。中でも、本発明に用いる溶剤としては、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ブチルカルビトールアセテート(BCA)、3-メトキシ-3-メチル-1-ブチルアセテート、エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、乳酸エチル、及び、3-メトキシブチルアセテートよりなる群から選択される1種以上であることが、他の成分の溶解性や塗布適性の点から好ましい。
[solvent]
The solvent used in the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it does not react with each component in the photosensitive colored resin composition and is capable of dissolving or dispersing them. A solvent can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.
Specific examples of solvents include alcohol solvents such as methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, N-propyl alcohol, i-propyl alcohol, methoxy alcohol and ethoxy alcohol; carbitol solvents such as methoxyethoxyethanol and ethoxyethoxyethanol; ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, methyl methoxypropionate, ethyl methoxypropionate, ethyl ethoxypropionate, ethyl lactate, methyl hydroxypropionate, ethyl hydroxypropionate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, isobutyl butyrate, n-butyl butyrate, ester solvents such as ethyl lactate and cyclohexanol acetate; ketone solvents such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone and 2-heptanone; methoxyethyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 3-methoxy-3-methyl-1 -glycol ether acetate solvents such as butyl acetate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate and ethoxyethyl acetate; carbitol acetate solvents such as methoxyethoxyethyl acetate, ethoxyethoxyethyl acetate and butyl carbitol acetate (BCA); propylene glycol diacetate , 1,3-butylene glycol diacetate and other diacetates; ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol Glycol ether solvents such as dimethyl ether; Aprotic amide solvents such as N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide and N-methylpyrrolidone; Lactone solvents such as γ-butyrolactone; Cyclic ether solvents such as tetrahydrofuran unsaturated hydrocarbon solvents such as benzene, toluene, xylene and naphthalene; saturated hydrocarbon solvents such as N-heptane, N-hexane and N-octane; organic solvents such as aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene is mentioned. Among these solvents, glycol ether acetate-based solvents, carbitol acetate-based solvents, glycol ether-based solvents, and ester-based solvents are preferably used in terms of solubility of other components. Among them, the solvent used in the present invention includes propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, butyl carbitol acetate (BCA), 3-methoxy-3-methyl-1-butyl acetate, ethyl ethoxypropionate, ethyl lactate, and one or more selected from the group consisting of 3-methoxybutyl acetate, from the viewpoint of solubility of other components and applicability.
 本発明に係る感光性着色樹脂組成物において、溶剤の含有量は、着色層を精度良く形成することができる範囲で適宜設定すればよい。該溶剤を含む感光性着色樹脂組成物の全量に対して、通常、55質量%~95質量%の範囲内であってよく、好ましくは65質量%~88質量%の範囲内である。上記溶剤の含有量が、上記範囲内であることにより、塗布性に優れたものとすることができる。 In the photosensitive colored resin composition according to the present invention, the content of the solvent may be appropriately set within a range in which the colored layer can be formed with high accuracy. It may generally be in the range of 55% by mass to 95% by mass, preferably in the range of 65% by mass to 88% by mass, based on the total amount of the photosensitive colored resin composition containing the solvent. When the content of the solvent is within the above range, excellent applicability can be obtained.
[分散剤]
 本発明の感光性着色樹脂組成物において、前記色材は、分散剤により溶剤中に分散させて用いられてもよい。本発明において分散剤は、従来公知の分散剤の中から適宜選択して用いることができる。分散剤としては、例えば、カチオン系、アニオン系、ノニオン系、両性、シリコーン系、フッ素系等の界面活性剤を使用できる。界面活性剤の中でも、均一に、微細に分散し得る点から、高分子分散剤が好ましい。
[Dispersant]
In the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention, the coloring material may be dispersed in a solvent using a dispersant. In the present invention, the dispersant can be appropriately selected and used from conventionally known dispersants. As the dispersant, for example, cationic, anionic, nonionic, amphoteric, silicone, or fluorine surfactants can be used. Among surfactants, polymer dispersants are preferred because they can be uniformly and finely dispersed.
 高分子分散剤としては、例えば、ポリアクリル酸エステル等の不飽和カルボン酸エステルの(共)重合体類;ポリアクリル酸等の不飽和カルボン酸の(共)重合体の(部分)アミン塩、(部分)アンモニウム塩や(部分)アルキルアミン塩類;水酸基含有ポリアクリル酸エステル等の水酸基含有不飽和カルボン酸エステルの(共)重合体やそれらの変性物;ポリウレタン類;不飽和ポリアミド類;ポリシロキサン類;長鎖ポリアミノアミドリン酸塩類;ポリエチレンイミン誘導体(ポリ(低級アルキレンイミン)と遊離カルボキシ基含有ポリエステルとの反応により得られるアミドやそれらの塩基);ポリアリルアミン誘導体(ポリアリルアミンと、遊離のカルボキシ基を有するポリエステル、ポリアミド又はエステルとアミドの共縮合物(ポリエステルアミド)の3種の化合物の中から選ばれる1種以上の化合物とを反応させて得られる反応生成物)等が挙げられる。
 高分子分散剤が共重合体の場合、ブロック共重合体、グラフト共重合体又はランダム共重合体のいずれであっても良いが、ブロック共重合体及びグラフト共重合体が、分散性の観点から好ましい。
Examples of polymer dispersants include (co)polymers of unsaturated carboxylic acid esters such as polyacrylic acid esters; (partial) amine salts of (co)polymers of unsaturated carboxylic acids such as polyacrylic acid; (Partial) ammonium salts and (partial) alkylamine salts; (co)polymers of hydroxyl group-containing unsaturated carboxylic acid esters such as hydroxyl group-containing polyacrylic acid esters and modified products thereof; polyurethanes; unsaturated polyamides; polysiloxanes long-chain polyaminoamide phosphates; polyethyleneimine derivatives (amides obtained by reacting poly(lower alkyleneimine) with free carboxyl group-containing polyesters and their bases); polyallylamine derivatives (polyallylamine and free carboxyl (a reaction product obtained by reacting one or more compounds selected from three kinds of compounds: polyesters, polyamides, or cocondensates of esters and amides (polyesteramides) having groups), and the like.
When the polymer dispersant is a copolymer, it may be a block copolymer, a graft copolymer or a random copolymer. preferable.
 分散剤は、色材の種類に応じて分散性が良好となるものを適宜選択して用いることができ、特に限定はされないが、前記トリアリールメタン系染料のレーキ色材を分散させる場合、分散剤としては、酸性の高分子分散剤である酸性分散剤を用いることが好ましい。
 レーキ色材の分散に用いる酸性分散剤としては、例えば、後述する一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体、及びカルボキシ基含有ブロック共重合体から選ばれる少なくとも1種を好適に用いることができる。
 色材として更に顔料を用い、分散させる場合は、顔料の種類に応じて、酸性又は塩基性の高分子分散剤及びウレタン系分散剤よりなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種を用いることができ、酸性又は塩基性の高分子分散剤を用いてよい。塩基性処理された顔料を分散させる場合は、酸性の高分子分散剤である酸性分散剤を用いることが好ましく、酸性処理された顔料を分散させる場合は、塩基性の高分子分散剤である塩基性分散剤を用いることが好ましい。
 塩基性分散剤としては、例えば、3級アミンを有する繰り返し単位を含む重合体、及び、3級アミンを有する繰り返し単位を含む重合体中のアミノ基のうちの少なくとも一部と有機酸化合物とが塩を形成した塩型重合体よりなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種を好適に用いることができる。
 ウレタン系分散剤は、1分子内に1個以上のウレタン結合(-NH-COO-)を有する化合物である。ウレタン系分散剤としては、例えば、1分子中にイソシアネート基を2個以上有するポリイソシアネート類と、片末端又は両末端に水酸基を有するポリエステル類との反応生成物を好適に用いることができる。
The dispersant can be appropriately selected and used according to the type of the coloring material, and is not particularly limited, but when dispersing the triarylmethane dye lake coloring material, dispersing As the agent, it is preferable to use an acidic dispersant which is an acidic polymeric dispersant.
As the acidic dispersant used for dispersing the lake colorant, for example, at least one selected from a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) described later and a carboxy group-containing block copolymer is preferably used. can be used.
When a pigment is further used as a coloring material and dispersed, at least one selected from the group consisting of acidic or basic polymer dispersants and urethane-based dispersants can be used depending on the type of pigment. Alternatively, a basic polymeric dispersant may be used. When dispersing a basic-treated pigment, it is preferable to use an acidic dispersant, which is an acidic polymer dispersant, and when dispersing an acidic-treated pigment, a base, which is a basic polymer dispersant It is preferred to use a polydispersant.
As the basic dispersant, for example, a polymer containing a repeating unit having a tertiary amine, and at least a portion of the amino groups in the polymer containing a repeating unit having a tertiary amine and an organic acid compound. At least one polymer selected from the group consisting of salt-formed polymers can be preferably used.
A urethane-based dispersant is a compound having one or more urethane bonds (--NH--COO--) in one molecule. As the urethane-based dispersant, for example, a reaction product of polyisocyanates having two or more isocyanate groups in one molecule and polyesters having hydroxyl groups at one end or both ends can be suitably used.
<一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体>
 下記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体は、前記トリアリールメタン系染料のレーキ色材の分散剤として好ましく用いることができる。酸性分散剤として、下記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体を用いると、前記トリアリールメタン系染料のレーキ色材の分散性と耐熱性を向上し、加熱後のレーキ色材の色度変化を抑制可能である。また、色材として、レーキ色材と顔料を併用する場合は、下記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体を分散剤として用いることにより、顔料の分散性及び保存安定性を向上し、基板密着性と塗膜均一性が向上した着色層を形成可能である。
 下記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体は、エチレン性不飽和モノマーの重合体であるため、ポリエーテル系やポリエステル系重合体と比較して骨格の耐熱性が高く、且つ、当該重合体中に複数存在する酸性リン化合物基(-P(=O)(-R12)(OH))及びその塩(-P(=O)(-R12)(O))が、微粒子化された色材の表面に対する吸着力が強いものと推定される。また、色材表面が酸性リン化合物基及びその塩の少なくとも一種で被覆された状態になると、パーオキシラジカルなどの活性酸素によるレーキ色材の色素骨格への攻撃(水素引き抜きや置換反応など)が抑制され、レーキ色材の劣化(酸化劣化)が抑制されると推定される。
<Polymer Having Structural Unit Represented by Formula (I)>
A polymer having a structural unit represented by the following general formula (I) can be preferably used as a dispersant for the triarylmethane-based dye lake colorant. As an acidic dispersant, using a polymer having a structural unit represented by the following general formula (I) improves the dispersibility and heat resistance of the triarylmethane-based dye lake colorant, and the lake color after heating It is possible to suppress the chromaticity change of the material. Further, as the colorant, when a lake colorant and a pigment are used in combination, a polymer having a structural unit represented by the following general formula (I) is used as a dispersant to improve the dispersibility and storage stability of the pigment. It is possible to form a colored layer with improved adhesion to the substrate and improved coating film uniformity.
Since the polymer having a structural unit represented by the following general formula (I) is a polymer of ethylenically unsaturated monomers, the heat resistance of the skeleton is higher than that of polyether-based or polyester-based polymers, and , a plurality of acidic phosphorus compound groups (-P(=O)(- R12 )(OH)) present in the polymer and salts thereof (-P(=O)(- R12 )(O - X + ) ) is presumed to have a strong adsorptive power to the surface of the finely divided coloring material. In addition, when the surface of the coloring material is coated with at least one of acidic phosphorus compound groups and salts thereof, active oxygen such as peroxy radical attacks the pigment skeleton of the lake coloring material (hydrogen abstraction, substitution reaction, etc.). It is estimated that the deterioration (oxidative deterioration) of the rake colorant is suppressed.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
(一般式(I)中、L11は、直接結合又は2価の連結基、R11は、水素原子又はメチル基、R12は、水酸基、炭化水素基、-[CH(R13)-CH(R14)-O]x1-R15、-[(CHy1-O]z1-R15、又は-O-R16で示される1価の基であり、R16は、炭化水素基、-[CH(R13)-CH(R14)-O]x1-R15、-[(CHy1-O]z1-R15、-C(R17)(R18)-C(R19)(R20)-OH、又は、-CH-C(R21)(R22)-CH-OHで示される1価の基である。
 R13及びR14は、それぞれ独立に水素原子又はメチル基であり、R15は、水素原子、炭化水素基、-CHO、-CHCHO、-CO-CH=CH、-CO-C(CH)=CH又は-CHCOOR23で示される1価の基であり、R23は水素原子又は炭素数が1個以上5個以下のアルキル基である。R17、R18、R19、R20、R21及びR22は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、炭化水素基、又は、エーテル結合及びエステル結合から選択される1種以上を有する炭化水素基であり、R17及びR19は、互いに結合して環構造を形成してもよい。上記環状構造を形成した場合、当該環状構造が更に置換基R24を有していてもよく、R24は、炭化水素基、又は、エーテル結合及びエステル結合から選択される1種以上を有する炭化水素基である。前記炭化水素基は、置換基を有していてもよい。Xは、水素原子又は有機カチオンを表す。x1は1以上18以下の整数、y1は1以上5以下の整数、z1は1以上18以下の整数を示す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
(In general formula (I), L 11 is a direct bond or a divalent linking group, R 11 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 12 is a hydroxyl group, a hydrocarbon group, —[CH(R 13 )—CH (R 14 )—O] x1 —R 15 , —[(CH 2 ) y1 —O] z1 —R 15 , or a monovalent group represented by —OR 16, where R 16 is a hydrocarbon group , -[CH(R 13 )-CH(R 14 )-O] x1 -R 15 , -[(CH 2 ) y1 -O] z1 -R 15 , -C(R 17 )(R 18 )-C( R 19 )(R 20 )-OH or a monovalent group represented by -CH 2 -C(R 21 )(R 22 )-CH 2 -OH.
R 13 and R 14 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and R 15 is a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group, —CHO, —CH 2 CHO, —CO—CH=CH 2 , —CO—C( CH 3 )=CH 2 or a monovalent group represented by -CH 2 COOR 23 , where R 23 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. R 17 , R 18 , R 19 , R 20 , R 21 and R 22 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group, or a hydrocarbon group having one or more selected from an ether bond and an ester bond; and R 17 and R 19 may combine with each other to form a ring structure. When the cyclic structure is formed, the cyclic structure may further have a substituent R 24 , and R 24 is a hydrocarbon group or a hydrocarbon group having one or more selected from an ether bond and an ester bond. It is a hydrogen group. The hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. X represents a hydrogen atom or an organic cation. x1 is an integer of 1 or more and 18 or less, y1 is an integer of 1 or more and 5 or less, and z1 is an integer of 1 or more and 18 or less. )
 一般式(I)において、L11は、直接結合又は2価の連結基である。ここでL11が直接結合とは、リン原子が、連結基を介することなく主鎖骨格の炭素原子に直接結合していることを意味する。
 L11における2価の連結基としては、主鎖骨格の炭素原子と、リン原子とを連結可能であれば、特に制限はない。L11における2価の連結基としては、例えば、直鎖、分岐又は環状のアルキレン基、水酸基を有する、直鎖、分岐又は環状のアルキレン基、アリーレン基、-CONH-基、-COO-基、-NHCOO-基、エーテル基(-O-基)、チオエーテル基(-S-基)、及びこれらの組み合わせ等が挙げられる。なお、本発明において、2価の連結基の結合の向きは任意である。すなわち、2価の連結基に-CONH-が含まれる場合、-COが主鎖の炭素原子側で-NHが側鎖のリン原子側であっても良いし、反対に、-NHが主鎖の炭素原子側で-COが側鎖のリン原子側であっても良い。
In general formula (I), L 11 is a direct bond or a divalent linking group. Here, the fact that L 11 is directly bonded means that the phosphorus atom is directly bonded to the carbon atom of the main chain skeleton without a linking group interposed therebetween.
The divalent linking group for L 11 is not particularly limited as long as it can link the carbon atom of the main chain skeleton and the phosphorus atom. The divalent linking group for L 11 includes, for example, a linear, branched or cyclic alkylene group, a linear, branched or cyclic alkylene group having a hydroxyl group, an arylene group, a -CONH- group, a -COO- group, -NHCOO- group, ether group (-O- group), thioether group (-S- group), combinations thereof, and the like. In the present invention, the bonding direction of the divalent linking group is arbitrary. That is, when -CONH- is included in the divalent linking group, -CO may be on the carbon atom side of the main chain and -NH may be on the phosphorus atom side of the side chain, on the contrary, -NH is the main chain --CO may be on the phosphorus atom side of the side chain.
 中でも、分散性の点から、一般式(I)におけるL11は、-CONH-基、又は、-COO-基を含む2価の連結基であることが好ましい。
 例えば、L11が-COO-基を含む2価の連結基である場合、L11が、-COO-L11’-基(ここで、L11’は、水酸基を有していても良い炭素数が1個以上8個以下のアルキレン基、-[CH(RL11)-CH(RL12)-O]-、又は-[(CH-O]-(CH-O-、-[CH(RL13)]-O-、であり、RL11、RL12及びRL13は、それぞれ独立に水素原子、メチル基、又は水酸基である。xは1以上18以下の整数、yは1以上5以下の整数、zは1以上18以下の整数、wは1以上18以下の整数を示す。)であることが好ましい。
Among them, from the viewpoint of dispersibility, L 11 in general formula (I) is preferably a -CONH- group or a divalent linking group containing a -COO- group.
For example, when L 11 is a divalent linking group containing a -COO- group, L 11 is a -COO-L 11 '- group (here, L 11 ' is a carbon atom optionally having a hydroxyl group an alkylene group whose number is 1 or more and 8 or less, -[CH(R L11 )-CH(R L12 )-O] x -, or -[(CH 2 ) y -O] z -(CH 2 ) y - O—, —[CH(R L13 )] w —O—, wherein R L11 , R L12 and R L13 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a methyl group or a hydroxyl group, x is 1 or more and 18 or less; is an integer, y is an integer of 1 or more and 5 or less, z is an integer of 1 or more and 18 or less, and w is an integer of 1 or more and 18 or less.).
 L11’における炭素数が1個以上8個以下のアルキレン基は、直鎖状、分岐状、又は環状のいずれであってもよく、例えば、メチレン基、エチレン基、トリメチレン基、プロピレン基、各種ブチレン基、各種ペンチレン基、各種へキシレン基、各種オクチレン基などであり、一部の水素が水酸基に置換されていても良い。
 xは1以上18以下の整数、好ましくは1以上4以下の整数、より好ましくは1以上2以下の整数であり、yは1以上5以下の整数、好ましくは1以上4以下の整数、より好ましくは2又は3である。zは1以上18以下の整数、好ましくは1以上4以下の整数、より好ましくは1以上2以下の整数である。wは1以上18以下の整数、好ましくは1以上4以下の整数である。
The alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in L 11 ′ may be linear, branched, or cyclic. Examples include a butylene group, various pentylene groups, various hexylene groups, various octylene groups, etc., and a portion of the hydrogen may be substituted with a hydroxyl group.
x is an integer of 1 or more and 18 or less, preferably an integer of 1 or more and 4 or less, more preferably an integer of 1 or more and 2 or less, and y is an integer of 1 or more and 5 or less, preferably an integer of 1 or more and 4 or less, more preferably is 2 or 3. z is an integer of 1 or more and 18 or less, preferably 1 or more and 4 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 2 or less. w is an integer of 1 or more and 18 or less, preferably 1 or more and 4 or less.
 一般式(I)におけるL11の好適な具体例としては、例えば、-COO-CHCH(OH)CH-O-、-COO-CHCH-O-CHCH(OH)CH-O-、-COO-CHC(CHCH)(CHOH)CH-O-等が挙げられるが、これらに限定されるものではない。 Preferable specific examples of L 11 in general formula (I) include -COO-CH 2 CH(OH)CH 2 -O-, -COO-CH 2 CH 2 -O-CH 2 CH(OH)CH 2 -O-, -COO-CH 2 C(CH 2 CH 3 )(CH 2 OH)CH 2 -O- and the like, but are not limited thereto.
 R12における炭化水素基としては、例えば、炭素数が1個以上18個以下のアルキル基、炭素数が2個以上18個以下のアルケニル基、アラルキル基、及びアリール基などが挙げられる。
 前記炭素数が1個以上18個以下のアルキル基は、直鎖状、分岐状、環状のいずれであってもよく、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、ボルニル基、イソボルニル基、ジシクロペンタニル基、アダマンチル基、低級アルキル基置換アダマンチル基などを挙げることができる。
 前記炭素数が2個以上18個以下のアルケニル基は、直鎖状、分岐状、環状のいずれであってもよい。このようなアルケニル基としては、例えばビニル基、アリル基、プロペニル基などを挙げることができる。アルケニル基の二重結合の位置には限定はないが、得られたポリマーの反応性の点からは、アルケニル基の末端に二重結合があることが好ましい。
 アリール基としては、フェニル基、ビフェニル基、ナフチル基、トリル基、キシリル基等が挙げられ、更に置換基を有していてもよい。アリール基の炭素数は、6個以上24個以下が好ましく、更に6個以上12個以下が好ましい。
 また、アラルキル基としては、ベンジル基、フェネチル基、ナフチルメチル基、ビフェニルメチル基等が挙げられ、更に置換基を有していてもよい。アラルキル基の炭素数は、7個以上20個以下が好ましく、更に7個以上14個以下が好ましい。
 前記アルキル基やアルケニル基は置換基を有していても良く、当該置換基としては、F、Cl、Brなどのハロゲン原子、ニトロ基等が挙げられる。
 また、前記アリール基やアラルキル基等の芳香環の置換基としては、炭素数が1個以上4個以下の直鎖状、分岐状のアルキル基の他、アルケニル基、ニトロ基、ハロゲン原子などを挙げることができる。
 なお、前記好ましい炭素数には、置換基の炭素数は含まれない。
 前記R12において、x1は前記xと、y1は前記yと、z1は前記zと同様である。
 R15~R22における炭化水素基としては、例えば、前記R12における炭化水素基と同様のものが挙げられる。
Examples of the hydrocarbon group for R 12 include alkyl groups having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, alkenyl groups having 2 to 18 carbon atoms, aralkyl groups, and aryl groups.
The alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms may be linear, branched or cyclic, and examples thereof include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl and n-butyl. group, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, bornyl group, isobornyl group, dicyclopentanyl group, adamantyl group, and lower alkyl group-substituted adamantyl group.
The alkenyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms may be linear, branched or cyclic. Examples of such alkenyl groups include vinyl groups, allyl groups, and propenyl groups. Although the position of the double bond of the alkenyl group is not limited, it is preferable that the alkenyl group has a double bond at the terminal from the viewpoint of the reactivity of the resulting polymer.
The aryl group includes phenyl group, biphenyl group, naphthyl group, tolyl group, xylyl group and the like, and may further have a substituent. The number of carbon atoms in the aryl group is preferably 6 or more and 24 or less, more preferably 6 or more and 12 or less.
Moreover, the aralkyl group includes a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, a naphthylmethyl group, a biphenylmethyl group, and the like, and may further have a substituent. The number of carbon atoms in the aralkyl group is preferably 7 or more and 20 or less, more preferably 7 or more and 14 or less.
The alkyl group or alkenyl group may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include halogen atoms such as F, Cl, and Br, and nitro groups.
In addition, the substituents of the aromatic ring such as the aryl group and the aralkyl group include linear and branched alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, alkenyl groups, nitro groups, halogen atoms, and the like. can be mentioned.
In addition, the number of carbon atoms of the substituent is not included in the preferable number of carbon atoms.
In R 12 , x1 is the same as x, y1 is the same as y, and z1 is the same as z.
Examples of the hydrocarbon group for R 15 to R 22 include those similar to the hydrocarbon group for R 12 above.
 R17、R18、R19、R20、R21及びR22における、エーテル結合及びエステル結合から選択される1種以上を有する炭化水素基とは、-R’-O-R”、-R’-(C=O)-O-R”、又は-R’-O-(C=O)-R”(R’及びR”は、炭化水素基、又は、炭化水素基をエーテル結合及びエステル結合の少なくとも1つで結合した基)で表される基である。1つの基の中に、エーテル結合及びエステル結合を2つ以上有していてもよい。炭化水素基が1価の場合としては、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アラルキル基、アリール基が挙げられ、炭化水素基が2価の場合としては、アルキレン基、アルケニレン基、アリーレン基、及びこれらの組み合わせの基が挙げられる。 The hydrocarbon group having one or more selected from ether bond and ester bond in R 17 , R 18 , R 19 , R 20 , R 21 and R 22 means -R'-O-R'', -R '-(C=O)-O-R'' or -R'-O-(C=O)-R''(R' and R'' are a hydrocarbon group, or a hydrocarbon group combined with an ether bond and an ester bond. a group bonded by at least one of the bonds). One group may have two or more ether bonds and ester bonds. Examples of monovalent hydrocarbon groups include alkyl groups, alkenyl groups, aralkyl groups, and aryl groups, and examples of divalent hydrocarbon groups include alkylene groups, alkenylene groups, arylene groups, and combinations thereof. group.
 R17とR19が結合して環構造を形成する場合、環構造を形成する炭素数は、5個以上8個以下であることが好ましく、6であること、即ち6員環であることがより好ましく、シクロヘキサン環を形成することが好ましい。
 置換基R24における、炭化水素基、又は、エーテル結合及びエステル結合から選択される1種以上を有する炭化水素基は、前記R17、R18、R19、R20、R21及びR22におけるものと同様のものとすることができる。
When R 17 and R 19 combine to form a ring structure, the number of carbon atoms forming the ring structure is preferably 5 or more and 8 or less, and is preferably 6, that is, a 6-membered ring. More preferably, it forms a cyclohexane ring.
A hydrocarbon group or a hydrocarbon group having one or more selected from an ether bond and an ester bond for the substituent R 24 is can be similar to
 分散される粒子の分散性及び分散安定性に優れる点から、前記R12が、水酸基、炭化水素基、-[CH(R13)-CH(R14)-O]x1-R15、-[(CHy1-O]z1-R15、又は-O-R16で示される1価の基であることが好ましく、水酸基、メチル基、エチル基、ビニル基、置換基を有していても良いアリール基又はアラルキル基、ビニル基、アリル基、-[CH(R13)-CH(R14)-O]x1-R15、-[(CHy1-O]z1-R15、又は-O-R16で示される1価の基、R13及びR14がそれぞれ独立に水素原子又はメチル基であり、R15が-CO-CH=CH又は-CO-C(CH)=CHであるものがより好ましく、中でも、R12が、置換基を有していてもよいアリール基、ビニル基、メチル基及び水酸基がより好ましい。 From the viewpoint of excellent dispersibility and dispersion stability of dispersed particles, R 12 is a hydroxyl group, a hydrocarbon group, -[CH(R 13 )-CH(R 14 )-O] x1 -R 15 , -[ (CH 2 ) y1 —O] z1 —R 15 or a monovalent group represented by —OR 16 is preferred, and has a hydroxyl group, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a vinyl group, or a substituent; aryl group or aralkyl group, vinyl group, allyl group, -[CH(R 13 )-CH(R 14 )-O] x1 -R 15 , -[(CH 2 ) y1 -O] z1 -R 15 , or a monovalent group represented by -OR 16 , R 13 and R 14 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and R 15 is -CO-CH=CH 2 or -CO-C(CH 3 ) ═CH 2 is more preferable, and among them, R 12 is more preferably an aryl group, a vinyl group, a methyl group, or a hydroxyl group which may have a substituent.
 また、耐アルカリ性が向上する点から、R12は、炭化水素基、-[CH(R13)-CH(R14)-O]x1-R15、又は、-[(CHy1-O]z1-R15で示される1価の基であることが好ましい。リン原子に炭素原子が直接結合した構造を有する場合には、加水分解され難いため耐アルカリ性に優れた樹脂層を形成可能と推定される。中でも、R12は、メチル基、エチル基、置換基を有していても良いアリール基又はアラルキル基、ビニル基、アリル基、-[CH(R13)-CH(R14)-O]x1-R15、又は、-[(CHy1-O]z1-R15で示される1価の基、R13及びR14がそれぞれ独立に水素原子又はメチル基であり、R15が-CO-CH=CH又は-CO-C(CH)=CHであるものが耐アルカリ性に優れ、且つ、分散される粒子の分散性及び分散安定性に優れる点から好ましい。中でも、R12は、置換基を有していてもよいアリール基が分散性の点からより好ましい。 In terms of improving alkali resistance, R 12 is a hydrocarbon group, -[CH(R 13 )-CH(R 14 )-O] x1 -R 15 or -[(CH 2 ) y1 -O ] It is preferably a monovalent group represented by z1 - R15 . In the case of having a structure in which a carbon atom is directly bonded to a phosphorus atom, it is assumed that a resin layer having excellent alkali resistance can be formed because it is difficult to hydrolyze. Among them, R 12 is a methyl group, an ethyl group, an optionally substituted aryl or aralkyl group, a vinyl group, an allyl group, -[CH(R 13 )-CH(R 14 )-O] x1 —R 15 or a monovalent group represented by —[(CH 2 ) y1 —O] z1 —R 15 , R 13 and R 14 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and R 15 is —CO -CH=CH 2 or -CO-C(CH 3 )=CH 2 is preferable from the viewpoint of excellent alkali resistance and excellent dispersibility and dispersion stability of dispersed particles. Among them, R 12 is more preferably an aryl group which may have a substituent from the viewpoint of dispersibility.
 また、一般式(I)において、Xは、水素原子又は有機カチオンを表す。有機カチオンとは、カチオン部分に炭素原子を含むものをいう。有機カチオンとしては、例えば、イミダゾリウムカチオン、ピリジニウムカチオン、アミニジウムカチオン、ピペリジニウムカチオン、ピロリジニウムカチオン、テトラアルキルアンモニウムカチオン及びトリアルキルアンモニウムカチオン等のアンモニウムカチオン、トリアルキルスルホニウムカチオン等のスルホニウムカチオン、テトラアルキルホスホニウムカチオン等のホスホニウムカチオン等が挙げられる。中でも、プロトン化された含窒素有機カチオンであることが、分散性とアルカリ現像性の点から好ましい。
 中でも、有機カチオンがエチレン性不飽和結合を有する場合には、硬化性を付与することができる点から好ましい。
Moreover, in general formula (I), X represents a hydrogen atom or an organic cation. An organic cation is one that contains a carbon atom in the cationic portion. Examples of organic cations include imidazolium cations, pyridinium cations, aminidium cations, piperidinium cations, pyrrolidinium cations, ammonium cations such as tetraalkylammonium cations and trialkylammonium cations, and sulfonium cations such as trialkylsulfonium cations. , phosphonium cations such as tetraalkylphosphonium cations. Among them, protonated nitrogen-containing organic cations are preferable from the viewpoint of dispersibility and alkali developability.
Among them, when the organic cation has an ethylenically unsaturated bond, it is preferable from the point of being able to impart curability.
 一般式(I)で表される構成単位は、重合体中に、1種類単独で含まれていても良く、2種以上含まれていても良い。 The structural unit represented by general formula (I) may be contained singly or in combination of two or more in the polymer.
 重合体において、一般式(I)で表される構成単位のうち、Xが水素原子の構成単位と、Xが有機カチオンの構成単位の両方の構成単位を含んでいてもよい。当該両方の構成単位を含む場合、良好な分散性、及び分散安定性が発揮されるのであればよく、特に制限はないが、Xが有機カチオンの構成単位数の割合は、一般式(I)で表される構成単位の合計の構成単位数に対して0以上50モル%以下であることが好ましい。 In the polymer, among the structural units represented by general formula (I), X may contain both a structural unit in which X is a hydrogen atom and a structural unit in which X is an organic cation. When both of the structural units are included, there is no particular limitation as long as good dispersibility and dispersion stability are exhibited, but X is an organic cation. It is preferably 0 or more and 50 mol % or less with respect to the total number of structural units of the structural units represented by .
 一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体の合成方法は特に限定されないが、例えば、特開2017-2191号公報を参照して、一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体を合成することができる。一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体は、エポキシ基及び環状エーテル基の少なくとも一方を側鎖に有する重合体と、酸性リン化合物との反応生成物であって、酸性リン化合物基の少なくとも一部が塩を形成していてもよい重合体であることが好ましい。 The method for synthesizing a polymer having a structural unit represented by general formula (I) is not particularly limited. can be synthesized. A polymer having a structural unit represented by general formula (I) is a reaction product of a polymer having at least one of an epoxy group and a cyclic ether group in a side chain and an acidic phosphorus compound, At least part of the groups are preferably polymers that may form salts.
 本発明の実施形態において一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体は、分散性の点から更に溶剤親和性部位を有することが好ましい。このような重合体としては、中でも、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位と、下記一般式(II)で表される構成単位とを有するグラフト共重合体であるか、又は、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位と、下記一般式(III)で表される構成単位とを有するブロック共重合体であることが、分散性、及び保存安定性に優れ、長期保管後であっても高コントラストな塗膜を形成可能な点から好ましい。 In the embodiment of the present invention, the polymer having the structural unit represented by general formula (I) preferably further has a solvent affinity site from the viewpoint of dispersibility. Such a polymer is, among others, a graft copolymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and a structural unit represented by the following general formula (II), or A block copolymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and a structural unit represented by the following general formula (III) is excellent in dispersibility and storage stability, and after long-term storage Even if it is, it is preferable from the point of being able to form a high-contrast coating film.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
(一般式(II)中、L21は、直接結合又は2価の連結基、R25は、水素原子又はメチル基、Polymerは、下記一般式(IV)で表される構成単位を有するポリマー鎖を表す。
 一般式(III)中、R26は、水素原子又はメチル基、R27は、炭化水素基、-[CH(R28)-CH(R29)-O]x2-R30、-[(CHy2-O]z2-R30、-[CO-(CHy2-O]z2-R30、-CO-O-R30’又は-O-CO-R30”で示される1価の基、R28及びR29は、それぞれ独立に水素原子又はメチル基、R30は、水素原子、炭化水素基、-CHO、-CHCHO又は-CHCOOR31で示される1価の基であり、R30’は、炭化水素基、-[CH(R28)-CH(R29)-O]x2’-R30、-[(CHy2’-O]z2’-R30、-[CO-(CHy2’-O]z2’-R30で示される1価の基であり、R30”は炭素数が1個以上18個以下のアルキル基、R31は水素原子又は炭素数が1個以上5個以下のアルキル基である。前記炭化水素基は、置換基を有していてもよい。
 x2及びx2’は1以上18以下の整数、y2及びy2’は1以上5以下の整数、z2及びz2’は1以上18以下の整数を示す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
(In the general formula (II), L 21 is a direct bond or a divalent linking group, R 25 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, Polymer is a polymer chain having a structural unit represented by the following general formula (IV) represents
In general formula (III), R 26 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 27 is a hydrocarbon group, -[CH(R 28 )-CH(R 29 )-O] x2 -R 30 , -[(CH 2 ) y2 -O] z2 -R 30 , —[CO-(CH 2 ) y2 -O] z2 -R 30 , —CO-OR 30′ or —O—CO-R 30″ groups, R 28 and R 29 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 30 is a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group, —CHO, —CH 2 CHO or —CH 2 COOR a monovalent group represented by 31 and R 30′ is a hydrocarbon group, —[CH(R 28 )—CH(R 29 )—O] x2′ —R 30 , —[(CH 2 ) y2′ —O] z2′ —R 30 , —[CO—(CH 2 ) y2′ —O] z2′ —R 30 , where R 30″ is an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, and R 31 is hydrogen. It is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 atoms or carbon atoms. The hydrocarbon group may have a substituent.
x2 and x2' are integers of 1 to 18; y2 and y2' are integers of 1 to 5; z2 and z2' are integers of 1 to 18; )
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
(一般式(IV)中、R32は水素原子又はメチル基であり、R33は炭化水素基、-[CH(R34)-CH(R35)-O]x3-R36、-[(CHy3-O]z3-R36、-[CO-(CHy3-O]z3-R36、-CO-O-R37又は-O-CO-R38で示される1価の基、R34及びR35は、それぞれ独立に水素原子又はメチル基、R36は、水素原子、炭化水素基、-CHO、-CHCHO又は-CHCOOR39で示される1価の基、R37は、炭化水素基、-[CH(R34)-CH(R35)-O]x4-R36、-[(CHy4-O]z4-R36、-[CO-(CHy4-O]z4-R36で示される1価の基、R38は炭素数が1個以上18個以下のアルキル基、R39は水素原子又は炭素数が1個以上5個以下のアルキル基であり、前記炭化水素基は、置換基を有していてもよい。
 nは5以上200以下の整数を示す。x3及びx4は1以上18以下の整数、y3及びy4は1以上5以下の整数、z3及びz4は1以上18以下の整数を示す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
(In general formula (IV), R 32 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 33 is a hydrocarbon group, -[CH(R 34 )-CH(R 35 )-O] x3 -R 36 , -[( CH 2 ) y3 —O] z3 —R 36 , —[CO—(CH 2 ) y3 —O] z3 —R 36 , —CO—OR 37 or —O—CO—R 38 groups, R 34 and R 35 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 36 is a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group, a monovalent group represented by —CHO, —CH 2 CHO or —CH 2 COOR 39 ; R 37 is a hydrocarbon group, --[CH(R 34 )--CH(R 35 )--O] x4 --R 36 , --[(CH 2 ) y4 --O] z4 --R 36 , --[CO--(CH 2 ) a monovalent group represented by y4 -O] z4 -R 36 , R 38 is an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, R 39 is a hydrogen atom or a It is an alkyl group, and the hydrocarbon group may have a substituent.
n represents an integer of 5 or more and 200 or less. x3 and x4 are integers of 1 to 18; y3 and y4 are integers of 1 to 5; z3 and z4 are integers of 1 to 18; )
(グラフト共重合体)
 酸性分散剤として好ましいグラフト共重合体としては、例えば、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位と、前記一般式(II)で表される構成単位とを有するグラフト共重合体を挙げることができる。
 前記一般式(II)において、L21は、直接結合又は2価の連結基である。L21における2価の連結基としては、エチレン性不飽和結合由来の炭素原子とポリマー鎖を連結可能であれば、特に制限はない。L21における2価の連結基としては、例えば、前記L11における2価の連結基と同様のものが挙げられる。
(graft copolymer)
Examples of graft copolymers preferable as acidic dispersants include graft copolymers having a structural unit represented by general formula (I) and a structural unit represented by general formula (II). can be done.
In the general formula ( II), L21 is a direct bond or a divalent linking group. The divalent linking group for L 21 is not particularly limited as long as it can link the carbon atom derived from the ethylenically unsaturated bond and the polymer chain. Examples of the divalent linking group for L 21 include the same divalent linking groups for L 11 .
 前記一般式(II)において、Polymerは、前記一般式(IV)で表される構成単位を有するポリマー鎖を表す。
 一般式(IV)中、R33における炭化水素基としては、炭素数が1個以上18個以下のアルキル基、炭素数が2個以上18個以下のアルケニル基、アラルキル基、又はアリール基であることが好ましい。これらは、例えば、前記のR12と同様のものが挙げられる。
In the general formula (II), Polymer represents a polymer chain having a structural unit represented by the general formula (IV).
In general formula (IV), the hydrocarbon group for R 33 is an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms, an aralkyl group, or an aryl group. is preferred. These include, for example, those similar to R 12 described above.
 R36は、水素原子、あるいは炭素数が1個以上18個以下のアルキル基、アラルキル基、アリール基、-CHO、-CHCHO又は-CHCOOR39で示される1価の基が好ましく、R37は、炭素数が1個以上18個以下のアルキル基、アラルキル基、アリール基、-[CH(R34)-CH(R35)-O]x4-R36、-[(CHy4-O]z4-R36、-[CO-(CHy4-O]z4-R36で示される1価の基が好ましい。R38は、炭素数が1個以上18個以下のアルキル基であり、R39は水素原子又は炭素数が1個以上5個以下のアルキル基を示す。
 前記R36及びR37のうちの炭素数が1個以上18個以下のアルキル基、アラルキル基、アリール基は、前記のR12と同様のものが挙げられる。
 前記R38及びR39のうちのアルキル基は、前記のR12と同様のものが挙げられる。
 前記R36、R37及びR39が、芳香環を有する基である場合、当該芳香環はさらに置換基を有していてもよい。当該置換基としては、例えば炭素数が1個以上5個以下の直鎖状、分岐状、環状のアルキル基の他、アルケニル基、ニトロ基、F、Cl、Br等のハロゲン原子などが挙げられる。
 なお、前記好ましい炭素数には、置換基の炭素数は含まれない。
 前記R33及びR37において、x3及びx4は前記xと、y3及びy4は前記yと、z3及びz4は前記zと同様である。
R 36 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a monovalent group represented by an alkyl group, aralkyl group, aryl group, -CHO, -CH 2 CHO or -CH 2 COOR 39 having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, R 37 is an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an aralkyl group, an aryl group, --[CH(R 34 )--CH(R 35 )--O] x4 --R 36 , --[(CH 2 ) y4 -O] z4 -R 36 and --[CO--(CH 2 ) y4 -O] z4 -R 36 are preferred. R 38 is an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, and R 39 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
Examples of the alkyl group, aralkyl group, and aryl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms in R 36 and R 37 are the same as those for R 12 described above.
Examples of the alkyl group for R 38 and R 39 are the same as those for R 12 above.
When R 36 , R 37 and R 39 are groups having an aromatic ring, the aromatic ring may further have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include linear, branched, and cyclic alkyl groups having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, alkenyl groups, nitro groups, and halogen atoms such as F, Cl, and Br. .
In addition, the number of carbon atoms of the substituent is not included in the preferable number of carbon atoms.
In R33 and R37 , x3 and x4 are the same as x, y3 and y4 are the same as y, and z3 and z4 are the same as z.
 さらに、前記R33、R36、R37、R38及びR39は、前記グラフト共重合体の分散性能等を妨げない範囲で、更に、アルコキシ基、水酸基、カルボキシ基、アミノ基、エポキシ基、イソシアネート基、水素結合形成基等の置換基によって置換されたものとしてもよい。また、これらの置換基を有するグラフト共重合体を合成した後に、当該置換基と反応する官能基と重合性基とを有する化合物を反応させて、重合性基を付加したものとしてもよい。例えば、カルボキシ基を有するグラフト共重合体にグリシジル(メタ)アクリレートを反応させたり、イソシアネート基を有するグラフト共重合体にヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレートを反応させたりして、重合性基を付加することができる。 Furthermore, the R 33 , R 36 , R 37 , R 38 and R 39 may be alkoxy groups, hydroxyl groups, carboxy groups, amino groups, epoxy groups, It may be substituted with a substituent such as an isocyanate group or a hydrogen bond forming group. Further, after synthesizing a graft copolymer having these substituents, a polymerizable group may be added by reacting a compound having a functional group that reacts with the substituent and a polymerizable group. For example, adding a polymerizable group by reacting a graft copolymer having a carboxyl group with glycidyl (meth)acrylate or reacting a graft copolymer having an isocyanate group with hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate. can be done.
 一般式(IV)で表される構成単位を有するポリマー鎖は、前記した構成単位の中でもメチル(メタ)アクリレート、エチル(メタ)アクリレート、イソプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、n-ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、イソブチル(メタ)アクリレート、tert-ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-エチルヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、2-エトキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、シクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート、フェニル(メタ)アクリレート、イソボルニル(メタ)アクリレート、ジシクロペンタニル(メタ)アクリレート、アダマンチル(メタ)アクリレート、スチレン、α-メチルスチレン、ビニルシクロヘキサンなど由来の構成単位を有するものが好ましい。しかしながら、これらに限定されるものではない。 A polymer chain having a structural unit represented by general formula (IV) includes methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, isopropyl (meth)acrylate, n-butyl (meth)acrylate, and isobutyl among the structural units described above. (meth) acrylate, tert-butyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, phenyl (meth) acrylate, isobornyl ( Those having structural units derived from meth)acrylate, dicyclopentanyl (meth)acrylate, adamantyl (meth)acrylate, styrene, α-methylstyrene, vinylcyclohexane, and the like are preferred. However, it is not limited to these.
 本発明の実施形態において、前記R33及びR37としては、中でも、後述する有機溶剤との溶解性に優れたものを用いることが好ましく、色材分散液に使用する有機溶剤に合わせて適宜選択されれば良い。具体的には、例えば前記有機溶剤が、色材分散液の有機溶剤として一般的に使用されているエーテルアルコールアセテート系、エーテル系、エステル系などの有機溶剤を用いる場合には、メチル基、エチル基、イソブチル基、n-ブチル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、2-エトキシエチル基、シクロヘキシル基、ベンジル基等が好ましい。
 ここで、前記R33及びR37をこのように設定する理由は、前記R33及びR37を含む構成単位が、前記有機溶剤に対して溶解性を有し、前記モノマーの酸性リン化合物基及びその塩の部位が色材等の粒子に対して高い吸着性を有するものであることにより、色材等の粒子の分散性、及び安定性を特に優れたものとすることができるからである。
In the embodiment of the present invention, as the R 33 and R 37 , it is preferable to use one having excellent solubility in the organic solvent described later, and it is appropriately selected according to the organic solvent used in the colorant dispersion. I wish I could. Specifically, for example, when the organic solvent is an ether-alcohol acetate-based, ether-based, or ester-based organic solvent generally used as an organic solvent for a colorant dispersion, a methyl group, an ethyl group, isobutyl group, n-butyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, 2-ethoxyethyl group, cyclohexyl group, benzyl group and the like are preferred.
Here, the reason for setting R 33 and R 37 in this way is that the structural unit containing R 33 and R 37 has solubility in the organic solvent, and the acidic phosphorus compound group of the monomer and This is because the salt portion has a high adsorptivity to the particles such as the coloring material, so that the dispersibility and stability of the particles such as the coloring material can be made particularly excellent.
 Polymerにおけるポリマー鎖の重量平均分子量は、500以上15000以下の範囲内であることが好ましく、1000以上8000以下の範囲内であることがより好ましい。前記範囲であることにより、分散剤としての十分な立体反発効果を保持できるとともに、立体効果による色材等の粒子の分散に要する時間の増大を抑制することもできる。 The weight-average molecular weight of the polymer chain in Polymer is preferably within the range of 500 or more and 15000 or less, more preferably within the range of 1000 or more and 8000 or less. Within the above range, a sufficient steric repulsion effect as a dispersing agent can be maintained, and an increase in the time required for dispersing particles such as a coloring material due to the steric effect can be suppressed.
 また、Polymerにおけるポリマー鎖は、目安として、組み合わせて用いられる有機溶剤に対して、23℃における溶解度が50(g/100g溶剤)以上であることが好ましい。 In addition, as a guideline, the polymer chain in the polymer preferably has a solubility of 50 (g/100 g solvent) or more at 23°C in the organic solvent used in combination.
 前記ポリマー鎖は、単独重合体でもよく、共重合体であってもよい。また、一般式(II)で表される構成単位に含まれるポリマー鎖は、グラフト共重合体において、1種単独でも良く、2種以上混合していても良い。 The polymer chain may be a homopolymer or a copolymer. Further, the polymer chains contained in the structural units represented by the general formula (II) may be used singly or in combination of two or more in the graft copolymer.
 前記グラフト共重合体の全構成単位に対して、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位は、その合計が3質量%以上80質量%以下の割合で含まれていることが好ましく、10質量%以上70質量%以下がより好ましく、20質量%以上60質量%以下がさらに好ましい。グラフト共重合体中の一般式(I)で表される構成単位の合計含有量が前記範囲内にあれば、グラフト共重合体中の粒子との親和性部位の割合が適切となり、かつ有機溶剤に対する溶解性の低下を抑制できるので、色材等の粒子に対する吸着性が良好となり、優れた分散性、及び分散安定性が得られる。また、前記グラフト共重合体の酸性リン化合物基が色材周辺に安定的に局在化することができるため、耐熱性やコントラストに優れたカラーフィルタが得られる。
 一方、前記グラフト共重合体の全構成単位に対して、前記一般式(II)で表される構成単位は、20質量%以上97質量%以下の割合で含まれていることが好ましく、25質量%以上95質量%以下がより好ましく、40質量%以上90質量%以下がさらに好ましい。
 なお、本発明において、共重合体における各構成単位の含有割合は、共重合体を合成する際の仕込み量から算出される。
The structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is preferably contained in a total ratio of 3% by mass or more and 80% by mass or less with respect to all the structural units of the graft copolymer. It is more preferably 70% by mass or less, and even more preferably 20% by mass or more and 60% by mass or less. If the total content of the structural units represented by the general formula (I) in the graft copolymer is within the above range, the ratio of the affinity sites for the particles in the graft copolymer will be appropriate, and the organic solvent will be Since it is possible to suppress the decrease in the solubility for the coloring material, the adsorption to particles such as coloring materials is improved, and excellent dispersibility and dispersion stability can be obtained. In addition, since the acidic phosphorus compound group of the graft copolymer can be stably localized around the colorant, a color filter excellent in heat resistance and contrast can be obtained.
On the other hand, the structural unit represented by the general formula (II) is preferably contained at a ratio of 20% by mass or more and 97% by mass or less with respect to all the structural units of the graft copolymer, and 25% by mass. % or more and 95 mass % or less is more preferable, and 40 mass % or more and 90 mass % or less is even more preferable.
In addition, in the present invention, the content ratio of each constitutional unit in the copolymer is calculated from the charged amount when synthesizing the copolymer.
 また、前記グラフト共重合体の重量平均分子量は、1000以上500000以下の範囲内であることが好ましく、3000以上400000以下の範囲内であることがより好ましく、5000以上300000以下の範囲内であることがさらに好ましい。前記範囲であることにより、色材等の粒子を均一に分散させることができる。 The weight average molecular weight of the graft copolymer is preferably in the range of 1,000 to 500,000, more preferably in the range of 3,000 to 400,000, and in the range of 5,000 to 300,000. is more preferred. Within the above range, the particles such as the coloring material can be uniformly dispersed.
 本発明の実施形態に用いられる前記グラフト共重合体は、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位及び前記一般式(II)で表される構成単位以外に、更に他の構成単位を有していても良い。例えば、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を誘導するエチレン性不飽和モノマー等と共重合可能な、エチレン性不飽和モノマーを適宜選択して共重合し、他の構成単位を導入することができる。 The graft copolymer used in the embodiment of the present invention further has other structural units in addition to the structural units represented by the general formula (I) and the structural units represented by the general formula (II). It's okay to be For example, an ethylenically unsaturated monomer that can be copolymerized with an ethylenically unsaturated monomer or the like that induces the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is appropriately selected and copolymerized to introduce another structural unit. be able to.
(ブロック共重合体)
 酸性分散剤として好ましいブロック共重合体としては、例えば、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を含むブロック部と、前記一般式(III)で表される構成単位を含むブロック部とを有するブロック共重合体を挙げることができる。
 当該ブロック共重合体において、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を含むブロック部中、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位は、合計で、3個以上含まれることが好ましい。中でも、分散性を良好なものとし、耐熱性を向上する点から、3個以上200個以下含むことが好ましく、3個以上50個以下含むことがより好ましく、更に3個以上30個以下含むことがより好ましい。
 前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位は、色材親和性部位として機能すれば良く、1種からなるものであっても良いし、2種以上の構成単位を含んでいてもよい。2種以上の構成単位を含む場合には、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を含むブロック部内は2種以上の構成単位がランダムに配列していてもよい。
(Block copolymer)
A block copolymer preferable as an acidic dispersant includes, for example, a block portion containing a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and a block portion containing a structural unit represented by the general formula (III). A block copolymer having
In the block copolymer, the block portion containing the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) preferably contains a total of 3 or more structural units represented by the general formula (I). . Among them, from the viewpoint of improving the dispersibility and improving the heat resistance, it preferably contains 3 to 200, more preferably 3 to 50, and further contains 3 to 30. is more preferred.
The structural unit represented by the general formula (I) may function as a coloring material affinity site, and may consist of one type or may contain two or more types of structural units. When two or more types of structural units are included, two or more types of structural units may be randomly arranged in the block portion containing the structural units represented by the general formula (I).
 前記ブロック共重合体中、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位の合計の含有割合は、前記ブロック共重合体の全構成単位に対して、5質量%以上80質量%以下であることが好ましく、10質量%以上70質量%以下であることがより好ましく、20質量%以上60質量%以下であることがさらに好ましい。
 前記範囲内にあれば、ブロック共重合体中の粒子との親和性部位の割合が適切となり、かつ有機溶剤に対する溶解性の低下を抑制できるので、色材等の粒子に対する吸着性が良好となり、優れた分散性、及び分散安定性が得られる。また、前記ブロック共重合体の酸性リン化合物基が色材周辺に安定的に局在化することができるため、耐熱性やコントラストに優れたカラーフィルタが得られる。
In the block copolymer, the total content of the structural units represented by the general formula (I) is 5% by mass or more and 80% by mass or less with respect to all the structural units of the block copolymer. , more preferably 10% by mass or more and 70% by mass or less, and even more preferably 20% by mass or more and 60% by mass or less.
If it is within the above range, the ratio of the affinity sites with the particles in the block copolymer becomes appropriate, and the decrease in the solubility in the organic solvent can be suppressed, so that the adsorption to the particles such as the coloring material becomes good, Excellent dispersibility and dispersion stability are obtained. In addition, since the acidic phosphorus compound group of the block copolymer can be stably localized around the colorant, a color filter excellent in heat resistance and contrast can be obtained.
 前記ブロック共重合体は、前記一般式(III)で表される構成単位を含むブロック部を有することにより、溶剤親和性を良好にし、色材の分散性及び分散安定性が良好で、且つ耐熱性も良好で、更にN-メチルピロリドン(NMP)に対する耐性(耐NMP性)に優れたものとなる。 By having a block portion containing a structural unit represented by the general formula (III), the block copolymer has good solvent affinity, good dispersibility and dispersion stability of the coloring material, and heat resistance. In addition, it has excellent resistance to N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP) (NMP resistance).
 一般式(III)において、R27は、炭化水素基、-[CH(R28)-CH(R29)-O]x2-R30、-[(CHy2-O]z2-R30、-[CO-(CHy2-O]z2-R30、-CO-O-R30’又は-O-CO-R30”で示される1価の基である。
 R27における炭化水素基としては、前記R12で示したものと同様のものとすることができる。
In general formula (III), R 27 is a hydrocarbon group, -[CH(R 28 )-CH(R 29 )-O] x2 -R 30 , -[(CH 2 ) y2 -O] z2 -R 30 , —[CO—(CH 2 ) y2 —O] z2 —R 30 , —CO—OR 30′ or —O—CO—R 30″ .
The hydrocarbon group for R 27 can be the same as those shown for R 12 above.
 また、前記R30は、水素原子、炭化水素基、-CHO、-CHCHO又は-CHCOOR31で示される1価の基であり、R30’は、炭化水素基、-[CH(R28)-CH(R29)-O]x2’-R30、-[(CHy2’-O]z2’-R30、-[CO-(CHy2’-O]z2’-R30で示される1価の基であり、R30”は炭素数が1個以上18個以下のアルキル基、R31は水素原子又は炭素数が1個以上5個以下のアルキル基であり、前記炭化水素基は、置換基を有していてもよい。
 前記R30における炭化水素基は、前記R12で示したものと同様のものとすることができる。
 前記R27及びR30’において、x2及びx2’は前記xと同様であり、y2及びy2’は前記yと同様であり、z2及びz2’は前記zと同様である。
 また、前記一般式(III)で表される構成単位中のR27は、互いに同一であってもよいし、異なるものであってもよい。
Further, R 30 is a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group, —CHO, —CH 2 CHO or —CH 2 COOR 31 and is a monovalent group represented by —CH 2 COOR 31, and R 30′ is a hydrocarbon group, —[CH( R 28 )—CH(R 29 )—O] x2′ —R 30 , —[(CH 2 ) y2′ —O] z2′ —R 30 , —[CO—(CH 2 ) y2′ —O] z2′ a monovalent group represented by —R 30 , where R 30″ is an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, and R 31 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms; , the hydrocarbon group may have a substituent.
The hydrocarbon group for R 30 can be the same as those shown for R 12 above.
In R 27 and R 30′ , x2 and x2′ are the same as x, y2 and y2′ are the same as y, and z2 and z2′ are the same as z.
Moreover, R 27 in the structural unit represented by the general formula (III) may be the same or different.
 前記R27及びR30’としては、中でも、後述する溶剤との溶解性に優れたものを用いることが好ましく、例えば、前記R33及びR37と同様のものが挙げられる。
 また、前記一般式(IV)におけるR27、R30、R30’、R30”及びR31は、前記ブロック共重合体の分散性能等を妨げない範囲で、アルコキシ基、水酸基、カルボキシ基、アミノ基、エポキシ基、イソシアネート基、水素結合形成基等の置換基によって置換されたものとしてもよく、また、前記ブロック共重合体の合成後に、前記置換基を有する化合物と反応させて、前記置換基を付加させてもよい。また、これらの置換基を有するブロック共重合体を合成した後に、当該置換基と反応する官能基と重合性基とを有する化合物を反応させて、重合性基を付加したものとしてもよい。例えば、グリシジル基を有するブロック共重合体に(メタ)アクリル酸を反応させたり、イソシアネート基を有するブロック共重合体にヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレートを反応させたりして、重合性基を付加することができる。
As the above R 27 and R 30′ , among others, those having excellent solubility in the solvent described later are preferably used, and examples thereof include those similar to the above R 33 and R 37 .
R 27 , R 30 , R 30′ , R 30″ and R 31 in the general formula (IV) are alkoxy groups, hydroxyl groups, carboxy groups, It may be substituted with a substituent such as an amino group, an epoxy group, an isocyanate group, or a hydrogen bond forming group, and after the synthesis of the block copolymer, it is reacted with a compound having the substituent to obtain the substituted Alternatively, after synthesizing a block copolymer having these substituents, a compound having a functional group that reacts with the substituent and a polymerizable group are reacted to form a polymerizable group. For example, a block copolymer having a glycidyl group is reacted with (meth)acrylic acid, or a block copolymer having an isocyanate group is reacted with hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate. A polymerizable group can be added.
 一般式(III)で表される構成単位を含むブロック部を構成する構成単位の数は特に限定されないが、溶剤親和性部位と色材親和性部位が効果的に作用し、色材分散液の分散性を向上する点から、10以上200以下であることが好ましく、20以上100以下であることがより好ましく、更に30以上80以下であることがより好ましい。 The number of structural units constituting the block portion containing the structural unit represented by the general formula (III) is not particularly limited, but the solvent affinity site and the colorant affinity site act effectively to form a colorant dispersion. From the viewpoint of improving the dispersibility, it is preferably 10 or more and 200 or less, more preferably 20 or more and 100 or less, and even more preferably 30 or more and 80 or less.
 前記ブロック共重合体中、一般式(III)で表される構成単位の含有割合は、前記ブロック共重合体の全構成単位に対して、30質量%以上95質量%以下であることが好ましく、40質量%以上90質量%以下であることがより好ましい。 In the block copolymer, the content of the structural unit represented by general formula (III) is preferably 30% by mass or more and 95% by mass or less with respect to the total structural units of the block copolymer, It is more preferably 40% by mass or more and 90% by mass or less.
 一般式(III)で表される構成単位を含むブロック部は、溶剤親和性部位として機能するように選択されれば良く、一般式(III)で表される構成単位は1種からなるものであっても良いし、2種以上の構成単位を含んでいてもよい。本発明の実施形態においては、一般式(III)で表される構成単位が2種以上の構成単位を含む場合に、前記一般式(III)で表される構成単位を含むブロック部内は2種以上の構成単位がランダムに配列していてもよい。 The block portion containing the structural unit represented by general formula (III) may be selected so as to function as a solvent affinity site, and the structural unit represented by general formula (III) consists of one type. There may be one, or two or more structural units may be included. In an embodiment of the present invention, when the structural unit represented by general formula (III) contains two or more structural units, the block portion containing the structural unit represented by general formula (III) contains two types of The above structural units may be arranged randomly.
 分散剤として用いられるブロック共重合体において、一般式(I)で表される構成単位を含むブロック部の構成単位のユニット数mと、一般式(III)で表される構成単位を含むブロック部の構成単位のユニット数nの比率m/nとしては、0.01以上1以下の範囲内であることが好ましく、0.1以上0.7以下の範囲内であることが、色材の分散性、分散安定性の点からより好ましい。 In the block copolymer used as a dispersant, the number m of structural units of the block portion containing the structural unit represented by general formula (I) and the block portion containing the structural unit represented by general formula (III) The ratio m/n of the unit number n of the constituent units is preferably in the range of 0.01 or more and 1 or less, and is in the range of 0.1 or more and 0.7 or less. It is more preferred from the viewpoint of properties and dispersion stability.
 前記ブロック共重合体の結合順としては、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を含むブロック部及び一般式(III)で表される構成単位を含むブロック部を有し、色材を安定に分散することができるものであればよく、特に限定されないが、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を含むブロック部が前記ブロック共重合体の一端のみに結合したものであることが、色材との相互作用に優れ、分散剤同士の凝集を効果的に抑えることができる点から好ましい。 The order of bonding of the block copolymer includes a block portion containing a structural unit represented by the general formula (I) and a block portion containing a structural unit represented by the general formula (III), and a coloring material. It is not particularly limited as long as it can be stably dispersed, but the block portion containing the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is bound to only one end of the block copolymer. However, it is preferable from the viewpoint that it is excellent in interaction with the colorant and can effectively suppress the aggregation of the dispersants.
 前記ブロック共重合体の重量平均分子量は、特に限定されないが、分散性を良好なものとし、耐熱性に優れる点から、2500以上500000以下であることが好ましく、3000以上400000以下であることがより好ましく、更に6000以上300000以下であることがより好ましい。 The weight average molecular weight of the block copolymer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 2500 or more and 500000 or less, more preferably 3000 or more and 400000 or less, from the viewpoint of good dispersibility and excellent heat resistance. It is preferably 6,000 or more and 300,000 or less.
 前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体の酸価は、前記色材の分散性及び保存安定性の点から、20mgKOH/g以上であることが好ましく、30mgKOH/g以上であることがより好ましく、40mgKOH/g以上であることがさらに好ましい。一方で、現像性に優れる点から、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有する重合体の酸価は150mgKOH/g以下であることが好ましく、120mgKOH/g以下であることがより好ましく、100mgKOH/g以下であることがさらに好ましい。
 なお、本発明において酸価は、試料1g中に含まれる酸成分を中和するのに要する水酸化カリウムのmg数をいい、JIS K 0070:1992に従って測定することができる。
The acid value of the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is preferably 20 mgKOH/g or more, more preferably 30 mgKOH/g or more, from the viewpoint of the dispersibility and storage stability of the coloring material. more preferably 40 mgKOH/g or more. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of excellent developability, the acid value of the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is preferably 150 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 120 mgKOH/g or less. , 100 mgKOH/g or less.
In the present invention, the acid value refers to the number of mg of potassium hydroxide required to neutralize the acid component contained in 1 g of sample, and can be measured according to JIS K 0070:1992.
 一方、前記カルボキシ基含有ブロック共重合体としては、(メタ)アクリル酸等のカルボキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和モノマー由来の構成単位を含むAブロックと、(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル由来の構成単位を含むBブロックとを含むブロック共重合体とを含むものであってよい。カルボキシ基含有ブロック共重合体において、(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル由来の構成単位を含むBブロックは、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を有するブロック共重合体の前記一般式(III)で表される構成単位を含むブロック部と同様であって良い。 On the other hand, the carboxy group-containing block copolymer includes an A block containing a structural unit derived from a carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer such as (meth)acrylic acid and a structural unit derived from a (meth)acrylic acid alkyl ester. It may contain a block copolymer containing a B block containing. In the carboxy group-containing block copolymer, the B block containing structural units derived from (meth)acrylic acid alkyl ester is represented by the general formula (III) of the block copolymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (I). ) may be the same as the block part containing the structural unit represented by ).
 分散剤における共重合体中の各構成単位の含有割合(モル%)は、製造時には原料の仕込み量から求めることができ、また、NMR等の分析装置を用いて測定することができる。また、分散剤の構造は、NMR、各種質量分析等を用いて測定することができる。また、分散剤を必要に応じて熱分解等により分解し、得られた分解物について、高速液体クロマトグラフィー、ガスクロマトグラフ質量分析計、NMR、元素分析、XPS/ESCA及びTOF-SIMS等を用いて求めることができる。 The content ratio (mol%) of each structural unit in the copolymer in the dispersant can be obtained from the amount of raw materials charged at the time of production, and can be measured using an analyzer such as NMR. Also, the structure of the dispersant can be measured using NMR, various mass spectrometry, and the like. In addition, if necessary, the dispersant is decomposed by thermal decomposition or the like, and the obtained decomposition product is subjected to high performance liquid chromatography, gas chromatograph mass spectrometer, NMR, elemental analysis, XPS / ESCA, TOF-SIMS, etc. can ask.
 本発明において、分散剤の含有量は、用いる色材の種類、更に後述する感光性着色樹脂組成物中の固形分濃度等に応じて適宜選定されればよい。
 分散剤の含有量は、感光性着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量に対して、好ましくは2質量%~30質量%の範囲内であり、より好ましくは3質量%~25質量%の範囲内である。上記下限値以上であれば、色材の分散性及び分散安定性に優れ、感光性着色樹脂組成物の保存安定性により優れている。また、上記上限値以下であれば、現像性が良好なものとなる。
In the present invention, the content of the dispersant may be appropriately selected according to the type of coloring material used, the solid content concentration in the photosensitive colored resin composition described later, and the like.
The content of the dispersant is preferably in the range of 2% by mass to 30% by mass, more preferably in the range of 3% by mass to 25% by mass, based on the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition. be. When it is at least the above lower limit, the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the coloring material are excellent, and the storage stability of the photosensitive colored resin composition is excellent. Moreover, if it is below the said upper limit, developability will become favorable.
[酸化防止剤]
 本発明の感光性着色樹脂組成物は、更に酸化防止剤、及び潜在性酸化防止剤の少なくとも1種を含有することが、耐熱性を向上し、輝度を向上する点から好ましい。
 本発明に用いられる酸化防止剤としては、特に限定されず、従来公知のものの中から適宜選択すればよい。酸化防止剤の具体例としては、例えば、ヒンダードフェノール系酸化防止剤、アミン系酸化防止剤、リン系酸化防止剤、硫黄系酸化防止剤、ヒドラジン系酸化防止剤等が挙げられ、線幅マスク線幅の設計通りに細線パターンを形成する能力が向上する点、及び耐熱性の点から、ヒンダードフェノール系酸化防止剤を用いることが好ましい。
 本発明に用いられる潜在性酸化防止剤とは、加熱により脱離可能な保護基を有する化合物であって、当該保護基が脱離することにより、酸化防止機能を発現する化合物である。中でも150℃以上で加熱することにより、保護基が脱離しやすくなるものが好ましい。本発明に用いられる潜在性酸化防止剤としては、例えば、国際公開第2014/021023号、国際公開第2017/170263号に記載されているような潜在性酸化防止剤が挙げられる。なかでも、ヒンダード系フェノール系酸化防止剤のフェノール系水酸基が保護基により保護されている潜在性酸化防止剤が好適なものとして挙げられ、より具体的にはヒンダード系フェノール系酸化防止剤のフェノール系水酸基の水素をt-ブトキシカルボニル基のようなカルバメート系保護基で置換した構造が好適なものとして挙げられる。
[Antioxidant]
The photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention preferably further contains at least one of an antioxidant and a latent antioxidant from the viewpoint of improving heat resistance and luminance.
The antioxidant used in the present invention is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected from those conventionally known. Specific examples of antioxidants include hindered phenol-based antioxidants, amine-based antioxidants, phosphorus-based antioxidants, sulfur-based antioxidants, hydrazine-based antioxidants, and the like. It is preferable to use a hindered phenol-based antioxidant from the viewpoint of improving the ability to form a fine line pattern according to the design of the line width and from the viewpoint of heat resistance.
The latent antioxidant used in the present invention is a compound having a protective group that can be eliminated by heating, and is a compound that exerts an antioxidant function when the protective group is eliminated. Among them, those from which the protective group is easily eliminated by heating at 150° C. or higher are preferable. Examples of latent antioxidants used in the present invention include latent antioxidants as described in WO2014/021023 and WO2017/170263. Among them, a latent antioxidant in which the phenolic hydroxyl group of the hindered phenolic antioxidant is protected by a protecting group is preferable, and more specifically, a phenolic antioxidant of the hindered phenolic antioxidant A structure in which the hydrogen of the hydroxyl group is substituted with a carbamate-based protective group such as a t-butoxycarbonyl group is preferred.
 ヒンダードフェノール系酸化防止剤としては、例えば、ペンタエリトリトールテトラキス[3-(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオナート](商品名:商品名:IRGANOX1010、BASF社製)、1,3,5-トリス(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)イソシアヌレート(商品名:イルガノックス3114、BASF製)、2,4,6-トリス(4-ヒドロキシ-3,5-ジ-tert-ブチルベンジル)メシチレン(商品名:イルガノックス1330、BASF製)、2,2’-メチレンビス(6-tert-ブチル-4-メチルフェノール)(商品名:スミライザーMDP-S、住友化学製)、6,6’-チオビス(2-tert-ブチル-4-メチルフェノール)(商品名:イルガノックス1081、BASF製)、3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジルホスホン酸ジエチル(商品名:イルガモド195、BASF製)等が挙げられる。中でも、耐熱性及び耐光性の点から、ペンタエリトリトールテトラキス[3-(3,5-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオナート](商品名:商品名:IRGANOX1010、BASF社製)が好ましい。 Hindered phenol-based antioxidants include, for example, pentaerythritol tetrakis [3-(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate] (trade name: trade name: IRGANOX1010, manufactured by BASF), 1,3,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl) isocyanurate (trade name: Irganox 3114, manufactured by BASF), 2,4,6-tris(4-hydroxy-3 ,5-di-tert-butylbenzyl)mesitylene (trade name: Irganox 1330, manufactured by BASF), 2,2′-methylenebis(6-tert-butyl-4-methylphenol) (trade name: Sumilizer MDP-S, Sumitomo Chemical), 6,6′-thiobis(2-tert-butyl-4-methylphenol) (trade name: Irganox 1081, manufactured by BASF), 3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzylphosphone and diethyl acid (trade name: Irgamod 195, manufactured by BASF). Among them, pentaerythritol tetrakis [3-(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate] (trade name: IRGANOX1010, manufactured by BASF) is preferable from the viewpoint of heat resistance and light resistance. .
 酸化防止剤の含有量は、感光性着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量に対して、好ましくは0.1質量%~10.0質量%の範囲内であり、より好ましくは0.5質量%~5.0質量%の範囲内である。上記下限値以上であれば、耐熱性を向上し、輝度を向上する点に優れている。一方、上記上限値以下であれば、本発明の着色樹脂組成物を高感度の感光性樹脂組成物とすることができる。 The content of the antioxidant is preferably in the range of 0.1% by mass to 10.0% by mass, more preferably 0.5% by mass to the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition. It is within the range of 5.0% by mass. If it is at least the above lower limit, it is excellent in terms of improving heat resistance and improving brightness. On the other hand, if it is the above upper limit or less, the colored resin composition of the present invention can be made into a highly sensitive photosensitive resin composition.
[チオール化合物]
 本発明の感光性着色樹脂組成物は、細い線幅で、現像前後の膜厚変化の抑制効果を向上する点から、更に、チオール化合物を含有することが好ましい。
 チオール化合物は、エンチオール反応は酸素による重合阻害を受けないため、表面硬化性に優れ、現像残膜率を向上させる。チオール化合物は同時に線幅を太くしてしまう効果もあるが、紫外線吸収剤と組み合わせて用いることにより、細い線幅と現像残膜の向上を両立する相乗効果を有する。
 チオール化合物としては、チオール基が1つの単官能チオール化合物、チオール基が2つ以上の多官能チオール基が挙げられる。細い線幅で、現像前後の膜厚変化の抑制効果を向上する点からは、多官能チオールを用いることがより好ましい。
 単官能チオール化合物としては、例えば、2-メルカプトベンゾチアゾール、2-メルカプトベンゾオキサゾール、2-メルカプトベンゾイミダゾール、2-メルカプト-5-メトキシベンゾチアゾール、2-メルカプト-5-メトキシベンゾイミダゾール、3-メルカプトプロピオン酸、3-メルカプトプロピオン酸メチル、3-メルカプトプロピオン酸エチル、3-メルカプトプロピオン酸オクチル等が挙げられる。
 多官能チオール化合物としては、例えば、1,4-ビス(3-メルカプトブチリルオキシ)ブタン、1,3,5-トリス(3-メルカプトブチルオキシエチル)-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4,6(1H,3H,5H)-トリオン、トリメチロールプロパントリス(3-メルカプトプロピオネート)、ペンタエリスリトールテトラキス(3-メルカプトブチレート)、ペンタエリスリトールテトラキス(3-メルカプトプロピオネート)、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサキス(3-メルカプトプロピオネート)、およびテトラエチレングリコールビス(3-メルカプトプロピオネート)等が挙げられる。
 チオール化合物としては、単独で又は2種以上組み合わせて用いても良く、中でも、ペンタエリスリトールテトラキス(3-メルカプトブチレート)が、細い線幅で、現像前後の膜厚変化の抑制効果を向上する点から好ましい。
 チオール化合物の含有量としては、感光性着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量に対して、通常0.5質量%~10質量%、好ましくは1質量%~5質量%の範囲内である。上記下限値以上であれば、現像前後の膜厚変化の抑制効果に優れている。一方、上記上限値以下であれば、本発明の光硬化性赤色樹脂組成物を 現像性が良好で線幅シフトが抑制されたものとしやすい。
[thiol compound]
The photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention preferably further contains a thiol compound from the viewpoint of improving the effect of suppressing changes in film thickness before and after development with a fine line width.
A thiol compound is excellent in surface curability and improves the rate of residual film after development because the enthiol reaction is not inhibited by oxygen. The thiol compound also has the effect of thickening the line width at the same time, but by using it in combination with the ultraviolet absorber, it has a synergistic effect of achieving both a thin line width and an improvement in the residual film after development.
Examples of thiol compounds include monofunctional thiol compounds having one thiol group and polyfunctional thiol groups having two or more thiol groups. It is more preferable to use a polyfunctional thiol from the viewpoint of improving the effect of suppressing film thickness change before and after development with a fine line width.
Examples of monofunctional thiol compounds include 2-mercaptobenzothiazole, 2-mercaptobenzoxazole, 2-mercaptobenzimidazole, 2-mercapto-5-methoxybenzothiazole, 2-mercapto-5-methoxybenzimidazole, 3-mercapto propionic acid, methyl 3-mercaptopropionate, ethyl 3-mercaptopropionate, octyl 3-mercaptopropionate and the like.
Examples of polyfunctional thiol compounds include 1,4-bis(3-mercaptobutyryloxy)butane, 1,3,5-tris(3-mercaptobutyloxyethyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2, 4,6(1H,3H,5H)-trione, trimethylolpropane tris (3-mercaptopropionate), pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptobutyrate), pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptopropionate), di pentaerythritol hexakis(3-mercaptopropionate), tetraethylene glycol bis(3-mercaptopropionate) and the like.
The thiol compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Among them, pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptobutyrate) improves the effect of suppressing changes in film thickness before and after development with a narrow line width. preferred from
The content of the thiol compound is usually in the range of 0.5% by mass to 10% by mass, preferably 1% by mass to 5% by mass, based on the total solid content of the photosensitive colored resin composition. When it is at least the above lower limit, the effect of suppressing film thickness change before and after development is excellent. On the other hand, when the content is equal to or less than the above upper limit, the photocurable red resin composition of the present invention tends to have good developability and suppressed line width shift.
[その他の成分]
 本発明の感光性着色樹脂組成物には、必要に応じて各種添加剤を含むものであってもよい。添加剤としては、例えば、重合停止剤、連鎖移動剤、レベリング剤、可塑剤、界面活性剤、消泡剤、シランカップリング剤、密着促進剤等などが挙げられる。
 界面活性剤及び可塑剤の具体例としては、例えば、特開2013-029832号公報に記載のものが挙げられる。
[Other ingredients]
The photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention may optionally contain various additives. Examples of additives include polymerization terminators, chain transfer agents, leveling agents, plasticizers, surfactants, antifoaming agents, silane coupling agents, adhesion promoters, and the like.
Specific examples of surfactants and plasticizers include those described in JP-A-2013-029832.
<感光性着色樹脂組成物の製造方法>
 本発明の感光性着色樹脂組成物の製造方法は、色材と、アルカリ可溶性樹脂と、光重合性化合物と、光開始剤と、紫外線吸収剤と、溶剤と、所望により用いられる分散剤等や各種添加成分とを、公知の混合手段を用いて混合することにより、調製することができる。
 当該樹脂組成物の調製方法としては、例えば、(1)まず溶剤中に、色材と、分散剤とを添加して色材分散液を調製し、当該分散液に、アルカリ可溶性樹脂と、光重合性化合物と、光開始剤と紫外線吸収剤と、所望により用いられる各種添加成分を混合する方法;(2)溶剤中に、色材とアルカリ可溶性樹脂と、光重合性化合物と、光開始剤と、紫外線吸収剤と、所望により用いられる各種添加成分とを同時に投入し混合する方法;(3)溶剤中に、アルカリ可溶性樹脂と、光重合性化合物と、光開始剤と、紫外線吸収剤と、所望により用いられる分散剤等や各種添加成分とを添加し、混合したのち、色材を加えて分散する方法;(4)溶剤中に、色材と、分散剤と、アルカリ可溶性樹脂とを添加して色材分散液を調製し、当該分散液に、更にアルカリ可溶性樹脂と、溶剤と、光重合性化合物と、光開始剤と、紫外線吸収剤と、所望により用いられる各種添加成分を添加し、混合する方法;などを挙げることができる。
 これらの方法の中で、上記(1)及び(4)の方法が、色材の凝集を効果的に防ぎ、均一に分散させ得る点から好ましい。
<Method for producing a photosensitive colored resin composition>
The method for producing a photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention includes a colorant, an alkali-soluble resin, a photopolymerizable compound, a photoinitiator, an ultraviolet absorber, a solvent, and optionally a dispersant or the like. It can be prepared by mixing various additive components using a known mixing means.
As a method for preparing the resin composition, for example, (1) first, a coloring material and a dispersant are added to a solvent to prepare a coloring material dispersion, and an alkali-soluble resin and a light are added to the dispersion. A method of mixing a polymerizable compound, a photoinitiator, an ultraviolet absorber, and optionally various additive components; (2) a colorant, an alkali-soluble resin, a photopolymerizable compound, and a photoinitiator in a solvent; and a UV absorber, and a method of simultaneously adding and mixing various additive components used as desired; (3) an alkali-soluble resin, a photopolymerizable compound, a photoinitiator, and a UV absorber in a solvent; (4) A method of adding a dispersing agent or the like and various additive components used as desired and mixing, and then adding and dispersing a coloring material; A coloring material dispersion is prepared by addition, and an alkali-soluble resin, a solvent, a photopolymerizable compound, a photoinitiator, an ultraviolet absorber, and various additive components that are optionally used are added to the dispersion. and a method of mixing; and the like.
Among these methods, the above methods (1) and (4) are preferable because they can effectively prevent the aggregation of the colorant and uniformly disperse the colorant.
 色材分散液を調製する方法は、従来公知の分散方法の中から適宜選択して用いることができる。
 分散処理を行うための分散機としては、2本ロール、3本ロール等のロールミル、ボールミル、振動ボールミル等のボールミル、ペイントコンディショナー、連続ディスク型ビーズミル、連続アニュラー型ビーズミル等のビーズミルが挙げられる。ビーズミルの好ましい分散条件として、使用するビーズ径は0.03mm~2.00mmが好ましく、より好ましくは0.10mm~1.0mmである。
A method for preparing a colorant dispersion can be appropriately selected from conventionally known dispersion methods and used.
Examples of dispersing machines for dispersing treatment include roll mills such as two-roll and three-roll roll mills, ball mills such as ball mills and vibrating ball mills, bead mills such as paint conditioners, continuous disk-type bead mills, and continuous annular-type bead mills. As preferable dispersing conditions for the bead mill, the diameter of the beads used is preferably 0.03 mm to 2.00 mm, more preferably 0.10 mm to 1.0 mm.
[用途]
 本発明に係る感光性着色樹脂組成物は、トリアリールメタン系染料のレーキ色材を含有し輝度を向上しながら、細い線幅で、現像前後の膜厚変化が抑制された着色層を形成可能であることから、カラーフィルタ用途に好適に用いることができる。
[Use]
The photosensitive colored resin composition according to the present invention contains a triarylmethane-based dye lake colorant to improve brightness, and has a narrow line width, and can form a colored layer in which film thickness changes before and after development are suppressed. Therefore, it can be suitably used for color filters.
[感光性着色樹脂組成物の硬化物]
 本発明に係る硬化物は、前記本発明に係る感光性着色樹脂組成物の硬化物である。
 本発明に係る硬化物は、前記本発明に係る感光性着色樹脂組成物の塗膜を形成し、該塗膜を乾燥させたのち、露光、及び現像することにより得ることができる。塗膜の形成、露光、及び現像の方法としては、例えば、後述する本発明に係るカラーフィルタが備える着色層の形成において用いられる方法と同様の方法とすることができる。
 また、本発明に係る硬化物は、トリアリールメタン系染料のレーキ色材を含有し輝度を向上しながら、細い線幅で、現像前後の膜厚変化が抑制された着色層であり、カラーフィルタの着色層として好適に用いられる。
[Cured product of photosensitive colored resin composition]
The cured product according to the present invention is a cured product of the photosensitive colored resin composition according to the present invention.
The cured product according to the present invention can be obtained by forming a coating film of the photosensitive colored resin composition according to the present invention, drying the coating film, exposing it, and developing it. The method of forming, exposing, and developing the coating film may be, for example, the same method as that used in the formation of the colored layer provided in the color filter according to the present invention, which will be described later.
In addition, the cured product according to the present invention is a colored layer in which the film thickness change before and after development is suppressed with a thin line width while improving the brightness by containing a triarylmethane dye lake colorant, and a color filter is suitably used as a colored layer of
III.カラーフィルタ
 本発明に係るカラーフィルタは、基板と、当該基板上に設けられた着色層とを少なくとも備えるカラーフィルタであって、当該着色層の少なくとも1つが、前記本発明に係る感光性着色樹脂組成物の硬化物である。
III. Color filter The color filter according to the present invention is a color filter comprising at least a substrate and a colored layer provided on the substrate, wherein at least one of the colored layers is the photosensitive colored resin composition according to the present invention. It is a hardened material.
 このような本発明に係るカラーフィルタについて、図を参照しながら説明する。図1は、本発明のカラーフィルタの一例を示す概略断面図である。図1によれば、本発明のカラーフィルタ10は、基板1と、遮光部2と、着色層3とを有している。 Such a color filter according to the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. FIG. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of the color filter of the present invention. According to FIG. 1, the color filter 10 of the present invention has a substrate 1, a light shielding portion 2 and a colored layer 3. As shown in FIG.
[着色層]
 本発明のカラーフィルタに用いられる着色層は、少なくとも1つが、前記本発明に係る感光性着色樹脂組成物の硬化物である着色層である。
 着色層は、通常、後述する基板上の遮光部の開口部に形成され、通常3色以上の着色パターンから構成される。
 また、当該着色層の配列としては、特に限定されず、例えば、ストライプ型、モザイク型、トライアングル型、4画素配置型等の一般的な配列とすることができる。また、着色層の幅、面積等は任意に設定することができる。
 当該着色層の厚みは、塗布方法、感光性着色樹脂組成物の固形分濃度や粘度等を調整することにより、適宜制御されるが、通常、1~5μmの範囲であることが好ましい。
[Colored layer]
At least one of the colored layers used in the color filter of the present invention is a colored layer that is a cured product of the photosensitive colored resin composition according to the present invention.
The colored layer is usually formed in the opening of the light shielding part on the substrate, which will be described later, and is usually composed of colored patterns of three or more colors.
The arrangement of the colored layers is not particularly limited, and may be a general arrangement such as a stripe type, mosaic type, triangle type, four-pixel arrangement type, or the like. Moreover, the width, area, etc. of the colored layer can be arbitrarily set.
The thickness of the colored layer can be appropriately controlled by adjusting the coating method, solid content concentration and viscosity of the photosensitive colored resin composition, and is preferably in the range of 1 to 5 μm.
 当該着色層は、例えば、下記の方法により形成することができる。
 まず、前述した本発明の感光性着色樹脂組成物を、スプレーコート法、ディップコート法、バーコート法、ロールコート法、スピンコート法、ダイコート法などの塗布手段を用いて後述する基板上に塗布して、ウェット塗膜を形成させる。なかでもスピンコート法、ダイコート法を好ましく用いることができる。
 次いで、ホットプレートやオーブンなどを用いて、該ウェット塗膜を乾燥させたのち、これに、所定のパターンのマスクを介して露光し、アルカリ可溶性樹脂及び多官能モノマー等を光重合反応させて硬化塗膜とする。露光に使用される光源としては、例えば低圧水銀灯、高圧水銀灯、メタルハライドランプなどの紫外線、電子線等が挙げられる。露光量は、使用する光源や塗膜の厚みなどによって適宜調整される。
 また、露光後に重合反応を促進させるために、加熱処理を行ってもよい。加熱条件は、使用する感光性着色樹脂組成物中の各成分の配合割合や、塗膜の厚み等によって適宜選択される。
The colored layer can be formed, for example, by the following method.
First, the photosensitive colored resin composition of the present invention described above is applied onto a substrate described later using a coating method such as a spray coating method, a dip coating method, a bar coating method, a roll coating method, a spin coating method, or a die coating method. to form a wet coating. Among them, the spin coating method and the die coating method can be preferably used.
Next, after drying the wet coating film using a hot plate or an oven, it is exposed to light through a mask of a predetermined pattern, and the alkali-soluble resin and the polyfunctional monomer are photopolymerized and cured. It is used as a coating film. Light sources used for exposure include, for example, ultraviolet light from low-pressure mercury lamps, high-pressure mercury lamps, metal halide lamps, and electron beams. The amount of exposure is appropriately adjusted depending on the light source used, the thickness of the coating film, and the like.
Moreover, in order to accelerate the polymerization reaction after exposure, heat treatment may be performed. The heating conditions are appropriately selected according to the mixing ratio of each component in the photosensitive colored resin composition to be used, the thickness of the coating film, and the like.
 次に、現像液を用いて現像処理し、未露光部分を溶解、除去することにより、所望のパターンで塗膜が形成される。現像液としては、通常、水や水溶性溶剤にアルカリを溶解させた溶液が用いられる。このアルカリ溶液には、界面活性剤などを適量添加してもよい。また、現像方法は一般的な方法を採用することができる。
 現像処理後は、通常、現像液の洗浄、感光性着色樹脂組成物の硬化塗膜の乾燥が行われ、着色層が形成される。なお、現像処理後に、塗膜を十分に硬化させるために加熱処理を行ってもよい。加熱条件としては特に限定はなく、塗膜の用途に応じて適宜選択される。
Next, a coating film is formed in a desired pattern by developing with a developer to dissolve and remove the unexposed portions. As the developer, a solution obtained by dissolving an alkali in water or a water-soluble solvent is usually used. An appropriate amount of a surfactant or the like may be added to this alkaline solution. Moreover, a general method can be adopted as the developing method.
After the development processing, the developer is usually washed and the cured coating film of the photosensitive colored resin composition is dried to form a colored layer. In addition, you may heat-process in order to fully harden a coating film after development processing. The heating conditions are not particularly limited and are appropriately selected according to the application of the coating film.
[遮光部]
 本発明のカラーフィルタにおける遮光部は、後述する基板上にパターン状に形成されるものであって、一般的なカラーフィルタに遮光部として用いられるものと同様とすることができる。
 当該遮光部のパターン形状としては、特に限定されず、例えば、ストライプ状、マトリクス状等の形状が挙げられる。遮光部は、スパッタリング法、真空蒸着法等によるクロム等の金属薄膜であっても良い。或いは、遮光部は、樹脂バインダー中にカーボン微粒子、金属酸化物、無機顔料、有機顔料等の遮光性粒子を含有させた樹脂層であってもよい。遮光性粒子を含有させた樹脂層の場合には、感光性レジストを用いて現像によりパターニングする方法、遮光性粒子を含有するインクジェットインクを用いてパターニングする方法、感光性レジストを熱転写する方法等がある。
[Light shielding part]
The light-shielding portion in the color filter of the present invention is formed in a pattern on a substrate, which will be described later, and can be the same as those used as light-shielding portions in general color filters.
The pattern shape of the light shielding portion is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a stripe shape, a matrix shape, and the like. The light shielding portion may be a metal thin film of chromium or the like formed by a sputtering method, a vacuum deposition method, or the like. Alternatively, the light-shielding portion may be a resin layer containing light-shielding particles such as carbon fine particles, metal oxides, inorganic pigments, or organic pigments in a resin binder. In the case of a resin layer containing light-shielding particles, a method of patterning by development using a photosensitive resist, a method of patterning using an inkjet ink containing light-shielding particles, a method of thermally transferring a photosensitive resist, and the like are available. be.
 遮光部の膜厚としては、金属薄膜の場合は0.2~0.4μm程度で設定され、黒色顔料をバインダー樹脂中に分散又は溶解させたものである場合は0.5~2μm程度で設定される。 The film thickness of the light-shielding portion is set to about 0.2 to 0.4 μm in the case of a metal thin film, and is set to about 0.5 to 2 μm in the case of a black pigment dispersed or dissolved in a binder resin. be done.
[基板]
 基板としては、後述する透明基板、シリコン基板、及び、透明基板又はシリコン基板上にアルミニウム、銀、銀/銅/パラジウム合金薄膜などを形成したものが用いられる。これらの基板上には、別のカラーフィルタ層、樹脂層、TFT等のトランジスタ、回路等が形成されていてもよい。
 本発明のカラーフィルタにおける透明基板としては、可視光に対して透明な基材であればよく、特に限定されず、一般的なカラーフィルタに用いられる透明基板を使用することができる。具体的には、石英ガラス、無アルカリガラス、合成石英板等の可撓性のない透明なリジッド材、あるいは、透明樹脂フィルム、光学用樹脂板、フレキシブルガラス等の可撓性を有する透明なフレキシブル材が挙げられる。
 当該透明基板の厚みは、特に限定されるものではないが、本発明のカラーフィルタの用途に応じて、例えば100μm~1mm程度のものを使用することができる。
 なお、本発明のカラーフィルタは、上記基板、遮光部及び着色層以外にも、例えば、オーバーコート層や透明電極層、さらには配向膜や柱状スペーサ等が形成されたものであってもよい。
[substrate]
As the substrate, a transparent substrate, a silicon substrate, and a transparent substrate or a silicon substrate on which an aluminum, silver, silver/copper/palladium alloy thin film or the like is formed are used. Other color filter layers, resin layers, transistors such as TFTs, circuits, and the like may be formed on these substrates.
The transparent substrate in the color filter of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is transparent to visible light, and transparent substrates used in general color filters can be used. Specifically, transparent rigid materials such as quartz glass, alkali-free glass, and synthetic quartz plates, or transparent flexible materials such as transparent resin films, optical resin plates, and flexible glass. material.
Although the thickness of the transparent substrate is not particularly limited, a thickness of about 100 μm to 1 mm, for example, can be used depending on the application of the color filter of the present invention.
The color filter of the present invention may be formed with, for example, an overcoat layer, a transparent electrode layer, an alignment film, columnar spacers, etc., in addition to the above substrate, light shielding portion and colored layer.
IV.表示装置
 本発明に係る表示装置は、前記本発明に係るカラーフィルタを有することを特徴とする。本発明において表示装置の構成は特に限定されず、従来公知の表示装置の中から適宜選択することができ、例えば、液晶表示装置や、有機発光表示装置などが挙げられる。
IV. Display Device A display device according to the present invention includes the color filter according to the present invention. In the present invention, the configuration of the display device is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected from conventionally known display devices, such as liquid crystal display devices and organic light-emitting display devices.
[液晶表示装置]
 本発明の液晶表示装置としては、例えば、前述した本発明に係るカラーフィルタと、対向基板と、前記カラーフィルタと前記対向基板との間に形成された液晶層とを有する液晶表示装置が挙げられる。
 このような本発明の液晶表示装置について、図を参照しながら説明する。図2は、本発明の液晶表示装置の一例を示す概略図である。図2に例示するように本発明の液晶表示装置40は、カラーフィルタ10と、TFTアレイ基板等を有する対向基板20と、上記カラーフィルタ10と上記対向基板20との間に形成された液晶層30とを有している。
 なお、本発明の液晶表示装置は、この図2に示される構成に限定されるものではなく、一般的にカラーフィルタが用いられた液晶表示装置として公知の構成とすることができる。
[Liquid crystal display device]
Examples of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention include a liquid crystal display device having the above-described color filter according to the present invention, a counter substrate, and a liquid crystal layer formed between the color filter and the counter substrate. .
Such a liquid crystal display device of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention. As illustrated in FIG. 2, a liquid crystal display device 40 of the present invention includes a color filter 10, a counter substrate 20 having a TFT array substrate and the like, and a liquid crystal layer formed between the color filter 10 and the counter substrate 20. 30.
The liquid crystal display device of the present invention is not limited to the configuration shown in FIG. 2, and may have a known configuration as a liquid crystal display device generally using color filters.
 本発明の液晶表示装置の駆動方式としては、特に限定はなく一般的に液晶表示装置に用いられている駆動方式を採用することができる。このような駆動方式としては、例えば、TN方式、IPS方式、OCB方式、及びMVA方式等を挙げることができる。本発明においてはこれらのいずれの方式であっても好適に用いることができる。
 また、対向基板としては、本発明の液晶表示装置の駆動方式等に応じて適宜選択して用いることができる。
 さらに、液晶層を構成する液晶としては、本発明の液晶表示装置の駆動方式等に応じて、誘電異方性の異なる各種液晶、及びこれらの混合物を用いることができる。
The driving method of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention is not particularly limited, and a driving method generally used for liquid crystal display devices can be adopted. Examples of such driving methods include the TN method, the IPS method, the OCB method, and the MVA method. Any of these methods can be suitably used in the present invention.
Also, the counter substrate can be appropriately selected and used according to the driving method of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention.
Further, as the liquid crystal constituting the liquid crystal layer, various liquid crystals having different dielectric anisotropy and mixtures thereof can be used according to the driving method of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention.
 液晶層の形成方法としては、一般に液晶セルの作製方法として用いられる方法を使用することができ、例えば、真空注入方式や液晶滴下方式等が挙げられる。前記方法によって液晶層を形成後、液晶セルを常温まで徐冷することにより、封入された液晶を配向させることができる。 As a method for forming the liquid crystal layer, a method generally used as a method for manufacturing a liquid crystal cell can be used, and examples thereof include a vacuum injection method and a liquid crystal dropping method. After the liquid crystal layer is formed by the above method, the liquid crystal cell is gradually cooled to room temperature, thereby aligning the enclosed liquid crystal.
[有機発光表示装置]
 本発明の有機発光表示装置としては、例えば、前述した本発明に係るカラーフィルタと、有機発光体とを有する有機発光表示装置が挙げられる。
 このような本発明の有機発光表示装置について、図を参照しながら説明する。図3は、本発明の有機発光表示装置の一例を示す概略図である。図3に例示するように本発明の有機発光表示装置100は、カラーフィルタ10と、有機発光体80とを有している。カラーフィルタ10と、有機発光体80との間に、有機保護層50や無機酸化膜60を有していても良い。
[Organic Light Emitting Display Device]
Examples of the organic light-emitting display device of the present invention include an organic light-emitting display device having the above-described color filter according to the present invention and an organic light-emitting material.
Such an organic light-emitting display device of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the organic light-emitting display device of the present invention. As illustrated in FIG. 3, the organic light-emitting display device 100 of the present invention has a color filter 10 and an organic light-emitting body 80. As shown in FIG. An organic protective layer 50 and an inorganic oxide film 60 may be provided between the color filter 10 and the organic light emitter 80 .
 有機発光体80の積層方法としては、例えば、カラーフィルタ上面へ透明陽極71、正孔注入層72、正孔輸送層73、発光層74、電子注入層75、および陰極76を逐次形成していく方法や、別基板上へ形成した有機発光体80を無機酸化膜60上に貼り合わせる方法などが挙げられる。有機発光体80における、透明陽極71、正孔注入層72、正孔輸送層73、発光層74、電子注入層75、および陰極76、その他の構成は、公知のものを適宜用いることができる。このようにして作製された有機発光表示装置100は、例えば、パッシブ駆動方式の有機ELディスプレイにもアクティブ駆動方式の有機ELディスプレイにも適用可能である。
 なお、本発明の有機発光表示装置は、この図3に示される構成に限定されるものではなく、一般的にカラーフィルタが用いられた有機発光表示装置として公知の構成とすることができる。
As a lamination method of the organic light emitter 80, for example, a transparent anode 71, a hole injection layer 72, a hole transport layer 73, a light emitting layer 74, an electron injection layer 75, and a cathode 76 are sequentially formed on the upper surface of the color filter. method, and a method of bonding the organic light emitter 80 formed on another substrate onto the inorganic oxide film 60, and the like. As for the transparent anode 71, the hole injection layer 72, the hole transport layer 73, the light emitting layer 74, the electron injection layer 75, the cathode 76, and other structures in the organic light emitter 80, known structures can be appropriately used. The organic light-emitting display device 100 manufactured in this way can be applied to, for example, a passive drive type organic EL display and an active drive type organic EL display.
The organic light-emitting display device of the present invention is not limited to the configuration shown in FIG. 3, and may have a known configuration as an organic light-emitting display device generally using color filters.
 以下、本発明について実施例を示して具体的に説明する。これらの記載により本発明を制限するものではない。
 塩形成前の共重合体の質量平均分子量(Mw)は、前述の本発明の明細書に記載した測定方法に従って、GPC(ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー)により標準ポリスチレン換算値として求めた。
EXAMPLES Hereinafter, the present invention will be specifically described with reference to examples. These descriptions do not limit the invention.
The mass average molecular weight (Mw) of the copolymer before salt formation was determined as a standard polystyrene equivalent value by GPC (gel permeation chromatography) according to the measurement method described in the specification of the present invention.
[紫外線吸収剤のPGMEAへの溶解性試験]
 紫外線吸収剤のPGMEAへの溶解性試験は、25℃において、各紫外線吸収剤を0.5g測り取り、PGMEA9.5g中に加えてスターラーで1時間攪拌後、目視で評価した。
〇:溶け残り無し
×:溶け残り有り
[Solubility test of UV absorber in PGMEA]
For the solubility test of the UV absorber in PGMEA, 0.5 g of each UV absorber was weighed at 25° C., added to 9.5 g of PGMEA, stirred with a stirrer for 1 hour, and visually evaluated.
〇: No undissolved ×: Undissolved
[紫外線吸収剤の波長365nmの透過率の測定]
 紫外線吸収剤の波長365nmの透過率は、各紫外線吸収剤の0.002質量%プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート溶液を調製し、当該0.002質量%プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート溶液を紫外可視近赤外分光光度計(例えば、日本分光(株) V-7100)を用いて測定した。
 紫外線吸収剤の波長365nmの透過率の測定結果を、表1に示す。
[Measurement of the transmittance of the ultraviolet absorber at a wavelength of 365 nm]
The transmittance of the ultraviolet absorber at a wavelength of 365 nm was obtained by preparing a 0.002% by mass propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate solution of each ultraviolet absorber, and subjecting the 0.002% by mass propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate solution to ultraviolet-visible-near-infrared spectroscopy. It was measured using a photometer (eg, JASCO Corporation V-7100).
Table 1 shows the measurement results of the transmittance of the ultraviolet absorbent at a wavelength of 365 nm.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000014
紫外線吸収剤(U1):Kemisorb71、ケミプロ化成製
紫外線吸収剤(U2):Kemisorb12、ケミプロ化成製
紫外線吸収剤(U3):Kemisorb111、ケミプロ化成製
紫外線吸収剤(U4):Kemisorb73、ケミプロ化成製
紫外線吸収剤(U5):TinuvinPS、BASF製
紫外線吸収剤(U6):Tinuvin928、BASF製
紫外線吸収剤(U7):Tinuvin405、BASF製
紫外線吸収剤(U8):Tinuvin479、BASF製
紫外線吸収剤(U9):Tinuvin329、BASF製
紫外線吸収剤(U10):Tinuvin477、BASF製
紫外線吸収剤(U11):RUVA-93、大塚化学製
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000014
UV absorber (U1): Kemisorb71, Chemipro Kasei UV absorber (U2): Kemisorb12, Chemipro Kasei UV absorber (U3): Kemisorb111, Chemipro Kasei UV absorber (U4): Kemisorb73, Chemipro Kasei UV absorber Agent (U5): TinuvinPS, BASF UV absorber (U6): Tinuvin928, BASF UV absorber (U7): Tinuvin405, BASF UV absorber (U8): Tinuvin479, BASF UV absorber (U9): Tinuvin329 , BASF UV absorber (U10): Tinuvin477, BASF UV absorber (U11): RUVA-93, Otsuka Chemical
(合成例1:レーキ色材1の合成)
(1)中間体1の合成
 特開2018-3013号に記載の中間体A-2、中間体B-1、及び化合物1-3の製造方法を参照して、下記化学式(a)で示される中間体1を得た(収率87%)。
 得られた化合物は、下記の分析結果より目的の化合物であることを確認した。
・MS(ESI) (m/z):677(+)、2価
・元素分析値:CHN実測値 (81.81%、7.31%、5.85%);理論値(81.77%、7.36%、5.90%)
(Synthesis Example 1: Synthesis of lake colorant 1)
(1) Synthesis of Intermediate 1 With reference to the method for producing Intermediate A-2, Intermediate B-1, and Compound 1-3 described in JP-A-2018-3013, the following chemical formula (a) is used. Intermediate 1 was obtained (87% yield).
The obtained compound was confirmed to be the target compound from the following analysis results.
・MS (ESI) (m / z): 677 (+), divalent ・Elemental analysis value: CHN measured value (81.81%, 7.31%, 5.85%); theoretical value (81.77%) , 7.36%, 5.90%)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
(2)レーキ色材1の合成
 関東化学製12タングストリン酸・n水和物2.59g(0.76mmol)をメタノール40mL、水40mLの混合液に加熱溶解させ、前記中間体1 1.6g(1.19mmol)を加え、1時間攪拌した。沈殿物を濾取し、水で洗浄した。得られた沈殿物を減圧乾燥して下記化学式(b)で示されるレーキ色材1を(収率95%)得た。
 得られた化合物は、下記の分析結果より目的の化合物であることを確認した。
・31P NMR(d-dmso、ppm)δ-15.15
・MS(MALDI) (m/z):1355(M)、2879(MH
・元素分析値:CHN実測値 (35.55%、3.24%、2.61%);理論値(35.61%、3.20%、2.57%)
・蛍光X線分析:MoW実測比 (0%、100%);理論値(0%、100%)
(2) Synthesis of lake colorant 1 Kanto Chemical 12 tungstophosphoric acid n-hydrate 2.59 g (0.76 mmol) was dissolved by heating in a mixture of 40 mL of methanol and 40 mL of water, and the intermediate 1 1.6 g (1.19 mmol) was added and stirred for 1 hour. The precipitate was filtered and washed with water. The resulting precipitate was dried under reduced pressure to obtain a lake coloring material 1 represented by the following chemical formula (b) (yield 95%).
The obtained compound was confirmed to be the target compound from the following analysis results.
・31P NMR (d-dmso, ppm) δ-15.15
・MS (MALDI) (m/z): 1355 (M + ), 2879 (MH 2 )
Elemental analysis values: CHN measured values (35.55%, 3.24%, 2.61%); theoretical values (35.61%, 3.20%, 2.57%)
・Fluorescent X-ray analysis: MoW actual measurement ratio (0%, 100%); theoretical value (0%, 100%)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
(合成例2:レーキ色材2の合成)
(1)K(PMoW1762)の調製
 NaWO・2HO(和光純薬工業製)44.0g、NaMoO・2HO(関東化学製)1.90gを精製水230gに溶解した。この溶液に85%リン酸64.9gを滴下ロート用いて攪拌しながら添加した。得られた溶液を8時間加熱還流した。反応液を室温に冷却し、臭素水を1滴加え、攪拌しながら塩化カリウム45gを添加した。更に1時間攪拌し後、沈殿物を濾別した。得られた固体を90℃で乾燥させることにより、29.4gのK(PMoW1762)を得た。
(2)レーキ色材2の合成
 C.I.ベーシックブルー7(BB7)(東京化成製) 5.30gを精製水350mlに投入し、40℃で攪拌して溶解し、BB7溶液を調製した。これとは別に、上記(1)で調製したK(PMoW1762)10.0gを精製水40mlに溶解した。BB7溶液に、K(PMoW1762)溶液を投入し、そのまま40℃で1時間攪拌した。次いで、内温を80℃に上げ、更に1時間攪拌しレーキ化を行った。冷却後濾過し、300mlの精製水で3回洗浄した。得られた固体を90℃で乾燥させることにより、黒青色固体で平均一次粒径が40nmの、トリアリールメタン系染料とポリ酸とのレーキ色材であるレーキ色材2を10.4g得た。
(Synthesis Example 2: Synthesis of lake colorant 2)
(1) Preparation of K 6 (P 2 MoW 17 O 62 ) 44.0 g of NaWO 4.2H 2 O (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries) and 1.90 g of Na 2 MoO 4.2H 2 O ( manufactured by Kanto Chemical) were purified. Dissolved in 230 g of water. 64.9 g of 85% phosphoric acid was added to this solution with stirring using a dropping funnel. The resulting solution was heated to reflux for 8 hours. The reaction liquid was cooled to room temperature, 1 drop of bromine water was added, and 45 g of potassium chloride was added while stirring. After stirring for an additional hour, the precipitate was filtered off. The solid obtained was dried at 90° C. to obtain 29.4 g of K 6 (P 2 MoW 17 O 62 ).
(2) Synthesis of lake colorant 2 C.I. I. 5.30 g of Basic Blue 7 (BB7) (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) was added to 350 ml of purified water and dissolved by stirring at 40° C. to prepare a BB7 solution. Separately, 10.0 g of K 6 (P 2 MoW 17 O 62 ) prepared in (1) above was dissolved in 40 ml of purified water. The K 6 (P 2 MoW 17 O 62 ) solution was added to the BB7 solution and stirred at 40° C. for 1 hour. Then, the internal temperature was raised to 80° C., and the mixture was further stirred for 1 hour to form a lake. After cooling, it was filtered and washed with 300 ml of purified water three times. By drying the obtained solid at 90° C., 10.4 g of a lake colorant 2, which is a blackish-blue solid having an average primary particle size of 40 nm and which is a lake colorant of triarylmethane-based dye and polyacid, was obtained. .
(合成例3:酸性分散剤A1(前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位から選択される少なくとも1種を有する重合体)の合成)
(1)マクロモノマーMM-1の合成
 冷却管、添加用ロート、窒素用インレット、機械的攪拌機、デジタル温度計を備えた反応器に、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(略称PGMEA)80.0質量部を仕込み、窒素気流下攪拌しながら、温度90℃に加温した。メタクリル酸メチル50.0質量部、メタクリル酸-n-ブチル30.0質量部、メタクリル酸ベンジル20.0質量部、2-メルカプトエタノール4.0質量部、PGMEA30質量部、α,α’-アゾビスイソブチロニトリル(略称AIBN)1.0質量部の混合溶液を1.5時間かけて滴下し、さらに3時間反応した。次に、窒素気流を止めて、この反応溶液を80℃に冷却し、カレンズMOI(昭和電工製)8.74質量部、ジラウリン酸ジブチルすず0.125質量部、p-メトキシフェノール0.125質量部、及びPGMEA10質量部、を加えて3時間攪拌することで、マクロモノマーMM-1の49.5質量%溶液を得た。得られたマクロモノマーMM-1は、GPC測定の結果、質量平均分子量(Mw)4010、数平均分子量(Mn)1910、分子量分布(Mw/Mn)2.10であった。
(Synthesis Example 3: Synthesis of acidic dispersant A1 (polymer having at least one selected from structural units represented by general formula (I)))
(1) Synthesis of macromonomer MM-1 80.0 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (abbreviated as PGMEA) was added to a reactor equipped with a cooling tube, an addition funnel, a nitrogen inlet, a mechanical stirrer, and a digital thermometer. The mixture was charged and heated to 90° C. while stirring under a nitrogen stream. 50.0 parts by weight of methyl methacrylate, 30.0 parts by weight of n-butyl methacrylate, 20.0 parts by weight of benzyl methacrylate, 4.0 parts by weight of 2-mercaptoethanol, 30 parts by weight of PGMEA, α,α'-azo A mixed solution of 1.0 parts by mass of bisisobutyronitrile (abbreviated as AIBN) was added dropwise over 1.5 hours, and the reaction was continued for 3 hours. Next, the nitrogen stream was stopped, the reaction solution was cooled to 80° C., and 8.74 parts by mass of Karenz MOI (manufactured by Showa Denko), 0.125 parts by mass of dibutyltin dilaurate, and 0.125 parts by mass of p-methoxyphenol were mixed. and 10 parts by mass of PGMEA were added and stirred for 3 hours to obtain a 49.5% by mass solution of the macromonomer MM-1. The obtained macromonomer MM-1 had a mass average molecular weight (Mw) of 4010, a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 1910 and a molecular weight distribution (Mw/Mn) of 2.10 as a result of GPC measurement.
(2)グラフト共重合体A1の合成
 冷却管、添加用ロート、窒素用インレット、機械的攪拌機、デジタル温度計を備えた反応器に、PGMEA85.0質量部を仕込み、窒素気流下攪拌しながら、温度90℃に加温した。前記マクロモノマーMM-1溶液67.34質量部(固形分33.33質量部)、メタクリル酸グリシジル(略称GMA)16.67質量部、n-ドデシルメルカプタン1.24質量部、PGMEA25.0質量部、AIBN0.5質量部の混合溶液を1.5時間かけて滴下し、3時間加熱攪拌したのち、AIBN0.10質量部 、PGMEA10.0質量部 の混合液を10分かけて滴下し、さらに同温で1時間熟成することで、グラフト共重合体A1の25.0質量%溶液を得た。得られたグラフト共重合体A1は、GPC測定の結果、質量平均分子量(Mw)10570、数平均分子量(Mn)4370、分子量分布(Mw/Mn)2.42であった。
(2) Synthesis of graft copolymer A1 A reactor equipped with a cooling pipe, an addition funnel, a nitrogen inlet, a mechanical stirrer, and a digital thermometer was charged with 85.0 parts by mass of PGMEA and stirred under a nitrogen stream. Warmed to a temperature of 90°C. 67.34 parts by weight of the macromonomer MM-1 solution (solid content 33.33 parts by weight), 16.67 parts by weight of glycidyl methacrylate (abbreviated as GMA), 1.24 parts by weight of n-dodecyl mercaptan, 25.0 parts by weight of PGMEA , a mixed solution of 0.5 parts by mass of AIBN was added dropwise over 1.5 hours, and after heating and stirring for 3 hours, a mixed solution of 0.10 parts by mass of AIBN and 10.0 parts by mass of PGMEA was added dropwise over 10 minutes. By aging at room temperature for 1 hour, a 25.0% by mass solution of graft copolymer A1 was obtained. As a result of GPC measurement, the resulting graft copolymer A1 had a mass average molecular weight (Mw) of 10,570, a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 4,370, and a molecular weight distribution (Mw/Mn) of 2.42.
(3)前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位から選択される少なくとも1種を有する重合体(酸性分散剤A1)の製造
 冷却管、添加用ロート、窒素用インレット、機械的攪拌機、デジタル温度計を備えた反応器に、PGMEA27.80質量部、フェニルホスホン酸(製品名「PPA」日産化学製)9.27質量部を仕込み、窒素気流下攪拌しながら、温度90℃に加温した。
前記グラフト共重合体A1の100.0質量部を30分かけて滴下し、2時間加熱攪拌することで、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位から選択される少なくとも1種を有する重合体(酸性分散剤A1)溶液(固形分25.0質量%)を得た。得られた酸性分散剤A1のGMAとPPAのエステル化反応の進行は、酸価測定とH-NMR測定によって確認した(エポキシ由来のピークが消失していることを確認)。得られた酸性分散剤A1の酸価は98mgKOH/gであった。
(3) Production of polymer (acidic dispersant A1) having at least one selected from structural units represented by general formula (I) Condenser, addition funnel, nitrogen inlet, mechanical stirrer, digital A reactor equipped with a thermometer was charged with 27.80 parts by mass of PGMEA and 9.27 parts by mass of phenylphosphonic acid (product name “PPA” manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industries), and heated to 90°C while stirring under a nitrogen stream. .
100.0 parts by mass of the graft copolymer A1 was added dropwise over 30 minutes, followed by heating and stirring for 2 hours to obtain a polymer having at least one selected from structural units represented by the general formula (I). A combined (acidic dispersant A1) solution (solid content: 25.0% by mass) was obtained. The progress of the esterification reaction between GMA and PPA in the obtained acidic dispersant A1 was confirmed by acid value measurement and 1 H-NMR measurement (it was confirmed that the epoxy-derived peak disappeared). The acid value of the obtained acidic dispersant A1 was 98 mgKOH/g.
(合成例4::酸性分散剤A2(カルボキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和モノマー由来の構成単位を含むAブロックと(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル由来の構成単位を含むBブロックとを含むブロック共重合体)の合成)
 国際公開第2016/132863号に記載の実施例1を参照し、メタクリル酸メチル(MMA)20質量部、メタクリル酸n-ブチル(BMA)40質量部のブロックと、メタクリル酸(MAA)20質量部、BMA20質量部のブロックと、MMA20質量部、BMA40質量部のブロックとを有する、トリブロック共重合体を合成した。得られたブロック共重合体は、重量平均分子量(Mw)が11000、分子量分布(Mw/Mn)が1.50、酸価が130mgKOH/gであった。
(Synthesis Example 4: Acidic dispersant A2 (a block copolymer containing an A block containing a structural unit derived from a carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer and a B block containing a structural unit derived from a (meth)acrylic acid alkyl ester) ) synthesis)
With reference to Example 1 described in WO 2016/132863, a block of 20 parts by weight of methyl methacrylate (MMA), 40 parts by weight of n-butyl methacrylate (BMA), and 20 parts by weight of methacrylic acid (MAA) , 20 parts by mass of BMA, and 20 parts by mass of MMA and 40 parts by mass of BMA, a triblock copolymer was synthesized. The resulting block copolymer had a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 11000, a molecular weight distribution (Mw/Mn) of 1.50 and an acid value of 130 mgKOH/g.
(合成例5:潜在性酸化防止剤の合成)
 下記化学式(c)で表されるフェノール化合物0.01mol、二炭酸ジ-tert-ブチル0.05mol及びピリジン30gを混合し、窒素雰囲気下、室温で4-ジメチルアミノピリジン0.025molを加え、60℃で3時間撹拌した。室温まで冷却後、反応液をイオン交換水150gに注ぎ、クロロホルム200gを加えて油水分離を行った。有機層を無水硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥後、溶媒を留去し、残渣にメタノール100gを加えて晶析を行った。得られた白色粉状結晶を60℃で3時間減圧乾燥させ、潜在性酸化防止剤(化合物A)を得た。なお、得られた潜在性酸化防止剤の構造はIR及びNMRで確認した。
(Synthesis Example 5: Synthesis of latent antioxidant)
0.01 mol of a phenol compound represented by the following chemical formula (c), 0.05 mol of di-tert-butyl dicarbonate and 30 g of pyridine are mixed, and 0.025 mol of 4-dimethylaminopyridine is added at room temperature under a nitrogen atmosphere. C. for 3 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction solution was poured into 150 g of ion-exchanged water, and 200 g of chloroform was added for oil-water separation. After the organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off, and 100 g of methanol was added to the residue for crystallization. The resulting white powdery crystals were dried under reduced pressure at 60° C. for 3 hours to obtain a latent antioxidant (compound A). The structure of the obtained latent antioxidant was confirmed by IR and NMR.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
(比較合成例1:トリアリールメタン系染料1の合成)
 特開2011-133844号の実施例1に記載の染料Aと同様にして、トリアリールメタン系染料1を合成した。
 まず、特開2011-133844号の実施例1に記載されているように、(トシル)トリフルオロメタンスルホニルイミド酸トリエチルアミン塩を合成した。
 次に、C.I.ベーシックブルー7(N-[4-[[4-(ジエチルアミノ)フェニル][4-(エチルアミノ)-1-ナフチル]メチレン]-2,5-シクロヘキサジエン-1-イリデン]-N-エチルエタンアミニウム・クロリド)(東京化成製)5gをメタノール30mLに溶解し、(トシル)トリフルオロメタンスルホニルイミド酸トリエチルアミン塩を攪拌しながら、3.93gを加え、さらに室温で1時間攪拌した。エバポレーターで溶液中のメタノールを濃縮し、水100mLを加え沈殿物を濾取し、水で洗浄した。該ケーキを減圧乾燥して、トリアリールメタン系染料1を得た。
(Comparative Synthesis Example 1: Synthesis of triarylmethane dye 1)
Triarylmethane dye 1 was synthesized in the same manner as dye A described in Example 1 of JP-A-2011-133844.
First, (tosyl)trifluoromethanesulfonylimidic acid triethylamine salt was synthesized as described in Example 1 of JP-A-2011-133844.
Next, C.I. I. Basic Blue 7 (N-[4-[[4-(diethylamino)phenyl][4-(ethylamino)-1-naphthyl]methylene]-2,5-cyclohexadien-1-ylidene]-N-ethylethanamide Chloride) (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 5 g was dissolved in 30 mL of methanol, and 3.93 g of (tosyl)trifluoromethanesulfonylimidic acid triethylamine salt was added while stirring, followed by further stirring at room temperature for 1 hour. The methanol in the solution was concentrated with an evaporator, 100 mL of water was added, and the precipitate was collected by filtration and washed with water. The cake was dried under reduced pressure to obtain a triarylmethane dye 1.
(調製例1:アルカリ可溶性樹脂P1の調製)
 重合槽に、PGMEAを300質量部仕込み、窒素雰囲気下で100℃に昇温した後、メタクリル酸ベンジル(BzMA)67.6質量部、MMA67.6質量部、メタクリル酸(MAA)36.4質量部及びパーブチルO(日油製)3質量部、連鎖移動剤(n-ドデシルメルカプタン)9質量部を1.5時間かけて連続的に滴下した。その後、100℃を保持して反応を続け、上記主鎖形成用混合物の滴下終了から2時間後に重合禁止剤として、p-メトキシフェノール0.1質量部を添加して重合を停止した。
 次に、空気を吹き込みながら、エポキシ基含有化合物としてメタクリル酸グリシジル(GMA)28.4質量部を添加して、110℃に昇温した後、トリエチルアミン0.8質量部を添加して110℃で15時間付加反応させ、アルカリ可溶性樹脂P1溶液(重量平均分子量(Mw)9000、酸価75mgKOH/g、固形分40質量%)を得た。
 なお、上記重量平均分子量の測定方法は、ポリスチレンを標準物質とし、THFを溶離液としてショウデックスGPCシステム-21H(Shodex GPC System-21H)により重量平均分子量を測定した。また酸価の測定方法は、JIS K 0070に基づいて測定した。
(Preparation Example 1: Preparation of alkali-soluble resin P1)
A polymerization tank was charged with 300 parts by mass of PGMEA, heated to 100° C. under a nitrogen atmosphere, and then charged with 67.6 parts by mass of benzyl methacrylate (BzMA), 67.6 parts by mass of MMA, and 36.4 parts by mass of methacrylic acid (MAA). , 3 parts by mass of Perbutyl O (manufactured by NOF Corporation), and 9 parts by mass of a chain transfer agent (n-dodecyl mercaptan) were continuously added dropwise over 1.5 hours. Thereafter, the reaction was continued while maintaining the temperature at 100° C., and 0.1 part by mass of p-methoxyphenol was added as a polymerization inhibitor to terminate the polymerization two hours after the completion of dropping the mixture for forming the main chain.
Next, while blowing in air, 28.4 parts by mass of glycidyl methacrylate (GMA) as an epoxy group-containing compound was added, and the temperature was raised to 110°C. Addition reaction was carried out for 15 hours to obtain an alkali-soluble resin P1 solution (weight average molecular weight (Mw) 9000, acid value 75 mgKOH/g, solid content 40% by mass).
The weight average molecular weight was measured by Shodex GPC System-21H using polystyrene as a standard substance and THF as an eluent. Moreover, the method for measuring the acid value was based on JIS K 0070.
(実施例1:感光性着色樹脂組成物1の製造)
(1)色材分散液1の調製
 225mLマヨネーズ瓶中に、PGMEA 61質量部、調製例1のアルカリ可溶性樹脂P1溶液(固形分40質量%)5質量部、合成例3の酸性分散剤A1溶液(固形分25.0質量%)24質量部を入れ攪拌した。
 そこへ、合成例1のトリアリールメタン系レーキ色材1を10質量部、粒径2.0mmジルコニアビーズ100質量部を入れ、予備解砕としてペイントシェーカー(浅田鉄工社製)で1時間振とうし、次いで粒径0.1mmのジルコニアビーズ200部に変更し本解砕としてペイントシェーカーで4時間分散を行い、色材分散液1を得た。
(Example 1: Production of photosensitive colored resin composition 1)
(1) Preparation of Colorant Dispersion Liquid 1 61 parts by mass of PGMEA, 5 parts by mass of alkali-soluble resin P1 solution (solid content: 40% by mass) of Preparation Example 1, and acidic dispersant A1 solution of Synthesis Example 3 are placed in a 225 mL mayonnaise bottle. 24 parts by mass (solid content: 25.0% by mass) was added and stirred.
10 parts by mass of triarylmethane-based lake colorant 1 of Synthesis Example 1 and 100 parts by mass of zirconia beads with a particle size of 2.0 mm are added thereto, and shaken for 1 hour with a paint shaker (manufactured by Asada Iron Works Co., Ltd.) for preliminary crushing. Then, 200 parts of zirconia beads having a particle size of 0.1 mm were used, and dispersion was carried out for 4 hours using a paint shaker as main pulverization to obtain a coloring material dispersion liquid 1.
(2)感光性バインダー成分B1の調製
 調製例1で得られたアルカリ可溶性樹脂P1溶液(固形分40質量%)を26.5質量部、光重合性化合物(商品名アロニックスM-403、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ及びヘキサアクリレート、東亞合成製)を17.7質量部、光重合性化合物(商品名アロニックスM-305、ペンタエリスリトールトリ及びテトラアクリレート、東亞合成製)を7.06質量部、光開始剤として光開始剤1(I1):イルガキュア907(BASF製、α-アミノアセトフェノン系光開始剤)を1.96質量部及び光開始剤2(I2):OXE-02(BASF製、カルバゾール骨格を有するオキシムエステル系光開始剤)を1.96質量部、紫外線吸収剤(紫外線吸収剤1(U1):Kemisorb71、ケミプロ化成製)を0.392質量部、酸化防止剤として、IRGANOX1010(BASF製)を0.392質量部、PGMEAを44.1質量部加え、感光性バインダー成分B1を得た。
(3)感光性着色樹脂組成物1の調製
 上記で得られた色材分散液1を3.44質量部、感光性バインダー成分B1を3.50質量部、PGMEAを3.06質量部混合し、実施例1の感光性着色樹脂組成物を調製した。
(2) Preparation of photosensitive binder component B1 26.5 parts by mass of the alkali-soluble resin P1 solution (solid content 40% by mass) obtained in Preparation Example 1, a photopolymerizable compound (trade name Aronix M-403, Dipenta Erythritol penta and hexaacrylate, Toagosei) 17.7 parts by mass, photopolymerizable compound (trade name Aronix M-305, pentaerythritol tri and tetraacrylate, Toagosei) 7.06 parts by mass, photoinitiator As photoinitiator 1 (I1): 1.96 parts by mass of Irgacure 907 (manufactured by BASF, α-aminoacetophenone photoinitiator) and photoinitiator 2 (I2): OXE-02 (manufactured by BASF, having a carbazole skeleton 1.96 parts by mass of oxime ester photoinitiator), 0.392 parts by mass of UV absorber (UV absorber 1 (U1): Kemisorb71, manufactured by Chemipro Kasei), and IRGANOX1010 (manufactured by BASF) as an antioxidant. 0.392 parts by mass and 44.1 parts by mass of PGMEA were added to obtain a photosensitive binder component B1.
(3) Preparation of photosensitive colored resin composition 1 3.44 parts by mass of the colorant dispersion 1 obtained above, 3.50 parts by mass of the photosensitive binder component B1, and 3.06 parts by mass of PGMEA were mixed. , the photosensitive colored resin composition of Example 1 was prepared.
(実施例2~27:感光性着色樹脂組成物2~27の製造)
 実施例1において、感光性バインダー成分B1の代わりに、表2に示したように各々感光性バインダー成分B2~B27を調製して用いた以外は、実施例1の感光性着色樹脂組成物1と同様にして、感光性着色樹脂組成物2~27を得た。
(Examples 2 to 27: Production of photosensitive colored resin compositions 2 to 27)
In Example 1, instead of the photosensitive binder component B1, except that each of the photosensitive binder components B2 to B27 were prepared and used as shown in Table 2, the photosensitive colored resin composition 1 of Example 1 and Similarly, photosensitive colored resin compositions 2 to 27 were obtained.
(実施例28:感光性着色樹脂組成物28の製造)
 実施例2において、色材分散液1において、色材を合成例1のトリアリールメタン系レーキ色材1から、合成例2のトリアリールメタン系レーキ色材2に変更した以外は、実施例2と同様にして、感光性着色樹脂組成物28を得た。
(Example 28: Production of photosensitive colored resin composition 28)
In Example 2, in the colorant dispersion liquid 1, the colorant was changed from the triarylmethane-based lake colorant 1 of Synthesis Example 1 to the triarylmethane-based lake colorant 2 of Synthesis Example 2. Example 2 A photosensitive colored resin composition 28 was obtained in the same manner as above.
(比較例1~5:比較感光性着色樹脂組成物1~5の製造)
 実施例1において、感光性バインダー成分B1の代わりに、表3に示したように各々感光性バインダー成分CB1~CB5を調製して用いた以外は、実施例1の感光性着色樹脂組成物1と同様にして、比較感光性着色樹脂組成物1~5を得た。
(Comparative Examples 1 to 5: Production of Comparative Photosensitive Colored Resin Compositions 1 to 5)
In Example 1, instead of the photosensitive binder component B1, except that each of the photosensitive binder components CB1 to CB5 were prepared and used as shown in Table 3, the photosensitive colored resin composition 1 of Example 1 and Comparative photosensitive colored resin compositions 1 to 5 were obtained in the same manner.
(比較例6~8:比較感光性着色樹脂組成物6~8の製造)
(1)色材分散液C1の調製
 225mLマヨネーズ瓶中に、PGMEA 65質量部、調製例1のアルカリ可溶性樹脂P1溶液(固形分40質量%)15質量部、合成例4の酸性分散剤A2のPGMEA溶液(固形分20.0質量%)10質量部を入れ攪拌した。
 そこへPB15:6を8.8質量部、PV23を1.2質量部、粒径2.0mmジルコニアビーズ100質量部を入れ、予備解砕としてペイントシェーカー(浅田鉄工社製)で1時間振とうし、次いで粒径0.1mmのジルコニアビーズ200部に変更し本解砕としてペイントシェーカーで4時間分散を行い、色材分散液C1を得た。
(2)比較感光性着色樹脂組成物6~8の調製
 実施例1において、感光性バインダー成分B1の代わりに、表3に示したように各々感光性バインダー成分CB6~CB8を調製した。
 色材分散液C1を2.56質量部、感光性バインダー成分を3.58質量部、PGMEAを3.85質量部混合し、比較感光性着色樹脂組成物6~8を得た。
(Comparative Examples 6-8: Production of comparative photosensitive colored resin compositions 6-8)
(1) Preparation of Colorant Dispersion C1 In a 225 mL mayonnaise bottle, 65 parts by mass of PGMEA, 15 parts by mass of the alkali-soluble resin P1 solution (solid content: 40% by mass) of Preparation Example 1, and the acidic dispersant A2 of Synthesis Example 4 are added. 10 parts by mass of PGMEA solution (solid content: 20.0% by mass) was added and stirred.
Add 8.8 parts by mass of PB15:6, 1.2 parts by mass of PV23, and 100 parts by mass of zirconia beads with a particle size of 2.0 mm, and shake for 1 hour with a paint shaker (manufactured by Asada Iron Works Co., Ltd.) for preliminary crushing. Then, 200 parts of zirconia beads having a particle size of 0.1 mm were used, and dispersion was carried out for 4 hours using a paint shaker as main pulverization to obtain a colorant dispersion C1.
(2) Preparation of Comparative Photosensitive Colored Resin Compositions 6 to 8 In Example 1, photosensitive binder components CB6 to CB8 were prepared as shown in Table 3 instead of the photosensitive binder component B1.
2.56 parts by mass of the colorant dispersion C1, 3.58 parts by mass of the photosensitive binder component, and 3.85 parts by mass of PGMEA were mixed to obtain comparative photosensitive colored resin compositions 6 to 8.
(比較例9~11:比較感光性着色樹脂組成物9~11の製造)
 実施例1において、感光性バインダー成分B1の代わりに、表3に示したように各々感光性バインダー成分CB9~CB11を調製した。
 染料(比較合成例1のトリアリールメタン系染料1)を0.333質量部、感光性バインダー成分を4.17質量部、PGMEを5.50質量部混合し、比較感光性着色樹脂組成物9~11を得た。
(Comparative Examples 9-11: Production of Comparative Photosensitive Colored Resin Compositions 9-11)
In Example 1, photosensitive binder components CB9 to CB11 were prepared as shown in Table 3 instead of photosensitive binder component B1.
0.333 parts by weight of a dye (triarylmethane dye 1 of Comparative Synthesis Example 1), 4.17 parts by weight of a photosensitive binder component, and 5.50 parts by weight of PGME are mixed, and a comparative photosensitive colored resin composition 9 ~11 was obtained.
[評価方法]
  実施例及び比較例の感光性着色樹脂組成物をそれぞれ、厚み0.7mmのガラス基板(NHテクノグラス製、「NA35」)上に、ポストベーク後の膜厚が2.2μmとなるようにスピンコーターを用いて塗布した後、ホットプレートを用いて80℃で3分間加熱乾燥を行った。その後、40μmのラインを形成するフォトマスクを介し、超高圧水銀灯を用いて60mJ/cmの紫外線を照射し、次いで、アルカリ現像液として0.05質量%水酸化カリウム水溶液を用いて60秒間シャワー現像した。その後230℃のクリーンオーブンで30分間ポストベークすることにより、ガラス基板上に40μmのラインのパターンで着色層が形成されたパターン形成基板を作製した。
[Evaluation method]
Each of the photosensitive colored resin compositions of Examples and Comparative Examples was spun onto a 0.7 mm-thick glass substrate (NH Techno Glass, "NA35") so that the film thickness after post-baking was 2.2 μm. After coating using a coater, drying was performed by heating at 80° C. for 3 minutes using a hot plate. After that, through a photomask forming a line of 40 μm, ultraviolet rays of 60 mJ/cm 2 are irradiated using an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp, and then a 0.05% by mass potassium hydroxide aqueous solution is used as an alkaline developer to shower for 60 seconds. Developed. After that, the substrate was post-baked in a clean oven at 230° C. for 30 minutes to prepare a patterned substrate having a colored layer formed in a 40 μm line pattern on the glass substrate.
<着色層の線幅増加抑制>
 露光時に使用したクロムマスクの開口幅40μmに当たる部分の着色層の細線パターンの幅を光学顕微鏡で5箇所測定し、線幅の平均値と目標とする線幅の差により、線幅シフト量を評価した。
(線幅増加抑制評価基準)
AA:目標とする線幅に対して差が5.0μm以内
A:目標とする線幅に対して差が5.0μm超過7.0μm以内
B:目標とする線幅に対して差が7.0μm超過10.0μm以内
C:目標とする線幅に対して差が10.0μm超過
 評価結果がAであれば線幅増加抑制は良好であり、評価結果がAAであれば線幅増加抑制に優れている。
<Suppression of Line Width Increase in Colored Layer>
The width of the fine line pattern of the colored layer in the area corresponding to the opening width of 40 μm of the chromium mask used during exposure was measured with an optical microscope at 5 points, and the amount of line width shift was evaluated from the difference between the average line width and the target line width. did.
(Line width increase suppression evaluation criteria)
AA: The difference is within 5.0 μm from the target line width A: The difference is over 5.0 μm and within 7.0 μm from the target line width B: The difference is 7.0 μm from the target line width More than 0 μm and within 10.0 μm C: The difference from the target line width is more than 10.0 μm If the evaluation result is A, the line width increase suppression is good, and if the evaluation result is AA, the line width increase is suppressed. Are better.
<現像残膜率評価>
 実施例及び比較例の感光性着色樹脂組成物をそれぞれ、厚み0.7mmのガラス基板(NHテクノグラス製、「NA35」)上に、ポストベーク後の膜厚が2.2μmとなるようにスピンコーターを用いて塗布した後、ホットプレートを用いて80℃で3分間加熱乾燥を行った。その後、フォトマスクを介さず、超高圧水銀灯を用いて60mJ/cmの紫外線を照射し、その後、レジスト塗膜の膜厚T1を膜厚計を用いて測定した。次いで、アルカリ現像液として0.05質量%水酸化カリウム水溶液を用いて60秒間シャワー現像し、現像後の膜厚T2を測定した。
 現像残膜率=T2/T1[%]として算出した。
(現像残膜率評価基準)
 AA:現像残膜率が98%以上
 A:現像残膜率が97%以上98%未満
 B:現像残膜率が94%以上97%未満
 C:現像残膜率が94%未満
 評価結果がAであれば現像残膜率は良好であり、評価結果がAAであれば現像残膜率に優れている。
<Evaluation of residual film rate after development>
Each of the photosensitive colored resin compositions of Examples and Comparative Examples was spun onto a 0.7 mm-thick glass substrate (NH Techno Glass, "NA35") so that the film thickness after post-baking was 2.2 μm. After coating using a coater, drying was performed by heating at 80° C. for 3 minutes using a hot plate. After that, ultraviolet rays of 60 mJ/cm 2 were irradiated using an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp without passing through a photomask, and then the film thickness T1 of the resist coating film was measured using a film thickness meter. Next, shower development was performed for 60 seconds using a 0.05% by mass potassium hydroxide aqueous solution as an alkaline developer, and the film thickness T2 after development was measured.
It was calculated as the development residual film ratio=T2/T1 [%].
(Evaluation criteria for residual film rate after development)
AA: Development residual film rate is 98% or more A: Development residual film rate is 97% or more and less than 98% B: Development residual film rate is 94% or more and less than 97% C: Development residual film rate is less than 94% Evaluation result is A If the evaluation result is AA, the residual film ratio after development is excellent.
<輝度、耐熱性評価>
 実施例及び比較例の感光性着色樹脂組成物をそれぞれ、厚み0.7mmのガラス基板(NHテクノグラス製、「NA35」)上に、ポストベーク後の色度がy=0.088になるようにスピンコーターを用いて塗布した。その後、80℃のホットプレート上で3分間加熱乾燥を行い、フォトマスクを介さずに超高圧水銀灯を用いて60mJ/cmの紫外線を照射し、次いで230℃のクリーンオーブンで30分間ポストベークすることによってすることによって硬化膜(着色膜)を得た。得られた着色基板の輝度(Y)、L、a、b(L、a、b)をオリンパス社製「顕微分光測定装置OSP-SP200」を用いて測定し、下記評価基準により評価した。
 次に、上記の硬化膜が形成された基板を、230℃のクリーンオーブンで30分間ポストベークした後、30分放冷する工程を3回繰り返し行い、得られた着色基板のL、a、b(L、a,b)を測定した。測定した値から処理前後の色差(ΔEab)を下記式に従って算出した。
 色差(ΔEab) ={(L-L+(a-a+(b-b1/2
<Brightness, heat resistance evaluation>
Each of the photosensitive colored resin compositions of Examples and Comparative Examples was placed on a glass substrate (manufactured by NH Techno Glass, "NA35") having a thickness of 0.7 mm so that the chromaticity after post-baking was y = 0.088. was applied using a spin coater. After that, it is dried by heating on a hot plate at 80°C for 3 minutes, irradiated with ultraviolet rays of 60 mJ/cm 2 using an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp without passing through a photomask, and then post-baked in a clean oven at 230°C for 30 minutes. A cured film (colored film) was obtained by doing so. The luminance (Y), L, a, and b (L 0 , a 0 , b 0 ) of the colored substrate thus obtained were measured using an Olympus Spectrophotometer OSP-SP200 and evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria. did.
Next, the substrate on which the cured film was formed was post-baked in a clean oven at 230° C. for 30 minutes, and then the step of cooling for 30 minutes was repeated three times. (L 1 , a 1 , b 1 ) were measured. From the measured values, the color difference (ΔEab) before and after treatment was calculated according to the following formula.
Color difference (ΔEab) = {(L 1 -L 0 ) 2 +(a 1 -a 0 ) 2 +(b 1 -b 0 ) 2 } 1/2
(輝度評価基準)
AA:輝度(Y)が10.6以上
A:輝度(Y)が10.0以上10.6未満
B:輝度(Y)が9.5以上10.0未満
C:輝度(Y)が9.5未満
 評価結果がAであれば輝度は良好であり、評価結果がAAであれば輝度に優れている。
(Luminance evaluation criteria)
AA: Brightness (Y) is 10.6 or more A: Brightness (Y) is 10.0 or more and less than 10.6 B: Brightness (Y) is 9.5 or more and less than 10.0 C: Brightness (Y) is 9.0 Less than 5 If the evaluation result is A, the luminance is good, and if the evaluation result is AA, the luminance is excellent.
(耐熱性評価基準)
AA:ΔEabが3.0未満
A:ΔEabが3.0以上5.0未満
B:ΔEabが5.0以上8.0未満
C:ΔEabが8.0以上
 評価結果がAであれば耐熱性は良好であり、評価結果がAAであれば耐熱性に優れている。
(Heat resistance evaluation criteria)
AA: ΔEab is less than 3.0 A: ΔEab is 3.0 or more and less than 5.0 B: ΔEab is 5.0 or more and less than 8.0 C: ΔEab is 8.0 or more If the evaluation result is A, heat resistance is If the evaluation result is AA, the heat resistance is excellent.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000019
表において、略号は以下のとおりである。
光開始剤1(I1):イルガキュア907、BASF製、α-アミノアセトフェノン系光開始剤
光開始剤2(I2):OXE-02、BASF製、カルバゾール骨格を有するオキシムエステル系光開始剤
紫外線吸収剤(U1):Kemisorb71、ケミプロ化成製
紫外線吸収剤(U2):Kemisorb12、ケミプロ化成製
紫外線吸収剤(U3):Kemisorb111、ケミプロ化成製
紫外線吸収剤(U4):Kemisorb73、ケミプロ化成製
紫外線吸収剤(U5):TinuvinPS、BASF製
紫外線吸収剤(U6):Tinuvin928、BASF製
紫外線吸収剤(U7):Tinuvin405、BASF製
紫外線吸収剤(U8):Tinuvin479、BASF製
紫外線吸収剤(U9):Tinuvin329、BASF製
紫外線吸収剤(U10):Tinuvin477、BASF製
紫外線吸収剤(U11):RUVA-93、大塚化学製
酸化防止剤(A1):IRGANOX1010、BASF製
潜在性酸化防止剤(LA1):合成例5の潜在性酸化防止剤
樹脂P1:調製例1のアルカリ可溶性樹脂P1
M1:光重合性化合物、アロニックスM-403、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ及びヘキサアクリレート、東亞合成製、
M2:光重合性化合物、アロニックスM-305、ペンタエリスリトールトリ及びテトラアクリレート、東亞合成製、
M3:光重合性化合物、アロニックスM-460、ジグリセリンエチレンオキサイド変性アクリレート、東亞合成製、
M4:光重合性化合物、カヤラッドDPEA-12、エチレンオキサイド変性(12)ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレート、日本化薬製
チオール:カレンズMT PE1、昭和電工製
Abbreviations in the table are as follows.
Photoinitiator 1 (I1): Irgacure 907, manufactured by BASF, α-aminoacetophenone photoinitiator Photoinitiator 2 (I2): OXE-02, manufactured by BASF, oxime ester photoinitiator having a carbazole skeleton UV absorber (U1): Kemisorb71, Chemipro Kasei UV absorber (U2): Kemisorb12, Chemipro Kasei UV absorber (U3): Kemisorb111, Chemipro Kasei UV absorber (U4): Kemisorb73, Chemipro Kasei UV absorber (U5) ): TinuvinPS, BASF UV absorber (U6): Tinuvin928, BASF UV absorber (U7): Tinuvin405, BASF UV absorber (U8): Tinuvin479, BASF UV absorber (U9): Tinuvin329, BASF UV absorber (U10): Tinuvin477, BASF UV absorber (U11): RUVA-93, Otsuka Chemical antioxidant (A1): IRGANOX1010, BASF latent antioxidant (LA1): Latent of Synthesis Example 5 Antioxidant Resin P1: Alkali-Soluble Resin P1 of Preparation Example 1
M1: photopolymerizable compound, Aronix M-403, dipentaerythritol penta and hexaacrylate, manufactured by Toagosei,
M2: photopolymerizable compound, Aronix M-305, pentaerythritol tri- and tetraacrylate, manufactured by Toagosei,
M3: photopolymerizable compound, Aronix M-460, diglycerin ethylene oxide-modified acrylate, manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.,
M4: Photopolymerizable compound, Kayarad DPEA-12, ethylene oxide-modified (12) dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, Nippon Kayaku thiol: Karenz MT PE1, Showa Denko
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000021
なお、光開始剤と紫外線吸収剤と酸化防止剤とチオールの数値は、固形分比である。
L1(レーキ色材1):合成例1のトリアリールメタン系染料のレーキ色材1
L2(レーキ色材2):合成例2のトリアリールメタン系染料のレーキ色材2
顔料:PB15:6(C.I.ピグメントブルー15:6)とPV23(C.I.ピグメントバイオレット23)
染料:比較合成例1のトリアリールメタン系染料1
In addition, the numerical value of a photoinitiator, an ultraviolet absorber, an antioxidant, and a thiol is a solid content ratio.
L1 (lake colorant 1): lake colorant 1 of triarylmethane-based dye of Synthesis Example 1
L2 (lake colorant 2): lake colorant 2 of triarylmethane-based dye of Synthesis Example 2
Pigments: PB15:6 (C.I. Pigment Blue 15:6) and PV23 (C.I. Pigment Violet 23)
Dye: Triarylmethane-based dye 1 of Comparative Synthesis Example 1
[結果のまとめ]
 トリアリールメタン系染料のレーキ色材に紫外線吸収剤を組み合わせた実施例1~28の感光性着色樹脂組成物は、輝度を向上しながら、細い線幅で、現像前後の膜厚変化が抑制された着色層を形成可能であることが示された。
 また、実施例において、トリアリールメタン系染料のレーキ色材に紫外線吸収剤を併用していれば、現像残膜率を維持したままで、線幅シフト量が5μm以下の目標値に開始剤量で調整可能であることも示された。
 また、実施例の中でも、波長365nmの透過率が0.002質量%プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート溶液において40%以下である紫外線吸収剤を用いると、線幅シフト量を大きくなりにくいことが示された。
 また、実施例の中でも、アルキレンオキシドを含む光重合性化合物を含有する場合には、高い現像残膜率と細い線幅を両立しやすいことが示された。
 それに対して、紫外線吸収剤を含まない比較例1の感光性着色樹脂組成物では、酸化防止剤と潜在性酸化防止剤を実施例と同様に含んでいても、線幅シフト量が大きく、線幅が太くなってしまい、所望の細い線幅で着色層を形成できないことが示された。
 紫外線吸収剤を含まない比較例1の感光性着色樹脂組成物において、線幅を細くするために光開始剤量を減らした比較例2及び3の感光性着色樹脂組成物では、線幅シフト量は若干低減するものの、現像残膜率が悪化してしまうことが示された。
 紫外線吸収剤を含まない比較例1の感光性着色樹脂組成物において、線幅を細くするために酸化防止剤量を増加した比較例4及び5の感光性着色樹脂組成物では、線幅シフト量は低減するものの、現像残膜率が悪化してしまうことが示された。
 一方、トリアリールメタン系染料のレーキ色材を用いず、顔料を用いた比較例6~8の感光性着色樹脂組成物では、トリアリールメタン系染料のレーキ色材を用いた実施例と同様の線幅シフト量にするためには、光開始剤量を多量に用いる必要があり、その場合には現像残膜率は問題にならないが、輝度は低いことが示された。
 また、トリアリールメタン系染料のレーキ色材を用いず、トリアリールメタン系染料を用いた比較例9~11の感光性着色樹脂組成物では、トリアリールメタン系染料のレーキ色材を用いた実施例と同様の線幅シフト量にするためには、光開始剤量を多量に用いる必要があり、その場合には現像残膜率は問題にならないが、加熱後の色差が大きくなってしまい、輝度が低くなることが示された。
[Summary of results]
The photosensitive colored resin composition of Examples 1 to 28 in which an ultraviolet absorber is combined with a lake colorant of triarylmethane dye has a thin line width while improving the brightness, and the film thickness change before and after development is suppressed. It was shown that it is possible to form a colored layer.
Further, in the examples, if an ultraviolet absorber is used in combination with the triarylmethane-based dye lake colorant, the amount of initiator to the target value of the line width shift amount of 5 μm or less while maintaining the development residual film rate was also shown to be adjustable with
In addition, among the examples, it was shown that the line width shift amount is difficult to increase when an ultraviolet absorber having a transmittance at a wavelength of 365 nm of 40% or less in a 0.002% by mass propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate solution is used. .
Also, among the examples, it was shown that when a photopolymerizable compound containing alkylene oxide is contained, it is easy to achieve both a high residual film rate after development and a fine line width.
On the other hand, in the photosensitive colored resin composition of Comparative Example 1 that does not contain an ultraviolet absorber, even if it contains an antioxidant and a latent antioxidant in the same manner as in Examples, the line width shift amount is large, and the line It was shown that the width became thicker and a colored layer could not be formed with a desired fine line width.
In the photosensitive colored resin composition of Comparative Example 1 containing no ultraviolet absorber, the photosensitive colored resin composition of Comparative Examples 2 and 3 in which the amount of photoinitiator was reduced in order to narrow the line width, the line width shift amount was slightly reduced, but the development residual film rate was deteriorated.
In the photosensitive colored resin composition of Comparative Example 1 containing no ultraviolet absorber, in the photosensitive colored resin composition of Comparative Examples 4 and 5 in which the amount of antioxidant was increased to narrow the line width, the line width shift amount was reduced, but the development residual film rate was deteriorated.
On the other hand, the photosensitive colored resin compositions of Comparative Examples 6 to 8 using a pigment without using a triarylmethane dye lake colorant were similar to the examples using a triarylmethane dye lake colorant. In order to achieve the line width shift amount, it was necessary to use a large amount of the photoinitiator. In that case, the development residual film rate was not a problem, but the luminance was low.
Further, without using a triarylmethane dye lake colorant, the photosensitive colored resin compositions of Comparative Examples 9 to 11 using a triarylmethane dye were implemented using a triarylmethane dye lake colorant. In order to obtain the same line width shift amount as in the example, it is necessary to use a large amount of photoinitiator. It was shown to be less bright.
 1 基板
 2 遮光部
 3 着色層
 5 微小孔
 10 カラーフィルタ
 20 対向基板
 30 液晶層
 40 液晶表示装置
 50 有機保護層
 60 無機酸化膜
 71 透明陽極
 72 正孔注入層
 73 正孔輸送層
 74 発光層
 75 電子注入層
 76 陰極
 80 有機発光体
100 有機発光表示装置
REFERENCE SIGNS LIST 1 substrate 2 light shielding part 3 colored layer 5 micropores 10 color filter 20 counter substrate 30 liquid crystal layer 40 liquid crystal display device 50 organic protective layer 60 inorganic oxide film 71 transparent anode 72 hole injection layer 73 hole transport layer 74 light emitting layer 75 electrons Injection layer 76 Cathode 80 Organic light emitter 100 Organic light emitting display

Claims (10)

  1.  色材と、アルカリ可溶性樹脂と、光重合性化合物と、光開始剤と、紫外線吸収剤と、溶剤とを含有し、
     前記色材がトリアリールメタン系染料のレーキ色材を含有する、感光性着色樹脂組成物。
    Containing a coloring material, an alkali-soluble resin, a photopolymerizable compound, a photoinitiator, an ultraviolet absorber, and a solvent,
    A photosensitive colored resin composition, wherein the colorant contains a lake colorant of a triarylmethane-based dye.
  2.  さらに、分散剤を含有する、請求項1に記載の感光性着色樹脂組成物。 The photosensitive colored resin composition according to claim 1, which further contains a dispersant.
  3.  さらに、酸化防止剤、及び潜在性酸化防止剤の少なくとも1種を含有する、請求項1又は2に記載の感光性着色樹脂組成物。 The photosensitive colored resin composition according to claim 1 or 2, further containing at least one of an antioxidant and a latent antioxidant.
  4.  さらに、チオール化合物を含有する、請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載の感光性着色樹脂組成物。 The photosensitive colored resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, further comprising a thiol compound.
  5.  前記トリアリールメタン系染料のレーキ色材が、下記一般式(1)で表される色材を含有する、請求項1~4のいずれか1項に記載の感光性着色樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    (一般式(1)中、Aは、Nと直接結合する炭素原子がπ結合を有しないa価の有機基であって、当該有機基は、少なくともNと直接結合する末端に飽和脂肪族炭化水素基を有する脂肪族炭化水素基、又は当該脂肪族炭化水素基を有する芳香族基を表し、炭素鎖中にヘテロ原子が含まれていてもよい。Bc-はc価のポリ酸アニオンを表す。R~Rは各々独立に水素原子、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基又は置換基を有していてもよいアリール基を表し、RiiとRiii、RivとRが結合して環構造を形成してもよい。Rvi及びRviiは各々独立に、置換基を有してもよいアルキル基、置換基を有してもよいアルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子又はシアノ基を表す。Arは置換基を有していてもよい2価の芳香族基を表す。複数あるR~Rvii及びArはそれぞれ同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
     a及びcは2以上の整数、b及びdは1以上の整数を表す。f及びgは0以上4以下の整数を表す。複数あるf及びgはそれぞれ同一であっても異なっていてもよい。)
    The photosensitive colored resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the triarylmethane-based dye lake colorant contains a colorant represented by the following general formula (1).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    (In the general formula (1), A is an a-valent organic group in which the carbon atom directly bonded to N does not have a π bond, and the organic group has at least a saturated aliphatic carbonized Represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a hydrogen group, or an aromatic group having the aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and may contain a heteroatom in the carbon chain.B c- represents a c-valent polyacid anion. R i to R v each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group or an optionally substituted aryl group, R ii and R iii , R iv and R v may combine to form a ring structure, R vi and R vii are each independently an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, a halogen atom or a cyano Ar 1 represents an optionally substituted divalent aromatic group, and a plurality of R i to R vii and Ar 1 may be the same or different.
    a and c represent integers of 2 or more, and b and d represent integers of 1 or more. f and g represent an integer of 0 or more and 4 or less. A plurality of f and g may be the same or different. )
  6.  前記紫外線吸収剤は、波長365nmの透過率が0.002質量%プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート溶液において40%以下である、請求項1~5のいずれか1項に記載の感光性着色樹脂組成物。 The photosensitive colored resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the ultraviolet absorber has a transmittance of 40% or less at a wavelength of 365 nm in a 0.002% by mass propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate solution.
  7.  前記光重合性化合物が、アルキレンオキシドを含む光重合性化合物を含有する、請求項1~6のいずれか1項に記載の感光性着色樹脂組成物。 The photosensitive colored resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the photopolymerizable compound contains a photopolymerizable compound containing alkylene oxide.
  8.  請求項1~7のいずれか1項に記載の感光性着色樹脂組成物の硬化物。 A cured product of the photosensitive colored resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 7.
  9.  基板と、当該基板上に設けられた着色層とを少なくとも備えるカラーフィルタであって、当該着色層の少なくとも1つが請求項8に記載の感光性着色樹脂組成物の硬化物である、カラーフィルタ。 A color filter comprising at least a substrate and a colored layer provided on the substrate, wherein at least one of the colored layers is a cured product of the photosensitive colored resin composition according to claim 8.
  10.  前記請求項9に記載のカラーフィルタを有する、表示装置。 A display device having the color filter according to claim 9.
PCT/JP2022/023796 2021-06-25 2022-06-14 Photosensitive colored resin composition, cured product, color filter and display device WO2022270357A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202280040328.9A CN117425856A (en) 2021-06-25 2022-06-14 Photosensitive coloring resin composition, cured product, color filter and display device
JP2023530345A JPWO2022270357A1 (en) 2021-06-25 2022-06-14

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2021-105550 2021-06-25
JP2021105550 2021-06-25

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022270357A1 true WO2022270357A1 (en) 2022-12-29

Family

ID=84544988

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2022/023796 WO2022270357A1 (en) 2021-06-25 2022-06-14 Photosensitive colored resin composition, cured product, color filter and display device

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JPWO2022270357A1 (en)
CN (1) CN117425856A (en)
TW (1) TW202307139A (en)
WO (1) WO2022270357A1 (en)

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2013178460A (en) * 2012-02-03 2013-09-09 Toyo Ink Sc Holdings Co Ltd Colored composition and color filter using the same
WO2018135370A1 (en) * 2017-01-17 2018-07-26 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル Coloring material dispersion for color filter, colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, and display device
JP2020020851A (en) * 2018-07-30 2020-02-06 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Photosensitive colored composition for color filter for solid-state image sensor, color filter, and solid-state image sensor using the same

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2013178460A (en) * 2012-02-03 2013-09-09 Toyo Ink Sc Holdings Co Ltd Colored composition and color filter using the same
WO2018135370A1 (en) * 2017-01-17 2018-07-26 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル Coloring material dispersion for color filter, colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, and display device
JP2020020851A (en) * 2018-07-30 2020-02-06 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Photosensitive colored composition for color filter for solid-state image sensor, color filter, and solid-state image sensor using the same

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2022270357A1 (en) 2022-12-29
TW202307139A (en) 2023-02-16
CN117425856A (en) 2024-01-19

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6494875B2 (en) Color material dispersion for color filter, colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, and display device
CN109642971B (en) Photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter, and display device
TWI729272B (en) Color material dispersion liquid for color filter, dispersant, photosensitive color resin composition for color filter, color filter, and display device
JP7094891B2 (en) Color material dispersion for color filters, colored resin compositions for color filters, color filters, and display devices
JP2011237769A (en) Color filter coloring composition, color filter and color liquid crystal display element
JP2018101018A (en) Colored resin composition for color filter, coloring material dispersion liquid, color filter, and display
TW202104172A (en) Photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter, cured product, color filter and display device
JP7153651B2 (en) Photosensitive colored resin composition and cured product thereof, color filter, and display device
JP7123660B2 (en) Photosensitive colored resin composition and cured product thereof, color filter, and display device
JP2018101015A (en) Colored resin composition for color filter, coloring material dispersion liquid, color filter, and display
WO2022270357A1 (en) Photosensitive colored resin composition, cured product, color filter and display device
JP7346435B2 (en) Coloring material dispersions, colored resin compositions and cured products thereof, color filters, and display devices
WO2023140087A1 (en) Photosensitive colored resin composition, cured article, color filter, and display device
TWI772396B (en) Photosensitive color resin composition, cured product thereof, color filter, and display device
JP6878847B2 (en) Colored resin composition, color filter substrate and display device
WO2022034816A1 (en) Photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter, cured object, color filter, and display device
WO2023120268A1 (en) Photosensitive colored resin composition, color filter, and display device
WO2022270349A1 (en) Photosensitive red resin composition, cured product, color filter and display device
JP7263031B2 (en) Colorant dispersion liquid, dispersion auxiliary resin, photosensitive colored resin composition and its cured product, color filter, display device
WO2023238762A1 (en) Method for producing blue cured film, blue photosensitive composition, color filter and method for producing same, and display device
WO2023120087A1 (en) Photosensitive colored resin composition, color filter, and display device
TWI833703B (en) Photosensitive colored resin composition and cured product thereof, color filter, and display device
JP6895294B2 (en) Color material dispersion liquid, color material, colored resin composition, color filter, and display device
JP6949527B2 (en) Photosensitive colored resin composition, cured product, color filter, display device
TW202124485A (en) Color material dispersion liquid, dispersant, photosensitive colored resin composition, cured product, color filter and display device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22828274

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2023530345

Country of ref document: JP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 202280040328.9

Country of ref document: CN

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE